Bizhub c250p

SERVICE MANUAL FIELD SERVICE
Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

FIELD SERVICE TOTAL CONTENTS
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS ..............................................................S-1

IMPORTANT NOTICE ................................................................................................S-1
DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER, WARNING AND CAUTION .........................S-1
SAFETY WARNINGS .................................................................................................S-2
WARNING INDICATIONS ON THE MACHINE ........................................................S-18
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT ....................................................S-20
Composition of the service manual ................................................................................. C-1
Notation of the service manual ....................................................................................... C-2
bizhub C250P Main Unit

General ........................................................................................................................... 1
Maintenance ................................................................................................................. 11
Adjustment/Setting...................................................................................................... 131
Troubleshooting........................................................................................................... 289
Appendix ..................................................................................................................... 375
i
Blank Page
ii
SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

Read carefully the Safety and Important Warning Items described below to understand
them before doing service work.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this product as well as
the risk of damage to the product, KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
(hereafter called the KMBT) strongly recommends that all servicing be performed only by
KMBT-trained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this product to improve its performance after this Service
Manual was printed. Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that
the information contained in this Service Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to
the product while servicing the product for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the
course of technical training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of
the product properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.
DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER,

WARNING AND CAUTION
In this Service Manual, each of three expressions “ DANGER”, “ WARNING”, and
“ CAUTION” is defined as follows together with a symbol mark to be used in a limited
meaning.
When servicing the product, the relevant works (disassembling, reassembling, adjustment,
repair, maintenance, etc.) need to be conducted with utmost care.
DANGER: Action having a high possibility of suffering death or serious injury
WARNING: Action having a possibility of suffering death or serious injury
CAUTION: Action having a possibility of suffering a slight wound, medium

trouble, and property damage
Symbols used for safety and important warning items are defined as follows:
:Precaution when servicing

the product. General Electric hazard High
precaution temperature
:Prohibition when servicing

the product. General Do not touch Do not
prohibition with wet hand disassemble
:Direction when servicing the

product. General Unplug Ground/Earth
instruction
S-1
SAFETY WARNINGS
[1] MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY KONICA MINOLTA
BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
KONICA MINOLTA brand products are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is
achieved through high-quality design and a solid service network.
Product design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical,
physical, and electrical aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving
at proper tolerances and safety factors. For this reason, unauthorized modifications involve
a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore
strictly prohibited. the points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reason-
ing behind this policy.
Prohibited Actions
DANGER
• Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.
• Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT.

Safety will not be assured, leading to a risk of fire and
injury.
• Disabling fuse functions or bridging fuse terminals with

wire, metal clips, solder or similar object.
• Disabling relay functions (such as wedging paper between

relay contacts)
• Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.)

Safety will not be assured, leading to a risk of fire and
injury.
• Making any modification to the product unless instructed

by KMBT
• Using parts not specified by KMBT
S-2
[2] POWER PLUG SELECTION

In some countries or areas, the power plug provided with the product may not fit wall outlet
used in the area. In that case, it is obligation of customer engineer (hereafter called the CE)
to attach appropriate power plug or power cord set in order to connect the product to the
supply.
Power Cord Set or Power Plug
WARNING
• Use power supply cord set which meets the following
criteria:
- provided with a plug having configuration intended for
the connection to wall outlet appropriate for the prod-
kw
uct's rated voltage and current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- provided with three-conductor cable having enough cur-
rent capacity, and
- the cord set meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to fire or electric shock.
• Attach power plug which meets the following criteria:

- having configuration intended for the connection to wall
outlet appropriate for the product's rated voltage and
current, and
- the plug has pin/terminal(s) for grounding, and
- meets regulatory requirements for the area.
Use of inadequate cord set leads to the product connect-
ing to inadequate power supply (voltage, current capacity,
grounding), and may result in fire or electric shock.
• Conductors in the power cable must be connected to ter-

minals of the plug according to the following order:
• Black or Brown: L (line)
• White or Light Blue: N (neutral)
• Green/Yellow: PE (earth)
Wrong connection may cancel safeguards within the
product, and results in fire or electric shock.
S-3
[3] CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE

KONICA MINOLTA brand products are extensively tested before shipping, to ensure that all
applicable safety standards are met, in order to protect the customer and customer engi-
neer (hereafter called the CE) from the risk of injury. However, in daily use, any electrical
equipment may be subject to parts wear and eventual failure. In order to maintain safety
and reliability, the CE must perform regular safety checks.
1. Power Supply
Connection to Power Supply
WARNING
• Check that mains voltage is as specified.
Connection to wrong voltage supply may result in fire or
electric shock.
• Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having same

configuration as the plug.
Use of an adapter leads to the product connecting to kw
inadequate power supply (voltage, current capacity,
grounding), and may result in fire or electric shock.
If proper wall outlet is not available, advice the customer
to contact qualified electrician for the installation.
• Plug the power cord into the dedicated wall outlet with a
capacity greater than the maximum power consumption.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may
result.
• If two or more power cords can be plugged into the wall

outlet, the total load must not exceed the rating of the wall
outlet.
If excessive current flows in the wall outlet, fire may
result.
• Make sure the power cord is plugged in the wall outlet

securely.
Contact problems may lead to increased resistance,
overheating, and the risk of fire.
• Check whether the product is grounded properly.

If current leakage occurs in an ungrounded product, you
may suffer electric shock while operating the product.
Connect power plug to grounded wall outlet.
S-4
Power Plug and Cord
WARNING
• When using the power cord set (inlet type) that came with
this product, make sure the connector is securely inserted
in the inlet of the product.
When securing measure is provided, secure the cord with
the fixture properly.
If the power cord (inlet type) is not connected to the prod-
uct securely, a contact problem may lead to increased
resistance, overheating, and risk of fire.
• Check whether the power cord is not stepped on or

pinched by a table and so on.
Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.
• Check whether the power cord is damaged. Check

whether the sheath is damaged.
If the power plug, cord, or sheath is damaged, replace
with a new power cord (with plug and connector on each
end) specified by KMBT. Using the damaged power cord
may result in fire or electric shock.
• Do not bundle or tie the power cord.

Overheating may occur there, leading to a risk of fire.
• Check whether dust is collected around the power plug

and wall outlet.
Using the power plug and wall outlet without removing
dust may result in fire.
• Do not insert the power plug into the wall outlet with a wet
hand.
The risk of electric shock exists.
• When unplugging the power cord, grasp the plug, not the
cable.
The cable may be broken, leading to a risk of fire and
electric shock.
S-5
Wiring
WARNING
• Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords
in the same outlet.
If used, the risk of fire exists.
• When an extension cord is required, use a specified one.

Current that can flow in the extension cord is limited, so
using a too long extension cord may result in fire.
Do not use an extension cable reel with the cable taken
up. Fire may result.
2. Installation Requirements
Prohibited Installation Places
WARNING
• Do not place the product near flammable materials or vola-
tile materials that may catch fire.
A risk of fire exists.
• Do not place the product in a place exposed to water such

as rain.
A risk of fire and electric shock exists.
When not Using the Product for a long time
WARNING
• When the product is not used over an extended period of
time (holidays, etc.), switch it off and unplug the power
cord.
Dust collected around the power plug and outlet may
cause fire.
S-6
Ventilation
CAUTION
• The product generates ozone gas during operation, but it
will not be harmful to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases,
ventilate the room.
a. When the product is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple products at the same time
Stability
CAUTION
• Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the product may
slide, leading to a injury.
Inspection before Servicing
CAUTION
• Before conducting an inspection, read all relevant docu-
mentation (service manual, technical notices, etc.) and
proceed with the inspection following the prescribed pro-
cedure, using only the prescribed tools. Do not make any
adjustment not described in the documentation.
If the prescribed procedure or tool is not used, the prod-
uct may break and a risk of injury or fire exists.
• Before conducting an inspection, be sure to disconnect
the power plugs from the product and options.
When the power plug is inserted in the wall outlet, some
units are still powered even if the POWER switch is
turned OFF. A risk of electric shock exists.
• The area around the fixing unit is hot.

You may get burnt.
S-7
Work Performed with the Product Powered On
WARNING
• Take every care when making adjustments or performing
an operation check with the product powered.
If you make adjustments or perform an operation check
with the external cover detached, you may touch live or
high-voltage parts or you may be caught in moving gears
or the timing belt, leading to a risk of injury.
• Take every care when servicing with the external cover

detached.
High-voltage exists around the drum unit. A risk of elec-
tric shock exists.
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
• Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other
damage.
The user or CE may be injured.
• Do not allow any metal parts such as clips, staples, and

screws to fall into the product.
They can short internal circuits and cause electric shock
or fire.
• Check wiring for squeezing and any other damage.

Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.
• Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electri-

cal parts and electrode units such as a charging corona
unit.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of product trouble or
fire.
• Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for any damage.

fire.
S-8
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
• Check electrode units such as a charging corona unit for
deterioration and sign of leakage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of trouble or fire.
• Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit (P/H unit)

incorporating a laser, make sure that the power cord has
been disconnected.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of
loss of eyesight.
• Do not remove the cover of the write unit. Do not supply
power with the write unit shifted from the specified mount-
ing position.
The laser light can enter your eye, leading to a risk of
loss of eyesight.
• When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lith-

ium battery specified in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose
of the used lithium battery using the method specified by
local authority.
Improper replacement can cause explosion.
• After replacing a part to which AC voltage is applied (e.g.,

optical lamp and fixing lamp), be sure to check the installa-
tion state.
• Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and

check whether the interlock functions properly.
If the interlock does not function, you may receive an
electric shock or be injured when you insert your hand in
the product (e.g., for clearing paper jam).
• Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp
edges, burrs, or other pointed parts.
fire.
S-9
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
• Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connec-
tors, etc. that were removed for safety check and mainte-
nance have been reinstalled in the original location. (Pay
special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of product trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.
Handling of Consumables
WARNING
• Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care
must be taken not to breathe excessive amounts or let the
substances come into contact with eyes, etc. It may be
stimulative.
If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water
immediately. When symptoms are noticeable, consult a
physician.
• Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.

You may be burned due to dust explosion.
Handling of Service Materials
CAUTION
• Unplug the power cord from the wall outlet.
Drum cleaner (isopropyl alcohol) and roller cleaner (ace-
tone-based) are highly flammable and must be handled
with care. A risk of fire exists.
• Do not replace the cover or turn the product ON before

any solvent remnants on the cleaned parts have fully
evaporated.
S-10
Handling of Service Materials
CAUTION
• Use only a small amount of cleaner at a time and take
care not to spill any liquid. If this happens, immediately
wipe it off.
• When using any solvent, ventilate the room well.

Breathing large quantities of organic solvents can lead to
discomfort.
S-11
[4] Used Batteries Precautions

ALL Areas
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer.
Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
Germany
VORSICHT!
Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemäßem Austausch der Batterie.
Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einen vom Hersteller empfohlenen gleichwertigen Typ.
Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers.
France
ATTENTION
Il y a danger d’explosion s’il y a remplacement incorrect de la batterie.
Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du même type ou d’un type équivalent recom-
mandé par le constructeur.
Mettre au rebut les batteries usagées conformément aux instructions du fabricant.
Denmark
ADVARSEL!
Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig håndtering.
Udskiftning må kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type.
Levér det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandøren.
Finland, Sweden
VAROlTUS
Paristo voi räjähtää, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu.
Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin.
Hävitä käytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti.
VARNING
Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte.
Använd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparat-
tillverkaren.
Kassera använt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion.
Norway
ADVARSEL
Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri.
Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten.
Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner.
S-12
[5] FUSE
CAUTION
Double pole / neutral fusing
ATTENTION
Double pôle / fusible sur le neutre.
[6] Laser Safety

• This is a digital machine certified as a Class 1 laser product. There is no possibility of
danger from a laser, provided the machine is serviced according to the instruction in this
manual.
6.1 Internal Laser Radiation
semiconductor laser
Maximum power of the laser diode 10 mW
Maximum average radiation power (*) 8.0 µW
Wavelength 775-800 nm
*at laser aperture of the Print Head Unit
• This product employs a Class 3B laser diode that emits an invisible laser beam. The
laser diode and the scanning polygon mirror are incorporated in the print head unit.
• The print head unit is NOT A FIELD SERVICEABLE ITEM. Therefore, the print head unit
should not be opened under any circumstances.
Laser Aperture of
the Print Head Unit
4038P0C507DA
S-13
U.S.A., Canada
(CDRH Regulation)
• This machine is certified as a Class 1 Laser product under Radiation Performance Stan-
dard according to the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act of 1990. Compliance is mandatory
for Laser products marketed in the United States and is reported to the Center for
Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration of
the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS). This means that the device
does not produce hazardous laser radiation.
• The label shown on page S-16 indicates compliance with the CDRH regulations and
must be attached to laser products marketed in the United States.
.
CAUTION
• Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those
specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
semiconductor laser
All Areas
CAUTION
• Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other than those
specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
semiconductor laser
Denmark
ADVARSEL
• Usynlig laserstråling ved åbning, når sikkerhedsafbrydere er ude af funktion.
Undgå udsættelse for stråling. Klasse 1 laser produkt der opfylder IEC60825-1
sikkerheds kravene.
halvlederlaser
Laserdiodens højeste styrke 10 mW
bølgelængden 775-800 nm
S-14
Finland, Sweden
LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE
KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT
VAROITUS!
• Laitteen käyttäminen muulla kuin tässä käyttöohjeessa mainitulla tavalla saat-
taa altistaa käyttäjän turvallisuusluokan 1 ylittävälle näkymättömälle laser-
säteilylle.
puolijohdelaser
Laserdiodin suurin teho 10 mW
aallonpituus 775-800 nm
VARNING!
• Om apparaten används på annat sätt än i denna bruksanvisning specificerats,
kan användaren utsättas för osynlig laserstrålning, som överskrider gränsen för
laserklass 1.
halvledarlaser
Den maximala effekten för laserdioden 10 mW
våglängden 775-800 nm
VARO!
• Avattaessa ja suojalukitus ohitettaessa olet alttiina näkymättomälle laser-
säteilylle. Älä katso säteeseen.
VARNING!
• Osynlig laserstråining när denna del är öppnad och spärren är urkopplad.
Betrakta ej stråien.
Norway
ADVERSEL
• Dersom apparatet brukes på annen måte enn spesifisert i denne bruksanvisn-
ing, kan brukeren utsettes för unsynlig laserstrålning, som overskrider grensen
for laser klass 1.
halvleder laser
Maksimal effekt till laserdiode 10 mW
bølgelengde 775-800 nm
S-15
6.2 Laser Safety Label

• A laser safety label is attached to the inside of the machine as shown below.
* Only for the U.S.A.
4038P0C512DA
6.3 Laser Caution Label

• A laser caution label is attached to the outside of the machine as shown below.
4038P0C509DA
S-16
6.4 PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING THE LASER EQUIPMENT

• When laser protective goggles are to be used, select ones with a lens conforming to the
above specifications.
• When a disassembly job needs to be performed in the laser beam path, such as when
working around the printerhead and PC Drum, be sure first to turn the printer OFF.
• If the job requires that the printer be left ON, take off your watch and ring and wear laser
protective goggles.
• A highly reflective tool can be dangerous if it is brought into the laser beam path. Use
utmost care when handling tools on the user’s premises.
• The Print Head is not to be disassembled or adjusted in the field. Replace the Unit or
Assembly including the Control Board. Therefore, remove the Laser Diode, and do not
perform Control Board trimmer adjustment.
S-17
WARNING INDICATIONS ON THE MACHINE

Caution labels shown are attached in some areas on/in the machine.
When accessing these areas for maintenance, repair, or adjustment, special care should
be taken to avoid burns and electric shock.
High voltage
• This area generates high voltage.

Be careful not to touch here when the power
is turned ON to avoid getting an electric
shock.
High voltage
• This area generates high voltage.

Be careful not to touch here
when the power is turned ON to
avoid getting an electric shock.
4038P0C510DA
S-18
WARNING WARNING
• Do not position the used Waste • Do not burn used Toner Cartridges.
Toner Box so that it is standing Toner expelled from the fire is dan-
on end or tilted, otherwise toner gerous.
may spill.
WARNING
• Do not burn used Imaging

Units.
Toner expelled from the
fire is dangerous.
CAUTION
• The area around the Fusing Unit is extremely hot.

Touching any part other than those indicated may
result in burns.
4038P0C511DA
CAUTION:
• You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised not to
touch by any caution label. Do not remove caution labels. If any caution label has
come off or soiled and therefore the caution cannot be read, contact our Service
Office.
S-19
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN ACCIDENT
MEASURES TO TAKE IN CASE OF AN

ACCIDENT
1. If an accident has occurred, the distributor who has been notified first must immediately
take emergency measures to provide relief to affected persons and to prevent further
damage.
2. If a report of a serious accident has been received from a customer, an on-site evalua-
tion must be carried out quickly and KMBT must be notified.
3. To determine the cause of the accident, conditions and materials must be recorded
through direct on-site checks, in accordance with instructions issued by KMBT.
4. For reports and measures concerning serious accidents, follow the regulations speci-
fied by every distributor.
S-20
Composition of the service manual
This service manual explains about the Field Service section of the machine.
Since the Theory of Operation section is same as that of C250, refer to the Theory of Oper-
ation section of C250 service manual.
Field Service section gives, as information required by the CE at the site (or at the cus-
tomer’s premise), a rough outline of the service schedule and its details, maintenance
steps, the object and role of each adjustment, error codes and supplementary information.
The basic configuration of each section is as follows.
<Field service section>
GENERAL: Explanation of system configuration, and product

specifications
MAINTENANCE: Explanation of service schedule, service jig, and firmware
version up method etc.
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING: Explanation of utility mode and service mode etc.
TROUBLESHOOTING: Explanation of lists of jam codes and error codes, and
their countermeasures etc.
APPENDIX: Parts layout drawings
C-1
Notation of the service manual
A. Product name
In this manual, each of the products is described as follows:
(1) PWB-MFP: MFP Control Board

PWB-M: Control Board
(2) bizhub C250P: Main body
(3) Microsoft Windows 95: Windows 95
Microsoft Windows 98: Windows 98
Microsoft Windows Me: Windows Me
Microsoft Windows NT 4.0: Windows NT 4.0 or Windows NT
Microsoft Windows 2000: Windows 2000
Microsoft Windows XP: Windows XP
When the description is made in combination of the OS’s mentioned above:
Windows 95/98/Me
Windows NT 4.0/2000
Windows NT/2000/XP
Windows 95/98/Me/ NT/2000/XP
B. Brand name
The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or
the registered trademark of each company.
C. Feeding Direction
• When the long side of the paper is parallel with the feeding direction, it is called Short
Edge Feeding. The feeding direction which is perpendicular to the Short Edge Feeding is
called the Long Edge Feeding.
• Short Edge Feeding will be identified with [S (Abbreviation for Short Edge Feeding)] on
the paper size. No specific notation is added for the Long Edge Feeding.
When the size has only the Short Edge Feeding with no Long Edge Feeding, [S] will not
be added to the paper size.
<Sample notation>
Paper size Feeding direction Notation

Long Edge Feeding A4
A4
Short Edge Feeding A4S
A3 Short Edge Feeding A3
C-2
SERVICE MANUAL FIELD SERVICE
Main Unit
2006.03
Ver. 2.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 to the left of the revised section.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
• To indicate clearly a section revised, show 1 in the lower outside section of the correspond-
ing page.
A number within 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
• When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
Corresponded to Phase2 /Corresponded to a full

2006/03 2.0 1 version manual
2005/09 1.0 — Issue of the first edition
Date Service manual Ver. Revision mark Descriptions of revision

Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
CONTENTS
bizhub C250P
bizhub C250P Main Unit
General
1. System configuration............................................................................................... 1
2. Product specifications ............................................................................................. 3
3. Center cross section ............................................................................................... 7
General
4. Paper path............................................................................................................... 8
5. Image creation process........................................................................................... 9
Maintenance
6. Periodical check .................................................................................................... 11
6.1 Service schedule ................................................................................................ 11
Maintenance
6.2 Maintenance items.............................................................................................. 11
6.2.1 Parts to be replaced by users (CRU) .......................................................... 11
6.2.2 Periodical parts replacement 1 (per 120,000-print)..................................... 12
6.3 Maintenance parts .............................................................................................. 14
Adjustment / Setting
6.3.1 Replacement parts...................................................................................... 14
6.3.2 Cleaning parts............................................................................................. 15
6.4 Concept of parts life............................................................................................ 16
6.5 Maintenance procedure (Periodical check parts) ............................................... 18
6.5.1 Replacing the Tray 1 Feed Roller ................................................................ 18
6.5.2 Replacing the Tray 1 Separation Roller Assy .............................................. 18
6.5.3 Replacing the Bypass Tray Feed Roller ...................................................... 19
Troubleshooting
6.5.4 Replacing the Bypass Tray Separation Roller Assy .................................... 21
6.5.5 Replacing the Tray 2 Separation Roller....................................................... 22
6.5.6 Replacing the Tray 2 Feed Roller ................................................................ 23
6.5.7 Replacing the Tray 2 Pick-up Roller ............................................................ 26
6.5.8 Cleaning of the Registration Roller ............................................................. 28
6.5.9 Replacing the Waste Toner Box .................................................................. 29
6.5.10 Cleaning of the Area around the Waste Toner Collecting Port.................... 30
Appendix
6.5.11 Replacing the Ozone Filter.......................................................................... 30

6.5.12 Replacing the Deodorant Filter ................................................................... 30
6.5.13 Replacing the Dust Filter/Vertical Conveyance ........................................... 31
6.5.14 Replacing the Dust Filter/Cooling Fan ........................................................ 31
i
6.6 Replacing the unit............................................................................................... 32

6.6.1 Replacing the 2nd Image Transfer Roller Unit ............................................ 32
bizhub C250P
6.6.2 Replacing the Image Transfer Belt Unit ...................................................... 32

6.6.3 Cleaning of the Image Transfer Entrance Guide......................................... 34
6.6.4 Cleaning of the IDC/Registration Sensor 1, 2............................................. 35
6.6.5 Replacing the Toner Cartridge (C, M, Y, K)................................................. 35
6.6.6 Cleaning of the Comb Electrode................................................................. 36
6.6.7 Replacing the Imaging Unit (C, M, Y, K) ..................................................... 37
General
6.6.8 Replacing the Fusing Unit........................................................................... 40

7. Service tool ........................................................................................................... 42
7.1 CE Tool list ......................................................................................................... 42
7.2 Print materials .................................................................................................... 43
7.2.1 Imaging Unit Single Parts (IU) .................................................................... 43
7.2.2 Toner Cartridge Single Parts (T/C) ............................................................. 43
Maintenance
7.2.3 Waste Toner Box......................................................................................... 43

7.2.4 Maintenance Kit .......................................................................................... 43
8. Service Jig ............................................................................................................ 44
8.1 Construction of the Service Jig .......................................................................... 44
8.2 Setting up the Service Jig................................................................................... 45
8.2.1 Prepare the unit necessary for the Service jig ............................................ 45
8.2.2 Connecting the Service jig .......................................................................... 46

8.2.3 Connecting the Jig Software to the Printer ................................................. 47
9. Electrical/Image Adjustment ................................................................................. 50
9.1 Calling the Service Mode to Screen ................................................................... 50
9.2 List of Functions ................................................................................................. 50
9.2.1 X-Rite Calibration (Gradation Adjust) ......................................................... 51
10. Firmware upgrade................................................................................................. 56
Troubleshooting
10.1 Outline ................................................................................................................ 56

10.2 Preparations for Firmware rewriting by the Compact Flash ............................... 57
10.2.1 Service environment ................................................................................... 57
10.2.2 Application to be used ................................................................................ 57
10.2.3 Installing the Cygwin................................................................................... 57
10.2.4 Writing into the Compact flash.................................................................... 61
10.3 Firmware rewriting.............................................................................................. 64
Appendix
10.3.1 Updating method ........................................................................................ 64

10.3.2 Action When Data Transfer Fails................................................................. 65
10.4 Updating the Firmware with the Internet ISW..................................................... 66
10.4.1 Out line ....................................................................................................... 66
ii
10.4.2 Service environment ................................................................................... 66
bizhub C250P
10.4.3 Preparations for Firmware rewriting ............................................................ 66
10.4.4 Firmware rewriting ...................................................................................... 69
11. Other ..................................................................................................................... 70
11.1 Disassembly/Adjustment prohibited items .......................................................... 70
11.2 Disassembly/Assembly/Cleaning list (Other parts)............................................. 71
11.2.1 Disassembly/Assembly parts list................................................................. 71
11.2.2 Cleaning parts list ....................................................................................... 72
General
11.3 Disassembly/Assembly procedure...................................................................... 73
11.3.1 Left Cover/Rear Left Cover ......................................................................... 73
11.3.2 Exit Tray/Upper Rear Cover/Lower Rear Cover .......................................... 74
11.3.3 Multi Bypass Tray Left Cover/Multi Bypass Tray Right Cover/
Multi Bypass Tray Upper Cover................................................................... 75
11.3.4 Front Door ................................................................................................... 76
11.3.5 Rear Right Cover ........................................................................................ 76
Maintenance
11.3.6 Control Panel .............................................................................................. 77
11.3.7 Tray 1 .......................................................................................................... 78
11.3.8 Tray 2 .......................................................................................................... 79
11.3.9 Tray 2 Rear Right Cover/Tray 2 Rear Left Cover ......................................... 79
11.3.10 Tray 2 Right Rear Cover.............................................................................. 80
11.3.11 Front Cover ................................................................................................. 81
11.3.12 Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M) ........................................................... 83
11.3.13 DC Power Supply (PU1).............................................................................. 85
11.3.14 Slide Interface Board (PWB-SIF) ................................................................ 87
11.3.15 MFP Control Board (PWB-MFP) ................................................................. 88
11.3.16 DIMM0 (Work0), DIMM1 (Work1) ............................................................... 90
11.3.17 Hard Disk Drive (HDD)................................................................................ 91
Troubleshooting
11.3.18 High Voltage Unit (HV1) .............................................................................. 92
11.3.19 Tray 1 Paper Size Board (PWB-I)................................................................ 93
11.3.20 Tray 2 Control Board (PWB-Z-PC) .............................................................. 94
11.3.21 Tray 2 Paper Size Board (PWB-I-PC) ......................................................... 96
11.3.22 PH Interface Board (PWB-D) ...................................................................... 98
11.3.23 Multi Bypass Unit ...................................................................................... 100
11.3.24 PH Unit...................................................................................................... 101
Appendix
11.3.25 Transport Drive Assy................................................................................. 105

11.3.26 Hopper Drive Assy .................................................................................... 107
11.3.27 Right Door Assy ........................................................................................ 108
11.3.28 PWB Box................................................................................................... 111
iii
bizhub C250P
11.3.29 Color Developing Motor (M3).................................................................... 115
11.3.30 Color PC Drum Motor (M2)....................................................................... 115
11.3.31 Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7) ................................................................... 115
11.3.32 Toner Supply Motor Y/M (M6)................................................................... 116
11.3.33 Main Motor (M1) ....................................................................................... 116
11.3.34 Fusing Drive Motor (M4) ........................................................................... 117
11.3.35 Tray 2 Lift-Up Motor (M3-PC).................................................................... 119
11.3.36 Tray 2 Paper Feed Motor (M1-PC)............................................................ 119
General
11.3.37 Tray 2 Vertical Transport Motor (M2-PC) .................................................. 121

11.3.38 IDC/Registration Sensor/1, IDC/Registration Sensor/2 (SE1/SE2) .......... 122
11.4 Cleaning procedure .......................................................................................... 124
11.4.1 PH Window ............................................................................................... 124
11.4.2 Image Transfer Belt Unit ........................................................................... 125
11.4.3 Tray 1 Feed Roller..................................................................................... 125
Maintenance
11.4.4 Tray 1 Separation Roller ........................................................................... 125

11.4.5 Bypass Tray Feed Roller ........................................................................... 126
11.4.6 Bypass Tray Separation Roller.................................................................. 126
11.4.7 Tray 2 Feed Roller/Tray 2 Pick-up Roller................................................... 127
11.4.8 Tray 2 Separation Roller ........................................................................... 129
11.4.9 Tray 2 Transport Roller.............................................................................. 130
Adjustment/Setting
12. How to use the adjustment section ..................................................................... 131
13. Control Panel ...................................................................................................... 132
13.1 Identification and Functions of Keys on Control Panel ..................................... 132
13.2 Utility Mode function tree.................................................................................. 133
13.3 Settings in Control panel .................................................................................. 143
Troubleshooting
13.3.1 Procedure ................................................................................................. 143

13.3.2 Cancelling the settings.............................................................................. 143
13.3.3 Changing the settings on the Setting menu.............................................. 143
13.4 Settings in Job Operation (Account Track) ....................................................... 144
13.5 Settings in Paper Tray....................................................................................... 145
13.6 Banner Printing................................................................................................. 145
14. User Setting ........................................................................................................ 146
Appendix
14.1 User Setting Function Setting Procedure ......................................................... 146

14.1.1 Procedure ................................................................................................. 146
14.1.2 Cancelling the settings.............................................................................. 146
14.1.3 Changing the settings on the Setting menu.............................................. 146
iv
14.2 Settings in User setting..................................................................................... 147
bizhub C250P
14.2.1 Print Reports ............................................................................................. 147
14.2.2 System Setting.......................................................................................... 147
14.2.3 Power Save ............................................................................................... 148
14.2.4 Tray Setting ............................................................................................... 149
14.2.5 Output Setting ........................................................................................... 150
14.2.6 Printer Setting ........................................................................................... 150
14.3 Settings in Admin. Setting................................................................................. 156
General
14.3.1 Procedure ................................................................................................. 156
14.3.2 Canceling the settings............................................................................... 156
14.3.3 Changing the settings on Admin. Setting.................................................. 156
14.3.4 Network..................................................................................................... 157
14.3.5 I/F Setting.................................................................................................. 170
14.3.6 Time Adjustment ....................................................................................... 171
Maintenance
14.3.7 User Box Oper........................................................................................... 172
14.3.8 List Output Mode List ................................................................................ 172
14.3.9 Call Center ................................................................................................ 172
14.3.10 Security Setting......................................................................................... 172
14.3.11 OpenAPI ................................................................................................... 176
14.3.12 Data Capture............................................................................................. 177
15. Adjustment item list ............................................................................................. 178
16. TECH. REP. MODE ............................................................................................. 180
16.1 Calling the Tech. Rep. Mode to Screen ............................................................ 180
16.1.1 Procedure ................................................................................................. 180
16.1.2 Exiting ....................................................................................................... 180
16.1.3 Changing the Setting Value in Service Mode Functions ........................... 180
16.2 Tech. Rep. Mode function tree .......................................................................... 181
Troubleshooting
16.3 Settings in Tech. Rep. Mode ............................................................................. 185
16.3.1 Counter Reset........................................................................................... 185
16.3.2 Running Mode........................................................................................... 185
16.3.3 Option Board............................................................................................. 185
16.3.4 List Output................................................................................................. 186
16.3.5 Serial Number ........................................................................................... 186
16.3.6 Image Controller ....................................................................................... 187
Appendix
16.3.7 Unit Change .............................................................................................. 187

16.3.8 LCT Paper Size......................................................................................... 187
16.3.9 Initialization ............................................................................................... 188
16.3.10 Foolscap Size............................................................................................ 188
v
bizhub C250P
16.3.11 No Sleep ................................................................................................... 188
16.3.12 HDD Formatting........................................................................................ 189
16.3.13 Version Upgrade ....................................................................................... 189
16.3.14 Data Capture ............................................................................................ 191
16.3.15 Data Backup ............................................................................................. 194
16.3.16 Software SW ............................................................................................. 194
16.4 Settings in CS Remote Care ............................................................................ 195
16.4.1 Outlines..................................................................................................... 195
General
16.4.2 Setting Up the CS Remote Care............................................................... 195

16.4.3 Software SW setting for CS Remote Care................................................ 198
16.4.4 Setup confirmation.................................................................................... 203
16.4.5 Calling the Maintenance ........................................................................... 203
16.4.6 Calling the Center from the Administrator................................................. 203
16.4.7 Checking the transmission log .................................................................. 203
Maintenance
16.4.8 Detail on settings ...................................................................................... 204

16.4.9 List of the CS Remote Care error code .................................................... 209
16.4.10 Troubleshooting for CS Remote Care ....................................................... 211
17. Jig Soft ................................................................................................................ 212
17.1 Connection when using the Jig Software ......................................................... 212
17.1.1 Connecting the Crossing Cable ................................................................ 212
17.2 How to display the Jig Software ....................................................................... 213

17.3 Jig software function tree (Service Mode) ........................................................ 214
17.4 Date/Time Input mode...................................................................................... 217
17.4.1 Date & Time Setting mode screen............................................................ 217
17.5 Machine............................................................................................................ 218
17.5.1 Fusing Temperature.................................................................................. 218
17.5.2 Fusing Transport Speed............................................................................ 219
Troubleshooting
17.5.3 Printer Area............................................................................................... 220

17.5.4 Printer Resist Loop ................................................................................... 222
17.5.5 Color Registration Adjustment .................................................................. 223
17.5.6 Fusing Loop Size ...................................................................................... 224
17.5.7 Manual Bypass Tray Adjustment............................................................... 224
17.5.8 Lead Edge Erase Adjustment ................................................................... 224
17.6 Firmware Version.............................................................................................. 224
Appendix
17.7 Imaging Process Adjustment............................................................................ 225

17.7.1 X-Rite Calibration (Gradation Adjust) ....................................................... 225
17.7.2 D Max Density .......................................................................................... 225
17.7.3 Background Voltage Margin...................................................................... 226
vi
17.7.4 Transfer Output Fine Adjustment .............................................................. 226
bizhub C250P
17.7.5 Stabilizer ................................................................................................... 227
17.7.6 Thick Paper Density Adjustment ............................................................... 228
17.7.7 TCR Toner Supply..................................................................................... 228
17.7.8 Monochrome Density Adjustment ............................................................. 229
17.7.9 Dev. Bias Choice....................................................................................... 229
17.8 CS Remote Care .............................................................................................. 230
17.8.1 Outlines..................................................................................................... 230
General
17.8.2 Setting Up the CS Remote Care............................................................... 230
17.8.3 Software SW setting for CS Remote Care ................................................ 233
17.8.4 Setup confirmation .................................................................................... 238
17.8.5 Calling the Maintenance ........................................................................... 238
17.8.6 Calling the Center from the Administrator ................................................. 238
17.8.7 Checking the transmission log .................................................................. 238
Maintenance
17.8.8 Detail on settings ...................................................................................... 239
17.8.9 List of the CS Remote Care error code..................................................... 244
17.8.10 Troubleshooting for CS Remote Care ....................................................... 247
17.9 System 1........................................................................................................... 248
17.9.1 Marketing Area.......................................................................................... 248
17.9.2 Serial Number ........................................................................................... 248
17.9.3 No Sleep ................................................................................................... 248
17.9.4 Foolscap Size Setting ............................................................................... 249
17.9.5 Install Date ................................................................................................ 249
17.9.6 Initialization ............................................................................................... 249
17.10 System 2........................................................................................................... 250
17.10.1 HDD .......................................................................................................... 250
17.10.2 Image Controller Setting ........................................................................... 250
Troubleshooting
17.10.3 Option Board Status.................................................................................. 250
17.10.4 Unit Change .............................................................................................. 251
17.10.5 Software Switch Setting ............................................................................ 251
17.10.6 LCT Paper Size Setting............................................................................. 251
17.10.7 Data Capture............................................................................................. 252
17.11 Counter ............................................................................................................. 255
17.11.1 Procedure ................................................................................................. 255
Appendix
17.11.2 Life ............................................................................................................ 255

17.11.3 Jam ........................................................................................................... 255
17.11.4 Service Call Counter ................................................................................. 256
17.11.5 Warning..................................................................................................... 256
vii
bizhub C250P
17.11.6 Maintenance ............................................................................................. 256
17.11.7 Service Total Counter ............................................................................... 256
17.11.8 Counter of Each Mode.............................................................................. 257
17.11.9 Service Call History (Data) ....................................................................... 257
17.11.10 Paper Jam History .................................................................................... 257
17.12 List Output ........................................................................................................ 258
17.12.1 Machine Management List....................................................................... 258
17.12.2 Adjustment List ......................................................................................... 258
General
17.13 State Confirmation............................................................................................ 258

17.13.1 Sensor Check ........................................................................................... 258
17.13.2 Table Number ........................................................................................... 265
17.13.3 Level History1 ........................................................................................... 265
17.13.4 Level History2 ........................................................................................... 266
17.13.5 Temp. & Humidity...................................................................................... 266
Maintenance
17.13.6 Memory/HDD Adj...................................................................................... 266

17.13.7 Memory/HDD State .................................................................................. 268
17.13.8 Color Regist .............................................................................................. 268
17.13.9 IU Lot No................................................................................................... 269
17.13.10 Adjustment Data List................................................................................. 269
17.14 Test Mode ......................................................................................................... 270
17.14.1 Procedure for Test Pattern Output ............................................................ 270

17.14.2 Gradation Pattern ..................................................................................... 270
17.14.3 Halftone Pattern........................................................................................ 271
17.14.4 Lattice Pattern........................................................................................... 271
17.14.5 Solid Pattern ............................................................................................. 272
17.14.6 Color Sample ............................................................................................ 272
17.14.7 8 Color Solid Pattern................................................................................. 273
Troubleshooting
17.14.8 Running Mode .......................................................................................... 273

17.15 Finisher............................................................................................................. 273
17.16 Internet ISW ..................................................................................................... 274
17.16.1 Internet ISW Set ....................................................................................... 274
17.16.2 HTTP Setting ............................................................................................ 275
17.16.3 FTP Setting............................................................................................... 276
17.16.4 Forwarding Access Setting ....................................................................... 277
Appendix
18. Enhanced Security.............................................................................................. 278

18.1 Enhanced Security Function Setting Procedure............................................... 278
18.1.1 Procedure ................................................................................................. 278
18.1.2 Exiting ....................................................................................................... 278
viii
18.2 Enhanced Security Function Tree..................................................................... 278
bizhub C250P
18.3 Settings in the Enhanced Security.................................................................... 279
18.3.1 CE Password............................................................................................. 279
18.3.2 Administrator Password ............................................................................ 279
18.3.3 CE Authentication ..................................................................................... 279
18.3.4 IU Life Stop Setting ................................................................................... 279
19. Billing Setting ...................................................................................................... 280
19.1 Billing Setting Function Setting Procedure ....................................................... 280
19.1.1 Procedure ................................................................................................. 280
General
19.1.2 Exiting ....................................................................................................... 280
19.2 Billing Setting Function Tree ............................................................................. 280
19.3 Settings in the Billing Setting ............................................................................ 281
19.3.1 Counter Setting ......................................................................................... 281
19.3.2 Coverage Rate Clear ................................................................................ 282
20. Procedure for Resetting ...................................................................................... 283
Maintenance
20.1 Trouble resetting ............................................................................................... 283
20.2 Contents to be cleared by Reset function......................................................... 283
21. Mechanical adjustment ....................................................................................... 284
21.1 Mechanical adjustment of the bypass tray section ........................................... 284
21.1.1 Adjustment of the Bypass Paper Size Unit ............................................... 284
21.2 PH Unit Mechanical Adjustment ....................................................................... 286
21.2.1 Skew Adjustment ...................................................................................... 286
Troubleshooting
22. Jam Display......................................................................................................... 289
22.1 Misfeed Display................................................................................................. 289
22.2 Misfeed Display Resetting Procedure............................................................... 290
Troubleshooting
22.3 Sensor layout .................................................................................................... 290
22.4 Solution............................................................................................................. 292
22.4.1 Initial Check Items..................................................................................... 292
22.4.2 Misfeed at Tray 1 feed section................................................................... 293
22.4.3 Misfeed at 2nd Image Transfer section ..................................................... 294
22.4.4 Misfeed at Tray 2 feed, Tray 2 vertical transport section ........................... 295
22.4.5 Misfeed at Manual Bypass feed section.................................................... 296
22.4.6 Misfeed at LCT feed and LCT vertical transport section (PC-403) ........... 297
Appendix
22.4.7 Misfeed at Tray 3 Feed and Tray 3 vertical transport section

(PC-103/PC203) ....................................................................................... 298
22.4.8 Misfeed at Tray 4 Feed and Tray 4 vertical transport section (PC203)...... 299
22.4.9 Misfeed at Duplex transport section (AD-503) .......................................... 300
ix
bizhub C250P
22.4.10 Misfeed at Duplex Unit pre-registration section (AD-503)......................... 301
22.4.11 Misfeed at Fusing/Exit section .................................................................. 302
23. Malfunction code................................................................................................. 303
23.1 Alert code ......................................................................................................... 303
23.1.1 Alert list..................................................................................................... 303
23.2 Solution ............................................................................................................ 304
23.2.1 P-5: IDC Sensor (Front) failure ................................................................. 305
23.2.2 P-28 IDC Sensor (Back) failure................................................................. 305
General
23.2.3 P-6: Cyan Imaging Unit failure .................................................................. 306

23.2.4 P-7: Magenta Imaging Unit failure ............................................................ 306
23.2.5 P-8: Yellow Imaging Unit failure ................................................................ 306
23.2.6 P-9: Black Imaging Unit failure.................................................................. 306
23.2.7 P-21: Color Shift Test Pattern failure......................................................... 306
23.2.8 P-22: Color Shift Adjust failure.................................................................. 306
Maintenance
23.2.9 P-26: 1st image transfer ATVC (Black) failure........................................... 307

23.2.10 P-27: 2nd image transfer ATVC failure ..................................................... 307
23.2.11 P-29: 1st image transfer ATVC (Color) failure........................................... 307
23.2.12 P-30: Color PC Drum Sensor malfunction ................................................ 307
23.2.13 P-31: Black PC Drum Sensor malfunction................................................ 307
23.3 Call Service (Trouble Code) ............................................................................. 308
23.3.1 Call Service list ......................................................................................... 308

23.4 How to reset ..................................................................................................... 325
23.5 Solution ............................................................................................................ 325
23.5.1 C0204: Tray 2 Elevator failure ................................................................... 325
23.5.2 C0211: Manual Tray Rise Descent Error .................................................. 325
23.5.3 C0301: Suction Fan Motor’s failure to turn................................................ 326
23.5.4 C2151: 2nd Image Transfer Roller Separation.......................................... 326
Troubleshooting
23.5.5 C2152: Transfer Belt Separation............................................................... 326

23.5.6 C2253: Color PC Drum Motor’s failure to turn .......................................... 326
23.5.7 C2254: Color PC Drum Motor’s turning at abnormal timing ..................... 327
23.5.8 C2255: Color Developing Motor’s failure to turn ....................................... 327
23.5.9 C2256: Color Developing Motor’s turning at abnormal timing .................. 327
23.5.10 C2451: Transfer Cleaner Unit New Article Release .................................. 327
23.5.11 C2551: Abnormally low toner density detected Cyan TCR Sensor .......... 328
Appendix
23.5.12 C2553: Abnormally low toner density detected Magenta TCR Sensor..... 328
23.5.13 C2555: Abnormally low toner density detected Yellow TCR Sensor......... 328
23.5.14 C2552: Abnormally high toner density detected Cyan TCR Sensor......... 328
23.5.15 C2554: Abnormally high toner density detected Magenta TCR Sensor ... 328
x
23.5.16 C2556: Abnormally high toner density detected Yellow TCR Sensor ....... 328
bizhub C250P
23.5.17 C2557: Abnormally low toner density detected Black TCR Sensor .......... 329
23.5.18 C2558: Abnormally high toner density detected Black TCR Sensor......... 329
23.5.19 C2559: Cyan TCR Sensor adjustment failure ........................................... 329
23.5.20 C255A: Magenta TCR Sensor adjustment failure ..................................... 329
23.5.21 C255B: Yellow TCR Sensor adjustment failure ......................................... 329
23.5.22 C255C: Black TCR Sensor adjustment failure .......................................... 330
23.5.23 C2651: Cyan Imaging Unit EEPROM access error................................... 330
General
23.5.24 C2652: Magenta Imaging Unit EEPROM access error ............................. 330
23.5.25 C2653: Yellow Imaging Unit EEPROM access error ................................. 330
23.5.26 C2654: Black Imaging Unit EEPROM access error .................................. 330
23.5.27 C2A01: Cyan Toner Cartridge EEPROM access error ............................. 330
23.5.28 C2A02: Yellow Toner Cartridge EEPROM access error............................ 330
23.5.29 C2A03: Magenta Toner Cartridge EEPROM access error........................ 330
Maintenance
23.5.30 C2A04: Black Toner Cartridge EEPROM access error ............................. 330
23.5.31 C3301: Fusing Cooling Fan Motor /1’s failure to turn................................ 331
23.5.32 C3302: Fusing Cooling Fan Motor /2’s failure to turn................................ 331
23.5.33 C3451: Heat. Heater Trouble .................................................................... 331
23.5.34 C3452: Press. Heater Trouble................................................................... 331
23.5.35 C3751: Abnormal High Temp. (Heater)..................................................... 331
23.5.36 C3752: Abnormal High Temp. (Press) ...................................................... 331
23.5.37 C3851: Abnormal Low Temp. (Heater)...................................................... 331
23.5.38 C3852: Abnormal Low Temp. (Press) ....................................................... 331
23.5.39 C3461: Fusing Unit New Article Release.................................................. 332
23.5.40 C3A01: Paper Stuck to Fuser Heater Roller ............................................. 332
23.5.41 C3A02: Paper Stuck to Fuser Pressure Roller.......................................... 332
Troubleshooting
23.5.42 C4151: Polygon Motor/C failure to turn..................................................... 332
23.5.43 C4152: Polygon Motor/M failure to turn .................................................... 332
23.5.44 C4153: Polygon Motor/Y failure to turn ..................................................... 332
23.5.45 C4154: Polygon Motor/K failure to turn ..................................................... 332
23.5.46 C4551: Laser malfunction (Cyan) ............................................................. 333
23.5.47 C4552: Laser malfunction (Magenta)........................................................ 333
23.5.48 C4553: Laser malfunction (Yellow)............................................................ 333
Appendix
23.5.49 C4554: Laser malfunction (Black) ............................................................. 333

23.5.50 C4705: Image Output Time Out................................................................ 333
23.5.51 C4761: Compression hardware timeout.................................................... 334
23.5.52 C4765: Extraction hardware timeout......................................................... 334
xi
bizhub C250P
23.5.53 C4770: JBIG0 Error .................................................................................. 334
23.5.54 C4771: JBIG1 Error .................................................................................. 334
23.5.55 C4772: JBIG2 Error .................................................................................. 334
23.5.56 C4773: JBIG3 Error .................................................................................. 334
23.5.57 C4780: Compressor 0 command buffer stop failure ................................. 334
General
23.5.61 C5102: Main Motor’s failure to turn........................................................... 334

23.5.62 C5103: Main Motor Turning at abnormal timing........................................ 334
23.5.63 C5351: Power Supply Cooling Fan Motor/1’s failure to turn ..................... 335
23.5.64 C5353: Cooling Fan Motor 2’s failure to turn ............................................ 335
23.5.65 C5354: Ozone Ventilation Fan Motor’s failure to turn................................ 335
23.5.66 C5357: Cooling Fan Motor/1’s failure to turn ............................................ 335
Maintenance
23.5.67 C5358: Power Supply Cooling Fan Motor/2’s failure to turn ..................... 336
23.5.68 CA051: Standard Controller configuration failure ..................................... 336
23.5.69 CA052:Controller hardware error.............................................................. 336
23.5.70 CA053: Controller start failure .................................................................. 336
23.5.71 CC151: ROM contents error upon startup (MSC)..................................... 336
23.5.72 CC153: ROM contents error upon startup (PRT) ..................................... 336
23.5.73 CC154: ROM contents error upon startup (PH)........................................ 336

23.5.74 CC163: ROM contents error (PRT)........................................................... 336
23.5.75 CD002: JOB RAM save error.................................................................... 337
23.5.76 CD004: Hard disk access error................................................................. 337
23.5.77 CD005: Hard Disk Error 1......................................................................... 337
Troubleshooting

23.5.82 CD00A: Hard Disk Error 6 ........................................................................ 337
23.5.83 CD00B: Hard Disk Error 7 ........................................................................ 337
23.5.84 CD00C: Hard Disk Error 8 ........................................................................ 337
23.5.85 CD00D: Hard Disk Error 9 ........................................................................ 337
Appendix
23.5.86 CD00E: Hard Disk Error A ........................................................................ 337

23.5.87 CD00F: Hard disk data transfer error........................................................ 337
23.5.88 CD020: Hard disk verify error ................................................................... 337
23.5.89 CD010: Hard disk unformat ...................................................................... 337
xii
23.5.90 CD011: Hard disk specifications error ...................................................... 338
bizhub C250P
23.5.91 CD3##: NVRAM Data error....................................................................... 338
23.5.92 CE001: Abnormal message queue ........................................................... 339
23.5.93 CE003: Task error ..................................................................................... 339
23.5.94 CE004: Event error ................................................................................... 339
23.5.95 CE005: Memory access error ................................................................... 339
23.5.96 CE006: Header access error .................................................................... 339
23.5.97 CE007: DIMM initialize error ..................................................................... 339
General
23.5.98 CE002: Message and Method parameter failure ...................................... 339
23.5.99 CEEE1: MSC undefined malfunction occurring ........................................ 339
23.5.100 CEEE3: Engine Section undefined malfunction........................................ 339
24. Power supply trouble ........................................................................................... 340
24.1 Machine is not Energized at All (PU1 Operation Check) .................................. 340
24.2 Control panel indicators do not light. ................................................................ 340
Maintenance
24.3 Fusing Heaters do not Operate ........................................................................ 341
24.4 Power is not Supplied to Option........................................................................ 341
24.4.1 Optional Paper Feed Cabinet.................................................................... 341
24.4.2 Power is not Supplied to Automatic Duplex Unit ....................................... 341
24.4.3 Finisher ..................................................................................................... 341
25. Image quality problem ......................................................................................... 342
25.1 How to read Element date ................................................................................ 342
25.1.1 Table Number............................................................................................ 342
25.1.2 Level History 1 .......................................................................................... 343
25.1.3 Level History 2 .......................................................................................... 344
25.2 How to identify problematic part ....................................................................... 345
25.2.1 Initial Check Items..................................................................................... 345
25.3 Solution............................................................................................................. 346
Troubleshooting
25.3.1 Printer Monocolor: white lines in Sub Scan Direction,
white bands in Sub Scan Direction, colored lines colored bands
in Sub Scan Direction ............................................................................... 346
25.3.2 Printer Monocolor: white lines in Main Scan Direction,
white bands in Main Scan Direction, colored lines
in Main Scan Direction, colored bands in Main Scan Direction ................ 347
25.3.3 Printer Monocolor: uneven density in sub scan direction.......................... 348
25.3.4 Printer Monocolor: uneven density in main scan direction........................ 349
Appendix
25.3.5 Printer Monocolor: low image density ....................................................... 350

25.3.6 Printer Monocolor: gradation reproduction failure ..................................... 352
25.3.7 Printer Monocolor: foggy background ....................................................... 353
25.3.8 Printer Monocolor: void areas, white spots ............................................... 355
xiii
bizhub C250P
25.3.9 Printer Monocolor: colored spots.............................................................. 356
25.3.10 Printer Monocolor: blurred image ............................................................. 357
25.3.11 Printer Monocolor: blank print, black print ................................................ 358
25.3.12 Printer Monocolor: uneven image............................................................. 359
25.3.13 Printer 4-Color: white lines in sub scan direction,
white bands in sub scan direction, colored lines
in sub scan direction, and colored bands in sub scan direction................ 360
25.3.14 Printer 4-Color: white lines in main scan direction,
white bands in main scan direction, colored lines in main scan direction,
General
and colored bands in main scan direction ................................................ 361

25.3.15 Printer 4-Color: uneven density in sub scan direction .............................. 362
25.3.16 Printer 4-Color: uneven density in main scan direction ............................ 363
25.3.17 Printer 4-Color: low image density............................................................ 364
25.3.18 Printer 4-Color: poor color reproduction ................................................... 365
25.3.19 Printer 4-Color: incorrect color image registration .................................... 366
Maintenance
25.3.20 Printer 4-Color: void areas, white spots.................................................... 367

25.3.21 Printer 4-Color: colored spots................................................................... 368
25.3.22 Printer 4-Color: poor fusing performance, offset....................................... 369
25.3.23 Printer 4-Color: brush effect, blurred image.............................................. 370
25.3.24 Printer 4-Color: back marking................................................................... 371
25.3.25 Printer 4-Color: uneven image.................................................................. 372
26. Controller trouble ................................................................................................ 373

26.1 Unable to print over the network....................................................................... 373
26.1.1 The “RIP” is displayed on the machine control panel. .............................. 373
26.1.2 The “RIP” is not displayed on the machine control panel. ........................ 373
Appendix
27. Parts layout drawing............................................................................................ 375
Troubleshooting
27.1 Main unit........................................................................................................... 375

27.1.1 Engine section .......................................................................................... 375
27.1.2 Tray 1 ........................................................................................................ 379
27.1.3 Tray 2/Multiple bypass tray........................................................................ 380
Appendix
xiv
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 1. System configuration
General
bizhub C250P
1. System configuration
1/2 System Front View
[10]
[9]
General
[3]
[1] [2]
[8]
[4]
[5]
[7] [6]
4038F1C401AA
[1] Machine [6] Desk DK-502

[2] Auto Duplex Unit AD-503 [7] Finisher FS-501
[3] Paper Feed Cabinet PC-103 [8] Job Separator JS-601
[4] Paper Feed Cabinet PC-203 [9] Finisher FS-603
[5] Paper Feed Cabinet PC-403 [10] Punch Kit (for FS-603) PK-501
NOTE
• Use the Desk or the paper feed cabinet without fail when installing on the floor in
order to keep the function and quality of the unit.
1
1. System configuration Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
bizhub C250P
2/2 System Rear View
[6] [2]
[1]
[3]
[4]
General
PC-103 DK-502
PC-203
PC-403
[5] 4038F1E187DA
[1] Machine [4] Security Kit SC-503

[2] Mount Kit MK-706 [5] Dehumidifier Heater 1C
[3] Hard Disk HD-501 [6] Local Interface Kit EK-702
2
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 2. Product specifications
2. Product specifications
bizhub C250P
A. Type
Type Desktop-type printer

Printing System Electrostatic dry-powdered image transfer to plain paper
Printing Process Tandem-type indirect electrostatic recording system
PC Drum Type OPC (organic photo conductor)
Paper Feeding System Multiple Bypass: 100 sheets
(Standard) Tray1: 250 sheets
Three-way system Tray2: 500 sheets
General
Exposure System • Four-multi array PH unit system
• Two-beam LD + polygon mirror exposure system for Y, M, C, and K
(8 beams in total)
Exposure Density Equivalent to 600 dpi in main scanning direction × 600 dpi in sub scanning
direction
Developing System HMT developing system
Charging System DC comb electrode Scorotron system with electrode cleaning function
(manual)
*Electrode cleaning function is mounted only on the K imaging unit.
Image Transfer System Intermediate transfer belt system
Paper Separating System Selection either application of nonwoven fabric bias or resistor grounding +
lower-pressure paper separate claws
Fusing System Roller fusing
3
2. Product specifications Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
bizhub C250P
B. Functions
110 sec. or less

Warm-up Time
(at ambient temperature of 23° C/73.4° F and rated source voltage)
Leading edge: 4.2 mm, Trailing edge: 4.2 mm,
Image Loss
Rear edge: 3 mm, Front edge: 3 mm
First Print Time (Tray1, A4, full size)
Monochrome print 8.4 sec. or less
Color print 11.7 sec. or less
System Speed Plain Paper
111 mm/sec
Monochrome/Full color
General
Thick Paper (90 to 256

g/m2), OHP, Post card, 55.5 mm/sec
Envelope, Label sheet
Print Speed Monochrome print 1-sided: 25 prints/min.; 2-sided: 23 prints/min.
(A4, 8-1/2 × 11) Color print 1-sided: 25 prints/min.; 2-sided: 23 prints/min.
Print Paper Size A3 to A5, B6S, A3 Wide
Metric Area:
(12.25×18), A6S, Thick Paper
Tray1, Bypass
11×17 to 5.5×8.5, A3 Wide
Inch Area:
(12.25×18), 4×6S, Thick Paper
Metric Area: A3 to B5, A5S
Tray2
Inch Area: 11×17 to 8.5×11, 8.5×11S
Print Exit Tray Capacity Plain Paper 350 sheets
Thick Paper 20 sheets
OHP transparencies 1 sheet
4
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 2. Product specifications
C. Types of Paper
bizhub C250P
Paper Source
Type
Tray1 Tray2 Multiple Bypass
Plain paper
❍ ❍ ❍
(60 to 90 g/m2)
Translucent paper – – –
OHP transparencies
(crosswise –
feeding only)
Thick paper 1
General
–
(91 to 150 g/m2)
Print paper type Thick paper 2 ❍ ❍
–
(151 to 209 g/m2) (20 sheets or less) (10 sheets or less)
Thick paper 3
–
(210 to 256 g/m2) *1
Postcards –
Envelopes –
Labels –
Long Size Paper
1 – – ❍
(127 to 160 g/m2)
Width 90 to 311.1 mm 139.7 to 297 mm 90 to 311.1 mm
Print paper Length 139.7 to 457.2 mm 182 to 431.8 mm 139.7 to 457.2 mm
dimensions Long Size Paper 210 to 297 mm x
1 – –
(Width x Length) 1200 mm or less
*1: Image is not guaranteed when thick paper 3 is used.

Optional Paper Feed Cabinet : Only the Plain paper (weighing 64 to 90 g/m2) is reliably fed.
Automatic Duplex Unit : Only the Plain paper weighing 64 to 90 g/m2 or Thick paper
weighing 91 to 256 g/m2 are reliably fed.
D. Maintenance
Machine Durability 600,000 prints or 5 years, whichever is earlier

No. of pages printed per Color print 1,600 prints
month (Average) Monochrome print 2,400 prints
Color print 3 pages/job
Standard print mode
Monochrome print 3 pages/job
Standard Original Color print C, M, Y, K 5%
Density Monochrome print K 5%
5
2. Product specifications Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
bizhub C250P
E. Machine Specifications
Power Requirements Voltage: AC 110 V, 120 V, 127 V, 220-240 V

Frequency: 50/60 Hz ± 3.0 Hz
Max Power Consumption Less than 1500 W (120 V, 12 A / 220 - 240 V, 8 A)
653 (W) × 712 (D) × 601 (H) mm *2
Dimensions
25.7 (W) × 28.0 (D) × 23.7 (H) inch *2
1822 (W) × 975 (D) mm *3
Space Requirements
71.7 (W) × 38.4 (D) inch *3
Machine Approx. 76 kg (without IU and TC)
Mass
General
IU and TC 8.9 kg
*2: width when the bypass tray is closed

*3: Space Requirements are the values when the Finisher is slid to the maximum, the
bypass tray is opened to the maximum, and the front door is open.
F. Operating Environment
Temperature 10 to 30 °C / 50 to 86° F (with a fluctuation of 10° C / 18° F or less per hour)

Humidity 15 to 85% (Relative humidity with a fluctuation of 20%/h)
Difference between front and back, right and left should be 1 degree or
Levelness
under.
G. Print Functions
Type Built-in printer controller

CPU PPC750 FX 466 MHz
RAM 512 MB (Shared with the C250P.)
HDD 40 GB (Shared with the Option and C250P.)
Standard: Ethernet (10 Base-T or 100 Base-TX)
Interface
Option: USB 1.1, USB 2.0, or IEEE 1284
Supported Protocols TCP/IP, IPX/SPX, NetBEUI, AppleTalk (EtherTalk)
PCL5e/c Emulation
Printer Language PCL6 (XL Ver. 2.1) Emulation
PostScript 3 Emulation (3011)
Print Resolution 600 dpi × 600 dpi
Printer Fonts PCL Latin 80 Fonts Postscript 3 Emulation Latin 136 Fonts
Windows NT 4.0, Windows 2000, or Windows Server
Server
2003
Supported Operating
Systems Windows 98 Second Edition, Windows Me, Windows
Client 2000, Windows XP, or Windows NT 4.0 (SP6a)
Mac OS 9.2 or later or Mac OS X 10.2 or 10.3
NOTE
• These specifications are subject to change without notice.
6
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 3. Center cross section
3. Center cross section
bizhub C250P
[17] [18] [19]
[16]
[1]
[2]
[15]
[3]
General
[14]
[13]
[4]
[12]
[5]
[11]
[6]
[10] [9] [8] [7] 4038F1C403AA
[1] Fusing Unit [11] Waste Toner Box

[2] Transfer Belt Unit [12] Imaging Unit/Y
[3] Image Transfer Roller [13] Imaging Unit/M
[4] Bypass tray [14] Imaging Unit/C
[5] Tray1 [15] Imaging Unit/K
[6] Tray2 [16] Toner Cartridge/Y
[7] Print Head Unit (PH Unit) /K [17] Toner Cartridge/M
[8] Print Head Unit (PH Unit) /C [18] Toner Cartridge/C
[9] Print Head Unit (PH Unit) /M [19] Toner Cartridge/K
[10] Print Head Unit (PH Unit) /Y
7
4. Paper path Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
4. Paper path
bizhub C250P
General
4038F1C404AA
8
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 5. Image creation process
5. Image creation process
bizhub C250P
[11] Transfer Belt Cleaning
[1] Interface
[8] 1st Image Transfer [10]Paper
Separation
[2] Controller
Image
Processing
[3] Printer Image [9] 2nd Image
General
Processing Transfer
[4] PC Drum
[5] PC Drum
Charging
[13] Main Erase
[12] PC Drum Cleaning

[6] Laser Exposure
[7] Developing 4038T1C105AA
• It is the access system to scan the printed data from the PC to the printer.
[1] Interface
This model supports the Ethernet as standard.
Controller Image • Printed data in page description language are converted to VIDEO signals
[2]
Processing (C, M, Y, and Bk) to output to the printer's image processing section.
Printer Image • D/A conversion will be performed after the VIDEO signals (Y, M, C, Bk) are
[3]
Processing corrected. This data will control the emission of the Laser diode.
• The image of the original projected onto the surface of the PC Drum is
[4] PC Drum
changed to a corresponding electrostatic latent image.
[5] PC Drum Charging • Supply DC ( - ) charge on the PC Drum.
• Expose photo conductor to a laser beam to develop electrostatic latent
[6] Laser Exposure
image.
• The toner, agitated and negatively charged in the Developer Mixing Cham-
ber, is attracted onto the electrostatic latent image formed on the surface of
[7] Developing the PC Drum. It is thereby changed to a visible, developed image.
• AC and DC negative bias voltages are applied to the Developing Roller,
thereby preventing toner from sticking to the background image portion.
• A DC positive voltage is applied to the backside of the Transfer Belt,
[8] 1st Image Transfer thereby allowing the visible, developed image on the surface of each of
the PC Drums (Y, M, C, and K) to be transferred onto the Transfer Belt.
• A DC positive voltage is applied to the backside of the paper, thereby
[9] 2nd Image Transfer allowing the visible, developed image on the surface of the Transfer Belt to
be transferred onto the paper.
• The paper, which has undergone the 2nd image transfer process, is neu-
[10] Paper Separation tralized so that it can be properly separated from the Transfer Belt by the
Paper Separator Claws.
9
5. Image creation process Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
Transfer Belt • A charge is applied to the Transfer Belt. By potential difference, residual
[11]
Cleaning toner on the surface of the Transfer Belt is collected for cleaning.
bizhub C250P
[12] PC Drum Cleaning • The residual toner left on the surface of the PC Drum is scraped off.
• The surface of the PC Drum is irradiated with light, which neutralizes any
[13] Main Erase
surface potential remaining on the surface of the PC Drum.
General
10
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 6. Periodical check
Maintenance
bizhub C250P
6. Periodical check
6.1 Service schedule
Guarantee period (5-year or 600,000 prints)
Per cycle × 10,000-print Number

× print number 12 20 24 30 36 40 48 of times
120,000 ● ● ● ● 4
Main Unit 200,000 ● ● 2
300,000 ● 1
PC-103
PC-203 300,000 ● 1
PC-403
FS-501
300,000 ● 1
FS-603
Maintenance
6.2 Maintenance items
6.2.1 Parts to be replaced by users (CRU)
No. Class Parts to be replaced Cycle Clean Replace Descriptions

1 Imaging Unit C/M/Y 45 K ● *3
2 Imaging Unit K 70 K ● *3
3 Dust filter/Cooling Fan 30 K ● *1
4 Processing Comb electrode When TC K is replaced ●
sections
Toner cartridge: TC
5 12 K ● *3
(TC Y/TC M/TC C)
Toner cartridge: TC
6 20 K ● *2, 3
(TC K)
7 Fusing section Deodorant filter 20 K ● *2
Image Trans-
8 Waste Toner Box (25 K) ● *1, 3, 4
fer section
*1: Also replace the Dust Filter/Cooling Fan packed in the Waste Toner Box at the same
time when the Waste Toner Box is replaced.
*2: Also replace the Deodorant Filter packed in the Toner Cartridge K at the same time
when 20 K is reached.
*3: The parts can be replaced either by User or Customer Engineer.
See P.187
*4: A waste toner full condition is detected with detecting the actual waste toner emissions.
11
6. Periodical check Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
bizhub C250P
6.2.2 Periodical parts replacement 1 (per 120,000-print)
Number of Lubrica- Descrip-

No. Class Parts to be replaced Check Clean Replace
personnel tion tions
Paper feed and image
1 ●
Overall conditions
2 Appearance ● ●
2nd Image Transfer
3 1 ●
Conveyance Roller Unit5
section Dust Filter/Vertical
4 1 ●
Conveyance
*1
Image Trans-
5 Image Transfer Belt Unit 1 ●
fer section
Processing
6 Ozone Filter 1 ●
section
Image Transfer
7 Image ●
Entrance Guide
Transfer
1 IDC/Registration
8 section ●
Sensor 1, 2
Maintenance
Fusing
9 Fusing Unit 1 ●
section
*1: Replace those four parts at the same time.
Number of Lubrica- Descrip-

No. Class Parts to be replaced Check Clean Replace
personnel tion tions
1 ●
Overall conditions
3 Tray 1 Feed Roller 1 ●
4 Bypass Separation Roller Assy 1 ●
12
bizhub C250P
Number of Lubri-
No. Class Parts to be replaced Check Clean Replace Descriptions
personnel cation
1 ●
Overall conditions
3 Pick-up Roller 1 ●
4 Tray 2 Feed Roller 1 ●
5 Separation Roller Assy 1 ●
6 Pick-up Roller 1 ● Replace
PC-103
7 Feed Roller 1 ● those three
PC-203
parts at the
8 PC-403 Separation Roller Assy 1 ● same time.
Paper Feed Roller,
9 ●
FS-501 Roll
10 FS-603 Transport route, Guide ●
11 Sensor ●
Maintenance
13
bizhub C250P
6.3 Maintenance parts
• To ensure that the machine produces good prints and to extend its service life, it is rec-
ommended that the maintenance jobs described in this schedule be carried out as
instructed.
• Replace with reference to the numeric values displayed on the Life counter.
• Maintenance conditions are based on the case of A4 or 8.5 × 11, Standard mode and
Low Power Mode OFF.
6.3.1 Replacement parts

A. Main unit
Actual Ref.Page
Qua Descrip-
No. Classification Parts name durable Parts No. in this
ntity tions
cycle *1 manual
1 Feed Roller 1 200 K 4034 3012 ## P.18
Tray 1
2 Separation Roller Assy 1 200 K 4034 0151 ## P.18
3 Feed Roller 1 200 K 4131 3001 ## P.19
Bypass
4 Separation Roller Assy 1 200 K 4034 0151 ## P.21
Maintenance
5 Feed Roller 1 300 K 4030 3005 ## P.23

6 Tray 2 Separation Roller Assy 1 300 K 4030 0151 ## P.22
7 Pick-up Roller 1 300 K 4030 3005 ## P.26
2nd Image Transfer
8 1 120 K 4038 0776 00 *2 P.32
Conveyance Roller Unit
section Dust Filter/
9 1 120 K  *2 P.31
Vertical Conveyance
4038 0755 00 *5
10 Fusing Unit 1 120 K P.40
Fusing section 4038 0754 00 *6
11 Deodorant Filter 1 20 K  *3 P.30
12 Imaging Unit Y/M/C 1 45 K  P.37
13 Imaging Unit K 1 70 K  P.37
14 Processing Ozone Filter 1 120 K  *2 P.30
15 section Toner Cartridge Y/M/C 1 12 K  P.35
16 Toner Cartridge K 1 20 K  *3 P.35
17 Dust Filter/Cooling Fan 1 25 K  *4 P.31
18 Image transfer Image Transfer Belt Unit 1 120 K 4038 0777 00 *2 P.32
1 19 section Waste Toner Box 1 (25 K) 4065 611 *4, 7 P.29
*1: Actual durable cycle is the Life counter value.

*2: Also replace the 2nd Image Transfer Roller Unit, Dust Filter/Vertical Conveyance and
Ozone Filter packed in the Image Transfer Belt Unit at the same time when 120 K is
reached.
(Part No. of the Transfer Kit: 4038 0777 00)
*3: Also replace the Deodorant Filter packed in the Toner Cartridge K at the same time
when 20 K is reached.
*4: Also replace the Dust Filter/Cooling Fan packed in the Waste Toner Box at the same
time when the Waste Toner Box is replaced.
*5: 220-240 V areas only.
*6: 110 V to 120 V areas only.
14
B. Option
bizhub C250P
Actual Ref.Page
Qua Descrip-
No. Classification Parts name durable Parts No. in this
ntity tions
cycle *1 manual
1 Pick-up Roller 1 300 K 4030 3005 ## Replace
2 Feed Roller 1 300 K 4030 3005 ## those
PC-103
three
PC-203 *2
parts at
3 PC-403 *2 Separation Roller Assy 1 300 K 4030 0151 ## the same
time.
*1: Actual durable cycle is the Life counter value.

*2: See each Option Service Manual.
6.3.2 Cleaning parts
Ref.Page
Descrip-
No. Classification Parts name Actual cleaning cycle in this
tions
manual
Processing
Maintenance
1 Comb Electrode When TC/K is replaced (20 K) P.36
section
Conveyance
2 Registration Roller Upon each call (60 K) P.28
section
Area around the Waste
3 Upon each call P.30
Toner Collecting Port
Image transfer Image Transfer
1 4 P.34
section Entrance Guide When Image Transfer Belt is
IDC/Registration replaced (120 K)
5 P.35
Sensor 1, 2
4 AD-503 *1 Conveyance Roller Upon each call (60 K) *1
*1: See AD-503 Service Manual.
15
bizhub C250P
6.4 Concept of parts life
Life value
Max. number of
Description (Specification
printed pages
value)
A waste toner full condition is detected when about
Waste Toner
2,500 printed pages have been produced after a – 25,000 *1,2
Bottle
waste toner near full condition has been detected.
The number of prints made is counted.
(The counter counts up 2 for paper whose sub scan
direction exceeds 216 mm.)
The number of prints made is compared with the
value of the number of hours through which the
Fusing unit Fusing Drive Motor has turned translated to a cor- 120,000 150,000 *3
responding value of the number of prints made and
the value, whichever reaches the life specification
value, is detected.
When the maximum number of printed pages is
reached, the print is inhibited.
The number of prints made is counted.
Maintenance
(The counter counts up 2 for paper whose sub scan

direction exceeds 216 mm.)
The number of prints made is compared with the
value of the number of hours through which the belt
has turned translated to a corresponding value of
Transfer Belt
the number of prints made and the value, whichever 120,000 151,037 *3
Unit
reaches the life specifications value, is detected.
(However the maximum number of prints is
detected by counting hours through which the belt
has turned.)
When the maximum number of printed pages is
reached, the print is inhibited.
Imaging Unit The hours which the PC drum has turned is com-
6,366 M *4 6,649 M *4
C/M/Y pared with the value of the number of hours through
which the Imaging roller has turned translated to a
corresponding value of hours and the value, which-
ever reaches the life specification value, is
Imaging Unit detected.
* The hours which the PC drum has turned is the 6,637 M *4 6,827 M *4
/K
value of the number of distance through which the
PC drum has run translated to a corresponding
value of the number of hours and the value.
*2: Once the Toner-Full is detected, it has to be replaced with the new Waste Toner Box in
order to reset.
*3: The initiation of any new print cycle is inhibited when the maximum number of printed
pages is reached.
*4: The mark “M” is indicated the value of the number of distance through which the PC
drum has run translated to a corresponding value of the number of hours and the value.
16
A. Conditions for Life Specifications Values

• The life specification values represent the number of prints made or figures equivalent to
bizhub C250P
it when given conditions (see the Table given below) are met. They can be more or less
depending on the machine operating conditions of each individual user.
Item Description
Monochrome: Making 3 prints per job
Job Type
Color: Making 3 prints per job
Paper Size A4
Color Ratio Black to Color = 3:2
CV/M Black: 2,400 / Color: 1,600
Original Density B/W = 5 % for each color, 5 % for Monochrome
No. of Operating Days
20 days (Main Power Switch turned ON and OFF 20 times per month)
per Month
B. Control causing inhibited printing for one part when an inhibited-printing event
occurs in another part
In order to reduce the maintenance call times: when printing prohibiting is reached for
Maintenance
Purpose any of the following parts, make printing prohibited also for other parts whose life value
is reached, and replace those parts at the same time.
Fusing unit, Image Transfer Belt Unit, Imaging Unit /C, Imaging Unit /M, Imaging Unit /Y,
Target parts
Imaging Unit /K
17
bizhub C250P
6.5 Maintenance procedure (Periodical check parts)
NOTE
• The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of Maintenance represents the
isopropyl alcohol.
6.5.1 Replacing the Tray 1 Feed Roller
1. Slide out the Tray 1.

[2] 2. Lock the Paper Lifting Plate [1] into
position.
3. Snap off the C-clip [2] from the Tray 1
Feed Roller Assy [3].
4. Remove the shaft for the Tray 1 Feed
[3]
Roller Assy [3] from the front Bush-
ing.
[1]
Maintenance
4038F2C001DA
5. Snap off the C-clip [4], one collar [5]

and remove the Tray 1 Feed Roller
[4] [6].
6. To reinstall, reverse the order of
removal.
7. Select [Service Mode]→ [Counter] →
[Life] of the Jig software and clear
[6] the count of [1st.].
NOTE
• Replace the Tray 1 Feed Roller and
Tray 1 Separation Roller at the
[5] same time.
4037F2C003DB
6.5.2 Replacing the Tray 1 Separation Roller Assy

2. Remove two Screws [1] and the Tray
1 Separation Roller mounting
bracket Assy [2].
[2]
[1]
4038F2C002DB
18
3. Take off the rubber stopper [3], shaft

[4], spring [5], and guide plate [6] to
bizhub C250P
remove the Paper Separation Roller
[4] [6]
fixing bracket Assy [7].
[7]
[3]
[5]
4038F2C003DB
4. Snap off the E-ring [8] and the Tray 1

[9] Paper Separation Roller Assy [9].
removal.
[8] 6. Select [Service Mode] → [Counter]
→ [Life] of the Jig software and clear
Maintenance
the count of [1st.].
4037F2C509DA
NOTE
• Replace the Tray 1 Feed Roller and
Tray 1 Separation Roller at the
same time.
6.5.3 Replacing the Bypass Tray Feed Roller
1. Remove the Multi Bypass Unit.

See P.100
2. Snap off the E-ring [1], and remove
Bypass Paper Feed Clutch [2].
[2]
[1]
4038F2C004DA
19
3. Remove the Gear [3].

bizhub C250P
[3]
4038F2C005DA
4. Snap off the E-ring [4] and remove

the Bearing [5].
[4]
Maintenance
[5]
4038F2C006DB
5. Snap off two C-ring [6], and remove

the Bearing [7].
[6]
[7]
4038F2C007DB
20
6. Remove the Bypass Tray Feed Roller

[8].
bizhub C250P
removal.
8. Select [Service Mode] → [Counter]
the count of [Manual Tray].
NOTE
[8]
• Replace the Bypass Tray Feed
Roller and the Bypass Separation
Roller Assy at the same time.
4038F2C008DB
6.5.4 Replacing the Bypass Tray Separation Roller Assy

See P.100
2. Remove the Screw [1], and remove
Maintenance
the Ground terminal [2].
[1]
[2]
4038F2C009DA

the Bypass Paper Separation Roller
Assy [4].
[3]
[4]
4038F2C010DA
21
4. Snap off the C-clip [5], and remove

[7] the spring [6] and the guide plate [7].
bizhub C250P
[5]
Remove the Bypass Paper Separa-
tion Roller Assy [8].
removal.
the count of [Manual Tray].
NOTE
[6] • Replace the Bypass Tray Feed
[8] Roller and the Bypass Separation
4038F2C502DA
Roller Assy at the same time.
6.5.5 Replacing the Tray 2 Separation Roller

2. Open the Vertical transport door.
3. Remove two Claws [1], and remove
Maintenance
the Vertical transport door [2].

[2]
[1]
4038F2C011DA
4. Remove two Screws [3], and remove

the Jam processing cover [4].
NOTE
• Make sure the position of the Mylar
[4] when installing the Jam processing
cover.
[3]
[3]
OK NG
4038F2C012DB
22

2 Separation Roller installation plate
bizhub C250P
Assy [6].
[6]
[5]
4038F2C013DA
6. Remove two C-rings [7] and the

Shaft [8], and remove the Separation
[9] Roller fixing plate Assy [9].
NOTE
[10] • Use care not to miss the Spring
[10].
Maintenance
[7]
[7]
[8]
4038F2C508DA
7. Remove the C-ring [11] and Guide

[13] [12], and remove the Tray 2 Separa-
tion Roller Assy [13].
[12]
[11]
4038F2C559DA
6.5.6 Replacing the Tray 2 Feed Roller
1. Remove the Tray 2 Separation Roller

installation plate Assy.
• See the procedures 1 to 5 in “Tray 2
Separation Roller.”
2. Remove the Tray 2 Right Rear
Cover.
See P.80
3. Disconnect the Connector [1].
[1]
4038F2C014DA
23
4. Remove the Screws [2] and remove

the Reinforcement plate [3].
bizhub C250P
[3]
[2]
4038F2C015DA
5. Remove four Screws [4] and remove

the Tray 2 Feed Roller Assy [5].
[5]
[4]
Maintenance
[4]
4038F2C016DA
6. Remove two Screws [6] and the

Installation flame [7] of the Tray 2
[6]
Separation Roller installation plate
Assy.
[6]
[7]
4037F2C005DB
24
7. Remove two Screws [8] and Tray 2

[9] Feed Roller cover [9].
bizhub C250P
[8] 4037F2C006DB
8. Remove the C-ring [10] and Bushing

[11].
[11]
Maintenance
[10]
4038F2C510DA
9. Remove the C-ring [13] and Gear

[14] while sliding out the Shaft Assy
[12] in the direction indicated in left
[12] figure.
[14]
[13]
4038F2C511DA
25
10. Remove the C-ring [15] and Bushing

[16], and remove the Shaft Assy [17].
bizhub C250P
[16]
[15]
[17] 4038F2C512DA
11. Remove two E-rings [18] and Bush-

ing [19], and remove the Tray 2 Pick-
[20] up Roller fixing plate Assy [20].
[18]
[18]
Maintenance
[19]
4038F2C513DA
12. Remove the C-ring [21] and Tray 2

[21]
Feed Roller [22].
the count of [2nd.].
[22]
4036fs2596c0
6.5.7 Replacing the Tray 2 Pick-up Roller
1. Remove the Tray 2 Separation Roller

installation plate Assy.
• See the procedures 1 to 5 in “Tray 2
Separation Roller.”
2. Remove the Tray 2 Right Rear
Cover.
See P.80
[1]
4038F2C014DA
26
4. Remove the Screws [2] and remove

bizhub C250P
[3]
[2]
4038F2C015DA
5. Remove four Screws [4] and remove

the Tray 2 Feed Roller Assy [5].
[5]
[4]
Maintenance
[4]
4038F2C016DA

the Tray 2 Separation Roller installa-
[6]
tion plate Assy [7] together with
Frame.
[6]
[7]
4037F2C005DB
27
7. Remove two Screws [8] and Tray 2

[9] Feed Roller cover [9].
bizhub C250P
[8] 4037F2C006DB
[10] 8. Remove two C-rings [10] and two

Bushings [11], and remove the Tray
[12] 2 Pick-up Roller Assy [12].
[11]
Maintenance
[11]
4038F2C514DA
9. Snap off the C-ring [13], and remove

[13] the Tray 2 Pick-up Roller [14].
[14]
4036fs2598c0
6.5.8 Cleaning of the Registration Roller
1. Open the Right Door.

2. Using a soft cloth dampened with
alcohol, wipe the Registration Roll-
ers [1] clean of dirt.
[1]
4038F2C017DA
28
6.5.9 Replacing the Waste Toner Box
bizhub C250P
1. Open the Front Door.
2. Press the Waste Toner Box release
lever [1].
[1]
4038F2C541DA
3. Remove the Waste Toner Box [2].

NOTE
[2]
• Raise the Waste Toner Box gently
before removing it.
Maintenance
• If scattered toner has accumulated
in the vicinity of the toner collecting
port, do not tilt the Waste Toner Box
when removing it.
• Do not leave the Waste Toner Box in
a tilted condition after removing it.
4038F2C542DA
4. Clean the surface around the waste

toner collecting port.
[3]
See P.30
5. Remove the Waste Toner Box from
its box, and remove the packing
material.
6. Set the Waste Toner Box [3] in place.
7. Close the Front Door.
NOTE
• Replace the Dust Filter/Cooling Fan
supplied with the Waste Toner Box
at the same time.
4038F2C543DA
29
bizhub C250P
6.5.10 Cleaning of the Area around the Waste Toner Collecting Port
1. Remove the Waste Toner Box.

[1]
See P.29
2. Wipe the areas around the Waste
Toner Collecting Port [1] clean of
spilled toner and dirt using a soft
cloth dampened with water or alco-
hol.
4038F2C018DB
6.5.11 Replacing the Ozone Filter
1. Holding onto the hook, remove the

Ozone Filter [1].
Maintenance
NOTE
• The Ozone Filter is supplied with
[1] the Transfer Belt unit.
Replace it when replacing the
Transfer Belt Unit.
4038F2C019DA
6.5.12 Replacing the Deodorant Filter
1. Holding onto the hook, take out the

[1]
Deodorant Filter [1].
NOTE
• The Deodorant Filter is supplied
with the Toner Cartridge (Black).
Replace it when replacing the Toner
Cartridge (Black).
4038F2C201AA
30
6.5.13 Replacing the Dust Filter/Vertical Conveyance
bizhub C250P
1. If the optional Automatic Duplex Unit
AD-503 is mounted, remove it.
See AD-503 Service Manual.
[1]
2. Remove the Dust Filter/Vertical Con-
veyance [1].
NOTE
• The Dust Filter/Vertical Conveyance
is supplied with the Transfer Belt
Unit.
Transfer Belt Unit.
4038F2C020DB
6.5.14 Replacing the Dust Filter/Cooling Fan
[1] 1. If the Dust Filter/Cooling Fan is con-

taminated by dust or foreign matter,
Maintenance
clean it up.
2. Remove the Dust Filter/Cooling Fan
[1].
NOTE
• The Dust Filter/Cooling Fan is sup-
plied with the Waste Toner Box.
Waste Toner Box.
4038F2C584DA
31
bizhub C250P
6.6 Replacing the unit
6.6.1 Replacing the 2nd Image Transfer Roller Unit
A. Removal Procedure
1. Turn OFF the Main Power Switch.
3. Unlock the Lock levers [1] (at two
places).
[2] 4. Holding onto the Lock levers [1] (at
[1]
two places), remove the 2nd Image
Transfer Roller Unit [2].
4038F2C021DA
B. Reinstallation Procedure
1. Holding onto the Lock levers [1] (at
Maintenance
two places), mount the 2nd Image

Transfer Roller Unit [2].
2. Lock the Lock levers [1](at two
[2] places).
[1] 3. Close the Right Door.
NOTE
• Make sure that the door is locked in
position both at front and rear.
4. Turn ON the Main Power Switch.
NOTE
4038F2C022DA
• The 2nd Image Transfer Roller Unit
is supplied with the Transfer Belt
Unit.
Transfer Belt Unit.
6.6.2 Replacing the Image Transfer Belt Unit

2. Remove the Waste Toner Box
See P.29
3. Slide out the Imaging Unit (C/M/Y/K).
See P.37
NOTE
• After the Imaging Unit has been removed from the main unit, be sure to place it in
the plastic bag (black) or wrap it in a light shielding cloth, and store it in a dark
place.
Do not leave the Imaging Unit exposed to light for a extended period of time, as it
may become damaged.
32

[2] 5. Remove two Screws [1] and release
bizhub C250P
the Lock of the Image Transfer Belt
Unit [2].
[1]
4038F2C023DA
6. Hold the both sides and lift it to take

out the Image Transfer Belt Unit [3] a
little.
Maintenance
[3]
4038F2C024DA
[4] 7. Hold the position [4] as shown in the

left and remove the Image Transfer
Belt Unit [5].
NOTE
[5] • Do not touch the surface of the
Image Transfer Belt Unit.
• Cover the Image Transfer Belt Unit
with something such shade cloth to
protect its surface from dust or for-
[4] eign matter.
1
8. Clean the Image Transfer Entrance
Guide and the surface of the IDC/
4038F2C025DA
Registration Sensors.
See P.34, P.35
33
1. Insert the Transfer Belt Unit [1].
bizhub C250P
NOTE
• Insert the Transfer Belt Unit with
care not to allow its docking gear to
be damaged by hitting it against the
rail or associated part.
• Do not touch the surface of the
[1] Image Transfer Belt Unit.
• Cover the Image Transfer Belt Unit
with something such shade cloth to
protect its surface from dust or for-
eign matter.
4038F2C026DA
2. Install the Image Transfer Belt Unit

with two Screws [2].
NOTE
• Replace the 2nd Image Transfer
Roller, the Ozone Filter and the
Maintenance
Dust Filter/Vertical Conveyance,

which are supplied with the Image
Transfer Belt Unit, at the same time.
3. Close the Right Door.
4. Reinstall the Imaging Unit and the
Waste Toner Box.
[2] 5. Turn ON the Main Power Switch.
4038F2C027DA
6. Select [Service Mode] → [Imaging
Process Adjustment] → [X-Rite Cali-
bration (Gradation Adjust)] of the Jig
software and carry out Gradation
Adjust.
1 6.6.3 Cleaning of the Image Transfer Entrance Guide
1. Remove the Image Transfer Belt.

[1]
See P.32
2. Wipe the Image Transfer Entrance
Guide [1] clean of spilled toner and
dirt using a soft cloth dampened with
water or alcohol.
4038F2C607DA
34
6.6.4 Cleaning of the IDC/Registration Sensor 1, 2

1
bizhub C250P
1. Remove the Image Transfer Belt.
See P.32
2. Wipe the surface of the IDC/Regis-
tration Sensor 1, 2 [1] clean of spilled
toner and dirt using a soft cloth
dampened with water or alcohol.
[1]
[1]
4038F2C608DA
Maintenance
6.6.5 Replacing the Toner Cartridge (C, M, Y, K)
2. Pressing the Toner Cartridge Lock
Claw [1], pull it toward.
[1]
4038F2C560DA
3. Pull the Toner Cartridge [2] toward to

[2]
remove it.
4038F2C538DA
35
1. Take out the new Toner Cartridge [1]
bizhub C250P
from the unitary packing box and

shake it well up and down 5 to 10
times.
[1]
4038F2C539DA
2. Insert the Toner Cartridge [2] by fit-

ting it to the groove on the main unit.
NOTE
• Make sure the colors are matched
[2] between the Toner Cartridge and
label on the machine.
• Make sure the Toner Cartridge is
inserted all the way.
• When replacing the Toner Cartridge
(black), replace the Deodorant Filter
Maintenance
supplied with it at the same time.

3. Clear the Comb Electrode.
See P.36
4038F2C540DA
6.6.6 Cleaning of the Comb Electrode

2. Clean the Comb Electrode by mov-
ing the Comb Electrode Cleaning
Lever [1] In and Out several times.
(Only for the Imaging Unit/K)
[1] NOTE
• Move the Comb Electrode Cleaning
Lever slowly forward and backward
until it stops.
4038F2C546DA
36
6.6.7 Replacing the Imaging Unit (C, M, Y, K)
bizhub C250P
[1]
2. Unplug the power cord.
4. Press the unlocking knob [1] of
Imaging Unit.
4038F2C531DA
5. Pull out the Imaging Unit [2], and

remove it from main body.
Maintenance
[2]
4038F2C532DA
[2] B. Reinstallation Procedure

1. Remove the Imaging Unit from its
plastic bag.
2. Peel off the Tape [1] so that the
Mounting Bracket [2] can be
removed.
Then, remove the Mounting Bracket
[2].
NOTE
• Since the Imaging Unit is highly
[1] susceptible to light, keep it
shielded from light up to the time it
4038F2C533DA
is installed.
• Carefully unseal the plastic bag
(black).
• If the Imaging Unit is packed in the
plastic bag (black) again, seal the
package using tape or another
means.
37
3. Tilt the Imaging Unit [3] to the left

and shake it a small stroke in the tilt
bizhub C250P
[3] direction twice. Then, tilt it to the

right and shake it a small stroke in
the tilt direction twice.
4038F2C534DA
4. Remove the Caps [4] on the end of

the Imaging Unit and the bottom
packing material.
Maintenance
[4]
4038F2C535DA
5. Keeping the Imaging Unit [5] in a

level position, insert the Imaging Unit
[5] into the mounting position all the
way until it is stopped.
NOTE
• Install them by fitting the blue label
position of Imaging Unit and one of
the machine.
[5] • Do not allow the Imaging Unit to
become tilted while installing them
into the Main Unit, as damage to the
PC Drum can result.
4038F2C536DA
38
[6]
6. Pull out the PC Drum protective
sheet [6] while pressing the Imaging
bizhub C250P
Unit.
7. Insert the Imaging Unit all the way.
NOTE
• Make sure that the Imaging Unit is
inserted all the way.
8. Close the Front Door.
9. Plug in the power cord.
11. Select [Service Mode] → [Imaging
Process Adjustment] → [X-Rite Cali-
4038F2C537DA
bration (Gradation Adjust)] of the Jig
software and carry out Gradation
Adjust.
[7] NOTE
• When removing / installing the
Imaging Unit, use care not to touch
the surface of the PC Drum [7].
Maintenance
4038F2C567DA
39
bizhub C250P
6.6.8 Replacing the Fusing Unit
CAUTION
• Before replacing the Fusing Unit, ensure that it has had time to cool down.
1. Turn OFF the Main Power Switch

and unplug the power cord from the
[3] power outlet, then wait for about 20
minutes.
2. Remove the Sub Tray [1].
See P.74
[2] the Exit Tray Connector protective
[1] cover [3].
4038F2C203AA

Maintenance
[1]
4038F2C204AA

the Connector protective cover [2].
[1]
[2]
4038F2C205AA
40
6. Disconnect two Connectors [1].
bizhub C250P
[1]
4038F2C206AA
7. Open the Right Cover.

8. Open the Fusing Unit Cover.
[1] the Fusing unit [2].
Maintenance
[2]
4038F2C207AA
41
7. Service tool Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
7. Service tool
bizhub C250P
7.1 CE Tool list
Tool name Shape Personnel Parts No. Remarks
PH Window Cleaning Jig 1 4038 2083 ##
4038F2C557DA
PH Window Cleaning Jig

1 4038 2084 ##
Pad
4038F2C558DA
Maintenance
1 Compact Flash 1 4038 0764 ##
4037F2C601DA
42
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 7. Service tool
7.2 Print materials
bizhub C250P
7.2.1 Imaging Unit Single Parts (IU)
Also replace the Dust filter packed in the Imaging Unit Black at the same time.
Parts name Replacing period

IU Black 70,000 prints
IU Yellow 45,000 prints
IU Magenta 45,000 prints
IU Cyan 45,000 prints
See P.17
7.2.2 Toner Cartridge Single Parts (T/C)

Also replace the Deodorant filter packed in the T/C Black at the same time.
Parts name Replacing period *1

T/C Black 20,000 prints
T/C Yellow 12,000 prints
Maintenance
T/C Magenta 12,000 prints
T/C Cyan 12,000 prints
*1: Life value that can be achieved with a probability of 90% even with product-to-product
variations and fluctuating operating environmental conditions taken into consideration,
when the T/C is used under the conditions of B/W ratio 5% for each color
7.2.3 Waste Toner Box

• Replace the Dust Filter/Cooling Fan supplied with the Waste Toner Box at the same time.
Parts name Replacing period

1 Waste Toner Box 25,000 prints *1
See P.17
7.2.4 Maintenance Kit

There is no setting for the Maintenance Kit.
43
8. Service Jig Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
8. Service Jig
bizhub C250P
8.1 Construction of the Service Jig
[3]
[5]
[2]
[4]
(6)
[1]
Maintenance
4038F2C582DA
No. Name Description Remark

[1] Notebook PC • Starts the External Panel Controller for Commercially available
adjustment. product
Jig Software *1 • Allows settings, adjustments, and Supplied from KMBT
(External panel Controller) checks to be made for the printer using
a PC.
[2] Straight cable • Connects between the Notebook PC Commercially available
(RS-232C D-Sub 9 pin) and the connector C of the selector. product
[3] Selector • Switches between the Notebook PC Commercially available
and the X-Rite, printer. product
Aluminum tape • Removes noise that would otherwise Commercially available
occur when the Selector is operated. product
[4] X-Rite/Cross-cable • Color Tone Tester. Commercially available
product
[5] Cross-cable (DTP32) • Connects the Selector to X-Rite. Commercially available
product
[6] Cross-cable • Connects port A of the Selector to the Commercially available
(RS-232C D-Sub 9 pin) printer. product
*1: The recommended OS of the operating environment for the External Panel Control is
Windows 98, Windows 2000, or Windows XP. No other OSs are guaranteed for correct
operation. Another requirement is that the PC is capable of serial communications at
19,200 bps.
44
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 8. Service Jig
8.2 Setting up the Service Jig
bizhub C250P
8.2.1 Prepare the unit necessary for the Service jig
• This operation is necessary only when using the selector for the first time.
1. Remove the two screws from the

selector, and then remove the upper
cover.
4004D295AA
Maintenance
2. Affix the aluminum tape to the Selec-
tor as illustrated.
4004D296AA
45
bizhub C250P
8.2.2 Connecting the Service jig
1. Using a DTP32 cross-cable, con-

nect the I/O port of the X-Rite to port
B of the selector.
C4004U559AA
2. Using the RS232 straight cable (2),

connect the COM 1 port of the com-
puter to port C on the selector.
NOTE
• When connecting to the COM2 port,
set the External Panel Controller
port setting to COM2.
Maintenance
C4581U022AA
3. Using a cross-cable, connect port A

of the selector to the printer.
4038F2C583DA
46
8.2.3 Connecting the Jig Software to the Printer
bizhub C250P
• Turn PC power ON. Turn the Printer power ON. Start the Jig Software (External panel
Controller.)
• When the error message is displayed during operation, follow the message for the coun-
termeasure.
• Do not finish the Jig Software while it is running. When the Jig Software is finished, start
the printer and the Jig Software again.
[2] 1. Turn Printer power ON while press-

ing the Menu/select key [1] on the
control panel.
• Keep pressing the Menu/select key
until the LED [2] on the control panel
turns OFF or “Please wait” is dis-
played.
Maintenance
[1] 4038F2E301AA
2. Make sure that “Trouble Reset” is

displayed.
• When “Ready to print” is displayed,
turn power OFF and turn it ON again.
4038F2E302AA
3. Make sure that the selector knob is

set to “A.”
4004D270AA
4. Turn on your PC and click the External Panel Controller icon.
47
5. Make sure that the Startup dialog

box has appeared.
bizhub C250P
6. Check that “COM1” is selected for

“Port.” Then, click the “OK” key.
4038F2C587DA
7. Check that the initial startup screen of the External Panel Controller has appeared on
the PC.
Maintenance
NOTE
• If the basic screen does not appear in the External Panel Controller, turn the
printer off. Restart the External Panel Controller, and then turn the printer on
again.
Initial Startup Screen
4038F2C589DA
48
8. Check that the initial startup screen has changed to a panel screen.
bizhub C250P
4037F2E416AA
Maintenance
49
9. Electrical/Image Adjustment Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
9. Electrical/Image Adjustment
bizhub C250P
NOTE
• Given in the following are only those adjustments that are made using the External
Panel Controller.
• Ensure appropriate security for Service Mode setting procedures. They should
never be known to any unauthorized person not involved with service jobs.
9.1 Calling the Service Mode to Screen

1. Connect the crossing cable to the printer and PC.
2. Turn the PC Power ON.
3. Turn the Printer Power ON while pressing the Menu/Select key on the control Panel.
4. Keep pressing the Menu/Select key until the LED turns OFF on the control Panel.
5. Check to make sure that the “Trouble Reset” will be displayed on the control Panel after
LED turns OFF.
6. Start the Jig software and check to make sure that the Start screen will change to the
Panel screen.
7. Click the Utility key.
8. Click Details key.
Maintenance
9. Press the following keys in this order:

Stop → 0 → 0 → Stop → 0 → 1
10. Service mode will be displayed.
9.2 List of Functions

• Use the Jig Software and adjust or set on the PC screen.
• For adjustment items except X-Rite calibration, see Adjustment/Setting.
Machine
• Fusing Transport Speed • Fusing Temperature
• Printer Resist Loop • Printer Area
• Fusing Loop Size • Color Registration Adjustment
• Manual Bypass Tray Adjustment • Lead Edge Erase Adjustment
Imaging Process Adjustment
• X-Rite Calibration (Gradation Adjust) • Transfer Output Fine Adjustment
• D max Density • Thick paper Density Adjustment
• Background Voltage Margin • TCR Toner Supply
• Stabilizer • Dev. Bias Choice
• Monochrome Density Adjustment
50
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 9. Electrical/Image Adjustment
9.2.1 X-Rite Calibration (Gradation Adjust)
bizhub C250P
1. Set up the Service Jig.
2. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
3. Click the X-Rite Calibration key in the

Imaging Process Adjustment screen.
4. Click the Gradation Mode.
4038F2E599DA
5. Check the message that appears,

and then click the Start key in the
Maintenance
External Panel Controller.
6. Test patterns are printed for the four
colors. (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow,
Black)
NOTE
• It will take approximately 2 minutes
for the test patterns to be printed.
C4004P567CA
• During printing, do not open the
front door.
If the front door is opened, restart
the procedure from step 1.
Test pattern 4004D279AA
7. After the test patterns are printed,

check that the message appears,
and then click the Start key in the
External Panel Controller.
C4004P569CA
51
8. Check that the dialog box appears

9. Set the selector knob to “B.”
bizhub C250P
10. Then click the OK key in the dialog

box.
C4004P570CA
4004D271AA
11. Check that the dialog box appears,

and then click the Yes key in the dia-
log box.
Maintenance
C4004P572CA
12. When the dialog box appears, the

auto-cal strip can be read.
Prepare the auto-cal strip.
C4004P573CA
52
13. Insert the auto-cal strip into the X-

Rite.
bizhub C250P
NOTE
• Insert the auto-cal strip after
“INSERT CAL STRIP” appears on
the X-Rite display.
4004D289AA
4004D272CA
Maintenance
14. If the reading was completed cor-
rectly, the dialog box shown at the
left appears.
15. Prepare the cyan test pattern.
C4004P575CA
16. Set the X-Rite guide to “10.”

17. Feed the cyan test pattern in direc-
tion “1” to read the row represented
by “A.”
NOTE
• Align the test pattern with the
guide, and insert the pattern into
the X-Rite.
• The arrows indicate the direction
that the pattern should be fed into
4004D269AA the X-Rite.
• The arrows shown in the illustration
are not printed on the actual test
pattern.
C4581U025AA
53

rectly, “OK” is indicated.
bizhub C250P
C4004P578CA
19. Turn the test pattern around, and

then feed it to read the row indicated
by “B” in direction “2.”
rectly, a second “OK” is indicated.
Maintenance
4004D269AA
21. Set the X-Rite guide to “30.”

22. Turn the test pattern to its original
orientation, and then feed the test
pattern in direction “3” to read the
row represented by “C.”
rectly, a third “OK” is indicated.
4004D269AA
24. Turn the test pattern around, and

then feed it to read the row indicated
by “D” in direction “4.”
rectly, a fourth “OK” is indicated.
4004D269AA
54
26. Check that “>>” appears beside

“Read the Pattern of Magenta.”
bizhub C250P
NOTE
• From here on, read the test patterns
of magenta, yellow, and black, in
that order.
• If “>>” appears beside “Read the
Pattern of Cyan”, perform the pro-
cedure for reading the cyan test
C4004P582CA
pattern again.
27. Check that the dialog box appears.

28. Set the selector knob on the selector
from “B” to “A”.
29. Then click the OK key in the dialog
box.
NOTE
C4004P595CA • Be sure to click the OK key only
after the selector knob has been
set.
Maintenance
• Quit X-Rite Calibration.
4004D276AA
30. Make sure that the Service Mode

screen reappears on the screen.
31. Click the EXIT key.
4037F2E115DA
55
10. Firmware upgrade Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
10. Firmware upgrade

bizhub C250P
1 10.1 Outline
• There are two ways to update the Firmware: One is by directly connecting with the
Printer using the Compact Flash, and the other is by downloading over a network using
the Internet ISW.
NOTE
• When updating the Firmware card with the Ver. 43 or earlier to the Ver. 81 or later,
perform the following procedure without fail.
1. When the Serial Number Input screen is displayed after the Firmware was updated with
Main power being ON, enter the Serial Number with the following step.
[Tech. Rep. Mode] → [Serial Number]
See P.186
2. Perform the following setting.
[Tech. Rep. Mode] → [Version Upgrade] → [HDD Ver. Upgrade]
See P.189
3. Turn OFF the Main Power Switch and turn it ON again more than 10 seconds after.
Maintenance
[Tech. Rep. Mode] → [Data Backup].

See P.194
56
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 10. Firmware upgrade
10.2 Preparations for Firmware rewriting by the Compact Flash
bizhub C250P
10.2.1 Service environment
• OS: Windows 2000
• Drive which enables writing/reading of Compact flash
• Compact flash (Service Tool: 4038 0764 ##)
10.2.2 Application to be used

• Cygwin (Free software)
10.2.3 Installing the Cygwin

• The software for writing the Firmware into Compact flash is installed into the PC.
1. Double click the [setup.exe] on CD-ROM in which Cygwin is stored.
4037F2C501DA
2. Click [Next (N)].
Maintenance
4037F2E545DA
3. Select “Install from Local Directory”, and click [Next (N)].
4037F2E546DA
57
4. Specify the folder for installation.

Check to make sure that “Root Directory” is in default setting, [C:\cygwin].
bizhub C250P
NOTE
• Make sure to check that “Root Directory” is in default setting, [C:\cygwin].
• Do not change the setting value except “Root Directory.”

Maintenance
4037F2E547DA
6. Specify the place of the data to be installed.

For installing from CD-ROM, select the [cygwin] folder in CD-ROM drive.
(Described below is the sample procedure when CD-ROM drive is E-drive.)
4037F2E548DA
58
bizhub C250P
4037F2E549DA
9. Click [Complete] to start installing.
Maintenance
4037F2E550DA
10. After installing, open the Property of “My Computer”, and click the “Environmental Vari-
able” of “Advanced” tab.
11. Click the “New” in System Variable Setting.
4036fs2620e0
59
bizhub C250P
12. Set the following two values as the Windows Environmental Variable.
Variable name Variable value

CYGWIN ntsec
HOME /home/username
Maintenance
4036fs2621e0
60
10.2.4 Writing into the Compact flash
bizhub C250P
1. Put the data of Firmware in the optional directory. (C:\C250P in the below figure)
C:\C250P
4038F2E600DA
Maintenance
NOTE
• The file name of Firmware data consists of the “Release
Date_Version_CHECKSUM-****.exe.”
2. Double-click the Firmware data, and specify the directory to be uncompressed, and
then uncompress it.
C:\C250P
4038F2E601DA
NOTE
• When old Firmware is still left in the specified directory to be uncompressed,
delete it before uncompressing.
61
3. Mount the Compact flash on the PC, and check the Drive name, which was recognized
in the Windows. (F-drive in the following figure)
bizhub C250P
4036fs2623e0
4. Click “Start” → “Program” → “Accessories” → “Command Prompt” to open the Com-

mand Prompt.
5. Use the Command prompt to move into the uncompressed directory.
6. Specify the Drive of Compact flash, which was recognized through the procedure 3,
and execute the “mksf.bat.” (Input the C: \C250P\card_work>mkcf f (Drive number): in
the below figure, and push the “Enter”.)
Maintenance
4038F2E401AA
62
7. Once the “mkcf.bat” is executed, data writing into the Compact flash is started.
8. Upon completion of writing, CHECKSUM is executed. If CHECKSUM value is precisely
bizhub C250P
matched, “VERIFY OK” appears.
Maintenance
4038F2E402AA
9. Remove the Compact flash from PC.
NOTE
• When removing the Compact flash, be sure to check if data is written as normal
and then remove it according to the precise removing method.
63
bizhub C250P
10.3 Firmware rewriting
• The F/W is updated using the Compact flash.
• Do not use the Service Jig or Jig Software for rewriting the F/W.
10.3.1 Updating method

NOTE
• NEVER remove or insert the Compact Flash card with the machine power turned
ON.

2. Remove the screw [1] and the metal
Blanking Plate [2].
Maintenance
[2]
[1]
4038F2C591DA
3. Insert the Compact Flash card into

the slot.
[3] 4038F2C592DA

5. The ready to print LED [4] on the
[4] control panel changes its state as
follows: steady light → off → blinking,
and downloading of FW is started.
6. Ready to print LED [4] which is blink-
ing will stay ON when the FW is nor-
mally downloaded.
*It takes about ten minutes until it
stays ON.
4038F2E604DA
64

8. Remove the Compact Flash card from the slot.
bizhub C250P
NOTE
• Do not turn OFF the Main Power Switch until “Ready to print” or serial number
entry screen appears when turning ON the Main Power Switch for the first time
after rewriting the firmware.
• If the serial number entry screen appears when the Main Power Switch is turned
ON, select [Tech. Rep. Mode] → [Serial Number] and type the serial number.
• If the malfunction code D3## occurs when the Main Power Switch is turned ON,
perform the data recovery procedure.
See P.338

[Version Upgrade] → [HDD Ver. Upgrade]
See P.186
14. Execute [Data Backup]
Maintenance
See P.194
16. From [List Output], select to print [Machine Manage].
17. Make sure if the version of Firmware is updated.
10.3.2 Action When Data Transfer Fails

• When the error LED [5] on the control
[5] panel turns ON, follow the procedure
below for the countermeasure.
4038F2E605DA
1. Perform the data rewriting procedure again.

2. If the procedure is abnormally terminated, change the Compact Flash for a new one
and try another rewriting sequence.
3. When it still does not finish normally, replace the board below and rewrite data.
• MFP Control Board (PWB-MFP)

• Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
65
bizhub C250P
10.4 Updating the Firmware with the Internet ISW
10.4.1 Out line
• [Internet ISW] is the system which gives the instruction for updating the Firmware with
the control panel of the Printer, so the Printer will automatically receive the Firmware
from the Program Server over a network for updating. With the Internet ISW, the Firm-
ware can be updated when the operator is at the User’s without Firmware data.
10.4.2 Service environment

The following conditions are necessary for using the Internet ISW function.
• The Printer is connected to such a network environment that the Firmware can be down-
loaded on the internet using the ftp or http Protocol.
The “Internet ISW” will not operate under the following conditions.
• Main power switch is set to OFF.
• The Printer has the job currently performing.
10.4.3 Preparations for Firmware rewriting

• This machine uses Jig software to set Internet ISW and executes Internet ISW on the
Maintenance
control panel.
• To use Internet ISW, it is necessary that Network Parameter, Program Server Address,
Firewall Address, and other functions must be set in advance on the Jig software.
• For details of each setting item, refer to Adjustment/Setting “Internet ISW”.
See P.274
A. Internet ISW Set

1. Connect a PC, in which the Jig software has been installed.
See P.212
See P.213
3. Click [Internet ISW Set] which is available from [Internet ISW].
4037F2E116DA
4. Click [ON], and click [END].
NOTE
• Settings such as Server setting, etc. will be available by selecting “ON” on this
setting.
66
B. Protocol Setting
• It performs the setting concerning the Protocol (ftp or http) for connecting to the
bizhub C250P
Internet ISW.
• When connecting to the Program Server using a proxy server, perform the setting
for a Proxy Server.
Step Connecting by http Connecting by ftp

0 Start the Jig software and select [Service Mode] → [Internet ISW].
Data Input Setting Data Input Setting
1
• Click [HTTP Setting], and select [ON]. • Click [FTP Setting], and select [ON].
Connect Proxy
2
• For connecting via Proxy Server, select [ON].
Proxy Server
• For connecting via Proxy Server, set the Proxy Server Address and the Port Number.
3 1. Select the [Server Address], and set the Proxy Server Address by IP addressing scheme or
FQDN scheme.
2. Select [Port Number], and set the Port Number for the Proxy Server from 1 through 65535.
Proxy Authentication Connection Setting
• Set the Login name and the Password which • Perform the setting for accessing FTP
Maintenance
may be necessary for Authentication when server.
accessing to the Proxy Server.
1. Select [Port Number], and set the Port Num-
1. When Authentication is necessary for ber for FTP server from 1 through 65535.
accessing to the Proxy Server, select 2. Select [Connection Time Out], and set the
[Authentication], and select [ON]. time for the Connection Time Out from 1
2. Select [Log-in Name], and enter the Login through 60.
name on the on-screen keyboard. 3. When connecting in PASV mode, select
4
3. Select [Password], and enter the Password [PASV Mode], and select [ON].
on the on-screen keyboard.
*PASV Mode:
This mode is for transferring the file with
FTP under the condition where communica-
tion is restricted such as inside the Firewall.
Since with PASV mode, the client with
restriction sets the Port Number, data trans-
mission port can be secured to enable the
file transmission.
Connection Time-Out
• Select [Connection Time-Out], and set the
5 
time for the Connection Time Out between
30 and 300 seconds.
67
C. Forwarding Access Setting

• To make the access setting for the Program Server which stores the Firmware data.
bizhub C250P
1. Start the Jig software and select [Service Mode] → [Internet ISW].
2. Click [Forwarding Access Setting].
4037F2E622DA
3. Select [User ID], and enter the user ID which is necessary for connecting to the Pro-
Maintenance
gram Server on the on-screen keyboard, and click [END].

4. Select [Password], and enter the Password which is necessary for connecting to the
Program Server on the on-screen keyboard, and click [END].
5. Select [URL], and enter the directory which stores the Program Server Address and the
Firmware on the on-screen keyboard by URL method, and click [END].
NOTE
• Enter the URL which matches to the Protocol to be used.
When connecting to http http://(host name or IP address)/directory name
or https://(host name or IP address)/directory name
When connecting to ftp ftp://(host name or IP address)/directory name
6. Select [File Name], and enter the file name of the Firmware data to be downloaded on
the on-screen keyboard, and click [END].
7. Click [END] to finish setting.
68
10.4.4 Firmware rewriting
bizhub C250P
NOTE
• When performing the Internet ISW, ask the administrator for permission before-
hand.
A. Conducting rewriting on the control panel.

[Service Mode] → [Version Upgrade] → [Internet ISW] → [ISW Start]
2. Press the Menu/Select key to start downloading the firmware.
NOTE
• Do not turn OFF the Main Power Switch while the firmware is being downloaded.
B. During Firmware Updating

1. The ready to print LED on the control panel is blinking during connection and data
transfer. It takes about 10 min. (the period of time varies depending on the network line
conditions) for the data to be downloaded.
2. After the data has been downloaded, firmware updating is started.
It takes about 10 min. for the firmware to be updated.
C. Completed or failed
Maintenance
(1) Firmware updated normally
1. The machine is automatically restarted when updating of the firmware is normally ter-
minated.
2. The message “Version Upgrade has succeeded.” appears on the panel, indicating that
upgrading has been completed.
(2) Failing to update the Firmware due to the Network trouble.

• If the message “Version Upgrade failed.” appears on the panel:
1. Press the Menu/Select key to go back to the ordinary screen and then perform Internet
ISW from the control panel again.
(3) Failing to update the Firmware after downloading has started

• If the error LED lights up steadily
1. If firmware updating fails in mid-sequence, the contents of the machine ROM are
erased, no panel display is given, and the error LED only lights up steadily.
2. Since Internet ISW cannot be used from the control panel, use the compact flash to
update the firmware.
D. Confirming the Firmware Version.

1. Call the Tech. Rep. Mode to the screen.
2. From [List Output], select to print [Machine Manage].
3. Make sure if the version of Firmware is updated.
69
11. Other Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
11. Other
bizhub C250P
11.1 Disassembly/Adjustment prohibited items

A. Paint-locked Screws
NOTE
• Paint-locked screws show that the assembly or unit secured can only be adjusted
or set at the factory and should not be adjusted, set, or removed in the field.
B. Red Painted Screws
NOTE
• When the screws are removed, the red paint is coated on the points where read-
justment is required.
• Once the red painted screw is removed or loosened, you should make adjustment.
Accordingly check the adjustment items in this manual and make necessary
adjustment. Note that when two or more screws are used on the part in questions,
only one representative screw may be marked with red paint.
C. Variable Resistors on Board

Maintenance
NOTE
• Do not turn the variable resistors on boards for which no adjusting instructions
are given in Adjustment/Setting.
D. Removal of PWBs
CAUTION
• When removing a circuit board or other electrical component, refer to “Handling of
PWBs” and follow the corresponding removal procedures.
• The removal procedures given in the following omit the removal of connectors and
screws securing the circuit board support or circuit board.
• Where it is absolutely necessary to touch the ICs and other electrical components
on the board, be sure to ground your body.
70
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 11. Other
11.2 Disassembly/Assembly/Cleaning list (Other parts)
bizhub C250P
11.2.1 Disassembly/Assembly parts list
No. Section Part name Ref.Page

1 Left Cover P.73
2 Exit Tray P.74
3 Lower Rear Cover P.74
4 Rear Left Cover P.73
5 Upper Rear Cover P.74
6 Multi Bypass Tray Left Cover P.75
7 Multi Bypass Tray Right Cover P.75
8 Multi Bypass Tray Upper Cover P.75
9 Exterior parts Front Door P.76
10 Rear Right Cover P.76
11 Control Panel P.77
12 Tray 1 P.78
Maintenance
13 Tray 2 P.79
14 Tray 2 Rear Right Cover P.79
15 Tray 2 Rear Left Cover P.79
16 Tray 2 Right Rear Cover P.80
17 Front Cover P.81
18 Mechanical Control Board P.83
19 DC Power Supply P.85
20 Slide Interface Board P.87
21 MFP Control Board P.88
22 DIMM0, DIMM1 P.90
23 Board and etc. Hard Disk Drive P.91
24 High Voltage Unit P.92
25 Tray 1 Paper Size Board P.93
26 Tray 2 Control Board P.94
27 Tray 2 Paper Size Board P.96
28 PH Interface Board P.98
29 Multi Bypass Unit P.100
30 PH Unit P.101
31 Unit Transport Drive Assy P.105
32 Hopper Drive Assy P.107
33 Right Door Assy P.108
71

bizhub C250P
34 PWB Box P.111

35 Color Developing Motor P.115
36 Color PC Drum Motor P.115
37 Toner Supply Motor C/K P.115
38 Toner Supply Motor Y/M P.116
39 Others Main Motor P.116
40 Fusing Drive Motor P.117
41 Tray 2 Lift-Up Motor P.119
42 Tray 2 Paper Feed Motor P.119
43 Tray 2 Vertical Transport Motor P.121
44 IDC/Registration Sensor/1, IDC/Registration Sensor/2 P.122
11.2.2 Cleaning parts list

1 PH PH Window P.124
Maintenance
2 Processing section Image Transfer Belt Unit P.125

3 Feed Roller P.125
Tray 1
4 Separation Roller P.125
5 Feed Roller P.126
Bypass
7 Feed Roller P.127
8 Pick-up Roller P.127
Tray 2
10 Transport Roller P.130
72
11.3 Disassembly/Assembly procedure
bizhub C250P
11.3.1 Left Cover/Rear Left Cover
[1]
[2]
[3]
Maintenance
[4]
[5]
4038F2C209AA
1. Open the Front Door [1].

2. Remove three Screws [2], and remove the Left Cover [3].
3. Remove three Screws [4], and remove the Rear Left Cover [5].
73
bizhub C250P
11.3.2 Exit Tray/Upper Rear Cover/Lower Rear Cover
1. Remove the Left Cover and Rear Left Cover.
See P.73
2. Open the Right Door and Fusing Unit
[1]
Cover [1].
the Upper Rear Cover.
[2]
[2]
[3]
4038F2C211AA
[5] [3]
Maintenance
[4]
[1]
[2] [1]
4038F2C210AA
4. Remove seven Screws [1], and remove the Lower Rear Cover [2].
5. Remove the Sub Tray [3].
6. Remove the Dust Filter/Cooling Fan.
7. Remove three Screws [4], and remove the Exit Tray [5].
74
11.3.3 Multi Bypass Tray Left Cover/Multi Bypass Tray Right Cover/Multi Bypass
Tray Upper Cover
bizhub C250P
[2]
[1]
[7]
[4]
[3]
[5]
Maintenance
[6] 4038F2C212AA
1. Unhook the tab [1], and remove the Multi Bypass Tray Left Cover [2].
2. Remove the Screws [3], and remove the Multi Bypass Tray Right Cover [4].
3. Remove the Tray Extension [5].
4. Remove two Screws [6], and remove the Multi Bypass Tray Upper Cover [7].
75
bizhub C250P
11.3.4 Front Door
[2] 1. Open the Front Door.

2. Remove the Screw [1] each to
remove the Right and Left Stoppers
[2].
[1] 4038F2C038DB
3. Pull out the Right and Left Pins [3] to

remove the Front Door [4].
Maintenance
[3]
[4]
[4]
4038F2C039DA
11.3.5 Rear Right Cover

[1] [2]
2. Remove three Screws [1], and
remove the Rear Right Cover [2].
[1]
[1]
[1]
4038F2C213AA
76
11.3.6 Control Panel
bizhub C250P
2. Open the Right Door and the Fusing
Unit Cover.
3. Remove two Screws [1].
4. Lift it up to take out the Control
Panel.
[1]
Maintenance
4038F2C585DA
5. Disconnect the Connector [2], and

[2]
remove the Control Panel.
4038F2C586DA
77
bizhub C250P
11.3.7 Tray 1
1. Slide out the Tray 1 [1].

[1]
4038F2C043DB
2. Slide out the Tray 1 [3] while press-

ing the Slide Locks [2] at both ends.
[3]
Maintenance
[2]
[2] [3]
4037F2C044DA
78
11.3.8 Tray 2
bizhub C250P
1. Slide out the Tray 2 [1].
[1]
4038F2C045DB

[3] the Stopper [3].
3. Slide out the Tray 2 while pressing
the Slide Locks [4].
Maintenance
[2]
[4]
4038F2C046DB
11.3.9 Tray 2 Rear Right Cover/Tray 2 Rear Left Cover

1. Unhook two tabs [1], and remove the
Wiring cover [2].
[1]
[1]
[2]
4038F2C047DA
79
2. Remove four Screws [3], and remove

the Tray 2 Rear Right Cover [4].
bizhub C250P
[3]
[3]
[4]
4038F2C048DA

remove the Tray 2 Rear Left Cover
[6].
[6]
[5]
Maintenance
[5]
4038F2C049DA
11.3.10 Tray 2 Right Rear Cover

the Tray 2 Right Rear Cover [2].
[2]
[1]
4038F2C050DA
80
11.3.11 Front Cover
bizhub C250P
1. Remove the Front Door.
See P.76
2. Remove the Left Cover, Control Panel and Exit Tray.
See P.73, 77, 74
3. Remove the Toner Cartridges (C, M, Y, K).
See P.35
4. Remove the Waste Toner Box.
See P.29
5. Remove the imaging Units (C, M, Y, K).
See P.37
NOTE
• After the Imaging Unit has been removed from the main unit wrap it in the light
shielding cloth and store it in a dark place. DO NOT leave the Imaging Unit
exposed to light for a extended period of time as it will become damaged.

the Connector protective cover [2].
[1]
Maintenance
[2]
4038F2C205AA
[1]
4038F2C206AA
81

bizhub C250P
[4]
4038F2C053DA
9. Remove four Screws [5].

Maintenance
[5]
[5]
4038F2C054DA
10. Unhook six tabs [6], and remove the

[6]
Front Cover [7].
[7]
[6]
4038F2C055DA
82
11.3.12 Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
bizhub C250P
NOTE
• If a Finishing Option is installed, remove if from the main unit before trying to
remove the Mechanical Control Board.
• When removing the Finishing Option, support the Horizontal Transport Unit with
your hand to prevent if from dropping.
1. Remove the Exit Tray.

[1] [1]
See P.74
2. Remove the Rear Left Cover.
See P.73
[1]
3. Remove twelve Screws [1] to remove
the protective sheet of DC Power
[1] [2] Supply [2].
[1] [1]
4038F2C056DB
Maintenance
4. Remove the Harness [4] from three
Wire saddles [3].
NOTE
[3] • When installing the Mechanical
[3] Control Board, make sure to fix the
Harness at the original position
with the wire saddle.
[4]
4038F2C057DA
5. Remove all the Connectors and Flat Cables on the Mechanical Control Board.
4037F2C058DB
83
6. Remove six Screws [5], and remove

[6]
the Mechanical Control Board [6].
bizhub C250P
[5]
[5]
4038F2C059DA
NOTE
• When Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M) is replaced, relocate the Parameter Chip
(IC6).
Mount the Parameter Chip (IC6) of old Mechanical Control Board onto the new
Mechanical Control Board.
Maintenance
4037F2C061DB
NOTE
A • When the Parameter Chip (IC6) is
mounted, precisely fit the direc-
tions of each “A.”
NOTE
A • When the Control Board is to be
replaced, rewriting the Firmware to
the latest one.
4037F2C534DA
84
11.3.13 DC Power Supply (PU1)
bizhub C250P
NOTE
• If a Finishing Option is installed, remove if from the main unit before trying to
remove the DC Power Supply.
• When removing the Finishing Option, support the Horizontal Transport Unit with
your hand to prevent if from dropping.
1. Remove the Exit Tray.

[1] [1]
See P.74
2. Remove the Rear Left Cover.
See P.73
[1]
3. Remove twelve Screws [1] to remove
the protective sheet of DC Power
[1] [2] Supply [2].
[1] [1]
4038F2C056DB
Maintenance
4. Remove five Wire saddles [3] and
the Edge cover [4].
[3]
[3]
[4]
4038F2C062DA

remove the Harness from three Wire
saddles [6].
[5]
[6]
[6]
4038F2C063DA
85

remove the Harness [9] from the
bizhub C250P
Wire saddles [8].

[8]
[9]
[7]
4038F2C064DA
7. Remove two Screws [10], and

remove the Power Supply Cooling
Fan Motor/1 [11].
Maintenance
[11] [10]
4038F2C065DA
8. Remove all the Connectors on the DC Power Supply.
4037F2C066DB
86
9. Remove four Screws [12], and

[13] [12]
remove the DC Power Supply [13].
bizhub C250P
[12]
4038F2C067DB
11.3.14 Slide Interface Board (PWB-SIF)

1. Remove the Lower Rear Cover.
See P.74
2. Remove all the Connectors and the
Maintenance
Flat Cable on the Slide Interface
Board.
4038F2C074DA
3. Remove five Screws [1].

[1]
4038F2C075DA
87
4. Disconnect the Connector [2] con-

[3]
necting to the MFP Control Board
bizhub C250P
and remove the Slide Interface

Board [3].
[2]
4038F2C076DA
11.3.15 MFP Control Board (PWB-MFP)
1. Remove the Upper Rear Cover,

Lower Rear Cover and Rear Right
Cover.
Maintenance
See P.74, 76
2. Remove the Slide Interface Board.
See P.87
3. Remove thirteen Screws, and
remove the Shield cover [1].
[1]
4038F2C507DA
4. Remove the NVRAM [2] on the MFP

Control Board.
[2]
4038F2C077DA
88
5. Remove the DIMM0 and DIMM1 [3]

on the MFP Control Board.
bizhub C250P
[3]
[3]
4038F2C078DC
6. Disconnect the Connector [4] and

Flat Cable [5].
Maintenance
[4]
[5]
4038F2C079DA
7. Remove four Bolts [6] and six

Screws [7], and remove the Interface
cover [8].
[6]
[7]
[7]
[8]
4038F2C080DA
89
[9] 8. Remove thirteen Screws [9], and

remove the MFP Control Board [10].
bizhub C250P
NOTE
• When the MFP Control Board is
replaced, mount the removed
NVRAM to the new MFP Control
Board.
• When the MFP Control Board is
replaced, make sure to update the
firmware.
[10] [9] 4038F2C081DA
1 NOTE
• When the Firmware’s card Ver. is Ver 81 or later, the following operation must be
performed without fail when replacing the MFP Control Board.
➀ Update the Firmware to the latest version.
➁ Perform the following setting for all the patterns.
[Service Mode] → [Imaging Process Adjustment] →
Maintenance
[X-Rite Calibration (Gradation Adjust)] of the Jig software

See P.51
➂ Perform the following setting.
[Tech. Rep. Mode] → [Data Backup] of the Control Panel
See P.194
11.3.16 DIMM0 (Work0), DIMM1 (Work1)

Cover.
See P.74, 76
[1]
4038F2C507DA
90
3. Remove the DIMM0 [2] and DIMM1

[2].
bizhub C250P
[2]
[2]
4038F2C082DB
11.3.17 Hard Disk Drive (HDD)
Maintenance
Cover.
See P.74, 76
[1]
4038F2C507DA
[2]
4038F2C083DA
91
4. Remove the four Screws [3], and

remove the Hard Disk Drive Assy [4].
bizhub C250P
[3]
[4]
4038F2C084DA
[7] [5] 5. Remove four screws [5] and the Flat

cable [6], and remove the Hard Disk
Drive [7].
NOTE
• When the Hard Disk is replaced,
select [HDD Format] in Tech. Rep.
Maintenance
Mode for Logical format.
[5] [6]
4038F2C515DA
11.3.18 High Voltage Unit (HV1)
1. Remove the PWB Box.

See P.111
2. Disconnect four Connectors [1].
[1]
4038F2C085DA
92
3. Remove five Screws [2] and the tab

[3], and remove the High Voltage
bizhub C250P
Unit [4].
NOTE
• When installing the High Voltage
[2] [2] Unit, make sure that the terminal
end surely contacts.
[3]
[4]
4038F2C086DA
NOTE
• When installing the High Voltage
Unit, make sure that the claw [5]
shown in the left illustration is
surely set up.
Maintenance
[5]
4038F2C087DA
11.3.19 Tray 1 Paper Size Board (PWB-I)

[2] [3]
See P.111
3. Remove two Screws [1] and Connec-
tor [2], and remove the Tray 1 Paper
Size Board Assy [3].
[1] 4038F2C088DA
93
4. Remove the Lever [4].

5. Remove the Tray 1 Paper Size Board
bizhub C250P
[5].
[5]
[4]
4038F2C516DA
11.3.20 Tray 2 Control Board (PWB-Z-PC)
1. Remove the Tray 2 Rear Right Cover

[1]
and Tray 2 Rear Left Cover.
See P.79
Maintenance
2. If the optional paper feed cabinet is

mounted, disconnect the Connector
[1].
4038F2C089DA

[3]
the Metal blanking plate [3].
[2]
4038F2C090DA
94
4. Remove the Harness [5] from the

[4]
Wire saddle [4].
bizhub C250P
[5] 4038F2C091DA
5. Remove all the Connectors on the

Tray 2 Control Board.
Maintenance
4038F2C092DA

the Tray 2 Control Board [7].
[6]
[7]
4038F2C093DA
95
bizhub C250P
11.3.21 Tray 2 Paper Size Board (PWB-I-PC)

[1]
and Tray 2 Rear Left Cover.
See P.79
mounted, disconnect the Connector
[1].
4038F2C089DA

[3]
Maintenance
[2]
4038F2C090DA
5. Remove the Harness [5] from the

[5]
Edge cover [4].
[4]
4038F2C094DB
96

remove the Tray 2 Control Board
bizhub C250P
Assy [7].
[7] [6]
4038F2C095DA
[8] 7. Remove two Claws [8] and the Con-

nector [9], and remove the Tray 2
Paper Size Board Assy [10].
Maintenance
[9] [10]
4038F2C096DA
8. Remove the Lever [11], and remove

[11] the Tray 2 Paper Size Board [12].
[12]
4038F2C517DA
97
bizhub C250P
11.3.22 PH Interface Board (PWB-D)
1. Remove the Front Cover.

See P.81
2. Remove the Image Transfer Belt
Unit.
[2] See P.32
[1]
the Front Right Cover [2].
4038F2C097DA
4. Remove seven Screws [3], and

remove the Right Door Switch Assy
[4].
Maintenance
[3]
[3]
[4]
4038F2C098DA
5. Remove the Screw [5] each, and

[6] remove the Imaging Unit contact
Assy [6] of each color.
[5]
4038F2C099DA
98
6. Remove two Screws [7] each, and

[8] remove the Imaging Unit Roll Assy
bizhub C250P
[8] of each color.
[7]
4038F2C100DA
7. Remove all the Connectors and the

Flat Cables on the PH Interface
Board.
Maintenance
4038F2C101DA
8. Remove two Screws [9] and six tabs

[10] [9] [10], and remove the PH Interface
Board [11].
[11]
[9] [10]
4038F2C102DB
99
bizhub C250P
11.3.23 Multi Bypass Unit
1. Remove the Multi Bypass Tray Right

Cover and the Multi Bypass Tray Left
Cover.
See P.75
[1] 2. Disconnect five Connectors [1].
[1]
4038F2C103DA

the Multi Bypass Unit [3].
[2]
Maintenance
[2]
[3]
4038F2C104DA
NOTE
• When installing the Multi Bypass
Unit, fit the position of dowel shown
in the left illustration.
4038F2C105DA
100
11.3.24 PH Unit
bizhub C250P
1. Remove the Front Cover.
See P.81
2. Remove the Image Transfer Belt Unit.
See P.32
3. Remove the Screw [1] and discon-

[1] nect the Connector [2] respectively,
and remove three Imaging Unit
Guide rails [3].
[2] [3]
4038F2C106DA
Maintenance
4. Disconnect the Flat Cable [4] and the
[4] Connector [5] of the PH Unit (Black).
[5]
4038F2C107DA
5. Unhook the tab [6], and remove the

Gear [7] of the PH Unit (Black).
[6]
[7]
4038F2C108DB
101
6. Remove the Stopper [8] of the PH

٤ Unit (Black).
bizhub C250P
NOTE
• When removing the Stopper, use
care so that both ends of the Stop-
per will not open but stay parallel as
shown on the left.
Keep using the Stopper after once
stretched out may cause uneven
pitch or other image troubles.
[8]
4038F2C109DA
7. Remove the PH Unit (Black).

Move the front side of the PH Unit to
Maintenance
[9]
left a little, and remove the boss [9]
[10]
from the locating hole [10].
Lift up the front side of the PH Unit a
little.
4038F2C110DA
Remove the boss [11] at the rear side

of the PH Unit from the locating hole
[11]
[12].
NOTE
Since the back of the PH Unit is
[12]
pushed to the right with the two plate
springs [13], remove it by tilting the
backside of the PH Unit to the left as
shown in the left illustration.
[13]
4037F2C111DB
102
Remove the PH Unit [14].

[14]
bizhub C250P
8. Follow the same procedures to
remove all PH Units.
4037F2C112DB
B. Reinstall Procedure
1. Fit the back of the PH Unit [1] into
the plate spring [2] of installation
[1] plate.
Maintenance
[2]
4037F2C113DB
2. Push the PH Unit [3] along the right

side line of PH Unit installation plate
all the way and fit it into the plate
[5]
spring [4].
[5] 3. Make sure that the two bosses [5] at
[6] front and rear side of the PH Unit fit
in the locating hole [6].
[6]
[3]
[4]
4037F2C114DA
103
4. Reinstall the Stopper [7].

٤ NOTE
bizhub C250P
• When reinstalling the Stopper, use

care so that both ends of the Stop-
per will not open but stay parallel as
shown on the left.
Keep using the Stopper after once
stretched out may cause uneven
pitch or other image troubles.
[7]
4038F2C115DA
5. Reinstall the Gear [8].

NOTE
Maintenance
• Make sure that the gear claw is fit

in.
6. Connect the Connector and the Flat
Cable.
NOTE
• Make sure the Harness is installed
along with the Harness guide.
7. Follow the same procedures to
install all the PH Units.
[8]
4038F2C116DA
8. Install the Imaging Unit Guide Rail

[9]
[9].
NOTE
• Make sure that the two claws [10] at
rear end of the rail are fit in the
locating hole on the main unit.
[10] 9. Reinstall the Image Transfer Belt
Unit.
10. Reinstall the Front Cover.
11. Make skew adjustment of the PH
Unit.
NOTE
• When replacing the PH Unit, make
sure to conduct PH Unit skew
adjustment.
[9]
4038F2C117DA
104
11.3.25 Transport Drive Assy
bizhub C250P
See P.111
2. Remove the High Voltage Unit.
See P.92
3. Remove the Color Developing Motor.
See P.115
4. Remove the Color PC Drum Motor.
See P.115
5. Remove the Main Motor.
See P.116

remove the Reinforcement plate [2]
of the Right Door and spring [3].
[3]
Maintenance
[1]
[2]
4038F2C118DA
7. Remove the Shoulder Screw [4].
[4]
4038F2C119DA

[5]
[6]
4038F2C120DA
105
9. Remove five Screws [7] and the

[7] [8] [7] Connector [8], and remove the Rear
bizhub C250P
Handle Assy [9].
[9] [7] 4038F2C121DA

[12]
11. Remove the Harnesses [12] from
[11]
five Wire Saddles [11].
[12]
Maintenance
[10]
[11]
4038F2C122DA
12. Remove eight Screws [13], and

[14] [13]
remove the Transport Drive Assy
[14].
NOTE
• The Screw is fixed at the position
with the triangle markers.
[13]
4038F2C123DA
106
11.3.26 Hopper Drive Assy
bizhub C250P
1. Remove the Transfer Drive Assy.
[1]
See P.105
2. Disconnect seven Connectors [1].
[1]
[1]
4038F2C124DB
Maintenance
3. Remove the Harness from four Wire
Saddles [2].
[2]
4038F2C125DA

the Duct [4].
[3] [4]
4038F2C126DA
107
5. Remove four Screws [5] and two

[6]
Claws [6], and remove the Hopper
bizhub C250P
[5]
Drive Assy [7].
[5]
[7]
[6]
4038F2C127DA
11.3.27 Right Door Assy

See P.111
2. Remove the High Voltage Unit.
Maintenance
See P.92
[1] 3. Remove the Upper Rear Cover.
See P.74
4. Remove the Harness from the Edge
Cover [1].
4038F2C153DA
5. Remove the Harness from the Wire

Saddle [2].
[2]
4038F2C154DA
108

[4]
the Motor cover [5].
bizhub C250P
[4]
[5] [4]
4038F2C156DA

remove the Reinforcement plate [7]
[8] of the right door and spring [8].
Maintenance
[6]
[7]
4038F2C159DA
9. Remove the Shoulder Screw [9].
[9]
4038F2C576DA
109

remove the Metal blanking plate [11].
bizhub C250P
[10]
[11]
4038F2C577DA
11. Remove five Screws [12] and the

[12] [13] [12] Connector [13], and remove the
Rear Handle Assy [14].
Maintenance
[14] [12]
4038F2C578DA
12. Disconnect four Connectors [15].

[15] [15] [15]
[15] 4038F2C579DA
110
13. Remove the Front Door.

[17] [16] See P.76
bizhub C250P
remove the Front Right Cover [17].
[16] 4038F2C580DA

[18] [20]
the Shaft [19].
17. Remove the Right Door Assy [20].
Maintenance
[19] 4038F2C581DA
11.3.28 PWB Box

Cover.
See P.74, 76
[1]
4038F2C507DA
111
3. Disconnect the Flat Cable [2] on the

MFP Control Board, and remove two
bizhub C250P
Presser Bars [3] of Flat Cable.
[2] [3]
4038F2C140DA
4. Disconnect the Flat Cable [4] on the

[4]
Slide Interface Board, and remove
the Presser Bar [5] of Flat Cable.
Maintenance
[5]
4038F2C141DA
5. Disconnect three Connectors [6] on

the Slide Interface Board.
[6]
4038F2C142DA
112

remove the Harness from the Wire
bizhub C250P
Saddle [8].
[9] 7. Remove two tabs [9], and remove
[10]
the Cooling Fan Motor/2 [10].
[7]
[8]
4038F2C143DA
8. Remove the Harness [12] from two

[12]
Wire Saddles [11].
Maintenance
[11]
4038F2C144DA
9. Remove the Harness [13] from two

[14]
Edge Covers [14].
[14]
[13]
4038F2C145DB
113

remove the Harness from the Wire
bizhub C250P
Saddle [16].
[16]
[15]
4038F2C146DA
11. Remove the Screw [17] of the

[17] Ground terminal.
Maintenance
4038F2C147DA
12. Remove eight Screws [18], and

remove the PWB Box [19].
[18]
[18]
[18]
[19]
[18]
4038F2C148DB
114
11.3.29 Color Developing Motor (M3)
bizhub C250P
See P.111
2. Remove the Connector [1] and four
Screws [2], and remove the Color
[1] Developing Motor [3].
[2]
[3]
4038F2C149DA
11.3.30 Color PC Drum Motor (M2)

See P.111
Maintenance
Screws [2], and remove the Color PC
[3] Drum Motor [3].
[2]
[1]
4038F2C150DA
11.3.31 Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7)

See P.111
2. Remove the Connector [1] and two
Screws [2], and remove the Toner
[3]
[2] Supply Motor C/K [3].
[1]
4038F2C151DA
115
bizhub C250P
11.3.32 Toner Supply Motor Y/M (M6)

See P.111
[2]
Screws [2], and remove the Toner
[1]
Supply Motor Y/M [3].
[3]
4038F2C152DA
11.3.33 Main Motor (M1)

See P.111
Maintenance
2. Remove the Upper Rear Cover.

See P.74
[1] 3. Remove the Harness from the Edge
Cover [1].
4038F2C153DA

Saddle [2].
[2]
4038F2C154DA
116

[4]
bizhub C250P
[4]
[5] [4]
4038F2C156DA

Screws [7], and remove the Main
Motor [8].
[6]
[7]
Maintenance
[8]
4038F2C157DA
11.3.34 Fusing Drive Motor (M4)

See P.111
2. Remove the Upper Rear Cover.
See P.74
[1] 3. Remove the Harness from the Edge
Cover [1].
4038F2C153DA
117

Saddle [2].
bizhub C250P
[2]
4038F2C154DA

[4]
[4]
Maintenance
[5] [4]
4038F2C156DA

Screws [7], and remove the Fusing
Drive Motor [8].
[8]
[7]
[6]
4038F2C158DA
118
11.3.35 Tray 2 Lift-Up Motor (M3-PC)
bizhub C250P
1. Pull out the Tray 2.
[2]
2. Remove the Tray 2 Rear Right
Cover.
See P.79
mounted, remove it.
[1] 4038F2C165DA

[5] [3]
6. Remove three Screws [4], remove
and the Tray 2 Lift-Up Motor [5].
Maintenance
[4]
4038F2C166DA
11.3.36 Tray 2 Paper Feed Motor (M1-PC)

[2]
and the Tray 2 Rear Left Cover.
See P.79
[1] 4038F2C165DA
119
4. Remove the Harness of the Motor

[4] [5]
Assy [4] from five Wire Saddles [3].
bizhub C250P
[3]
4038F2C167DA

the Motor Assy [7].
[7]
Maintenance
[6]
4038F2C168DA

[8] the Tray 2 Paper Feed Motor [9].
[9]
4038F2C519DA
120
11.3.37 Tray 2 Vertical Transport Motor (M2-PC)
bizhub C250P
[2]
and the Tray 2 Rear Left Cover.
See P.79
[1] 4038F2C165DA
4. Remove the Harness of the Motor

[4] [5]
Assy [4] from five Wire Saddles [3].
Maintenance
[3]
4038F2C167DA

the Motor Assy [7].
[7]
[6]
4038F2C168DA
121

[8] the Tray 2 Vertical Transport Motor
bizhub C250P
[9].
[9]
4038F2C520DA
11.3.38 IDC/Registration Sensor/1, IDC/Registration Sensor/2 (SE1/SE2)

Unit.
See P.32
Maintenance

See P.100
[2] 3. Remove the Screw [1], and remove
[1]
the Plate spring [2].
4038F2C169DA
4. Remove the Shoulder Screw [3] and

[5]
the Screw [4].
5. Remove the Vertical transport unit
[5] in manner of the left illustration.
NOTE
• Since multiple Connectors are con-
nected to the backside of the Verti-
cal Transport Assy, do not pull it by
force.
[3] [4]
4038F2C170DB
122
6. Remove the Claws [6] of both sides,

and remove the Sensor cover [7].
bizhub C250P
NOTE
• Use care not to miss the spring [8].
[7]
[6]
[8]
4038F2C171DA
7. Remove two Screws [9] and Connec-

tor [10], and remove the IDC/Regis-
tration Sensor/1 [11].
[11]
Maintenance
[9]
[10]
4038F2C172DA
8. Repeat the step 6 and 7, and remove

the IDC/Registration Sensor/2 (rear
side) [12].
[12]
4038F2C173DA
123
bizhub C250P
11.4 Cleaning procedure
NOTE
• The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure represents the isopropyl alcohol.
11.4.1 PH Window

2. Remove the PH Window Cleaning
Jig [1].
[1]
4038F2C547DA
Maintenance
3. Insert the PH Window Cleaning Jig

[2] [3] [2] to the cleaning port [3] and clean
it by putting the jig back and forth a
couple times.
NOTE
• Clean every PH Window of CMYK.
4038F2C548DA
124
11.4.2 Image Transfer Belt Unit
bizhub C250P
Unit.
See P.32
2. Using a dried soft cloth, wipe the
Image Transfer Belt [1].
NOTE
• If it is difficult to clean with dried
[1]
soft cloth, dampen a soft cloth with
a solvent.
• Do not wipe out with water.
• When solvent is used to dampen a
cloth, do not use the ones other
4038F2C174DA
than shown below:
isopropyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol,
PPC Cleaner, Sol mix AP-7.
• After cleaned with the solvent,
make printss more than 28-piece of
A3 white paper to eliminate the
Maintenance
image noise.
11.4.3 Tray 1 Feed Roller

alcohol, wipe the Tray 1 Feed Roller
[1] clean of dirt.
[1]
4038F2C175DA
11.4.4 Tray 1 Separation Roller

the Tray 1 Paper Separation Roller
mounting bracket Assy [2].
[2]
[1]
4038F2C002DB
125

alcohol, wipe the Tray 1 Separation
bizhub C250P
Roller [3] clean of dirt.

[3]
4038F2C176DA
11.4.5 Bypass Tray Feed Roller

See P.100
Maintenance
alcohol, wipe the Bypass Tray Feed

Roller [1].
[1]
4038F2C177DA
11.4.6 Bypass Tray Separation Roller

See P.100
2. Remove the Screws [1], and remove
the Ground terminal [2].
[1]
[2]
4038F2C009DA
126

the Bypass Tray Separation Roller
bizhub C250P
Assy [4].
[3]
[4]
4038F2C010DA
4. Using the soft cloth dampened with

alcohol, wipe the Bypass Paper Sep-
aration Roller [5].
[5]
Maintenance
4038F2C178DA
11.4.7 Tray 2 Feed Roller/Tray 2 Pick-up Roller

[2]
[1]
4038F2C011DA
127

bizhub C250P
NOTE
[4] when installing the Jam processing
cover.
[3]
[3]
OK NG
Maintenance
4038F2C012DB

Assy [6].
[6]
[5]
4038F2C013DA

[7]
alcohol, wipe the Tray 2 Feed Roller
[7] and the Tray 2 Pick-up Roller [8].
[8]
4038F2C179DB
128
11.4.8 Tray 2 Separation Roller
bizhub C250P
[2]
[1]
4038F2C011DA

NOTE
[4]
Maintenance
when installing the Jam processing
cover.
[3]
[3]
OK NG
4038F2C012DB

Assy [6].
[6]
[5]
4038F2C013DA
129

alcohol, wipe the Tray 2 Separation
bizhub C250P
[7] Roller [7].
4038F2C523DA
11.4.9 Tray 2 Transport Roller
1. Open the Vertical Transport Door.

alcohol, wipe the Tray 2 Transport
[1]
Maintenance
Roller [1].
4038F2C180DA
130
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 12. How to use the adjustment section
Adjustment/Setting
bizhub C250P
12. How to use the adjustment section
• “Adjustment/Setting” contains detailed information on the adjustment items and proce-
dures for this machine.
• Throughout this “Adjustment/Setting,” the default settings are indicated by “ ”.
Advance Checks
• Before attempting to solve the customer problem, the following advance checks must be
made. Check to see if:
• The power supply voltage meets the specifications.
• The power supply is properly grounded.
• The machine shares the power supply with any other machine that draws large current
intermittently (e.g., elevator and air conditioner that generate electric noise).
• The installation site is environmentally appropriate: high temperature, high humidity,
direct sunlight, ventilation, etc.; levelness of the installation site.
• The density is properly selected.
• Correct paper is being used for printing.
• The units, parts, and supplies used for printing (developer, PC Drum, etc.) are properly
replenished and replaced when they reach the end of their useful service life.
• Toner is not running out.
CAUTION
• To unplug the power cord of the machine before starting the service job proce-
dures.
• If it is unavoidably necessary to service the machine with its power turned ON, use
utmost care not to be caught in the Scanner Cables or gears of the Exposure Unit.
• Special care should be used when handling the Fusing Unit which can be
extremely hot.
• The Developing Unit has a strong magnetic field. Keep watches and measuring
instruments away from it.
• Take care not to damage the PC Drum with a tool or similar device.
• Do not click IC pins with bare hands.
131
13. Control Panel Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
13. Control Panel

bizhub C250P
13.1 Identification and Functions of Keys on Control Panel
8 9 1 2 3
4038F3E188DA
7 6 5 4
No. Name Description

[1] Left Arrow keys • Pressing this key while entering the letters will delete the letters
(Hereinafter shown as .) left side of the cursor.
[2] Up Arrow keys • Pressing this key while the menu is being displayed will return it to
(Hereinafter shown as .) the previous option or the previous setting item.
• Pressing this key while entering letters will display the previous
letter.
[3] Right Arrow keys • Pressing this key will display each setting menu.
(Hereinafter shown as .) • It will move the cursor to the right side for the next input position.
[4] Cancel key • Pressing this key will finish changing the settings and return to
the “Ready to print” screen.
• Pressing this key while printing will stop printing or job process-
ing.
[5] Down Arrow keys • Pressing this key while displaying the menu will display the next
(Hereinafter shown as .) option or the next setting item.
• Pressing this key while entering the letters will display the next
letter.
[6] Menu/Select key • Pressing this key will display the function menu.
• The currently selected option will be decided to proceed to the
next menu.
[7] Message window • Displays information about the current status.
• It turns OFF when the printer controller is OFF or running.
[8] Ready LED • It turns ON in green when the printing is available.
• It blinks in green when the Printer Controller is shifting to RIP, or
when it is printing, or when it is transmitting with an outside com-
puter.
[9] Error LED • It turns ON in red for over thirty seconds when a transmission
error occurred between the Printer controller and the Printer.
• It blinks in red when an error occurred and printing had to stop.
132
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 13. Control Panel
13.2 Utility Mode function tree
bizhub C250P
• The function tree is shown to comply with the format displayed on the screen.
• To display each item for the Admin. Setting, enter the Password and log in.
NOTE
• Keys displayed on screens are different depending on the setting.
Ready to print
Job Account
Password *1 Secure Print
Operation Name *1
*1: It needs to be entered only

User Box
when using the Account Track.
Held Jobs
Paper Tray Tray 1 Size
Tray 1 Type
Tray 2 Type
Tray 3 Type
Tray 4 Type
Bypass Size
Bypass Type
User Setting Print Reports Meter Count
Check
Consumable
Setting Info.
Font List
PCL
Demo Page
133
System Language
User Setting
Setting Setting
bizhub C250P
Daylight
Savings
Auto Reset
Date/Time Date Time Time Zone
Set Date Daylight

(Adjusting) Savings
Power Save Low Power
Sleep Mode
Auto Tray
Tray Setting
Select
Tray Priority
Auto Tray
Select
No Match
Paper
Output
Print Output
Setting
Exit Tray Set
Printer
Basic Setting PDL Setting
Setting
Paper Tray
2-Sided Print
Bind
Direction
Staple
Punch
# of Sets
134
Printer
User Setting Basic Setting Paper Size
Setting
bizhub C250P
Org.
Direction
Spool
Setting
Size Change
Banner
Setting
Banner Tray
PCL Setting Font Number
Symbol Set
Line/Page
Font Size
CR/LF
Mapping
PS Error
PS Setting
Print
*1:The subfunction of a lower

Admin. Network TCP/IP hierarchy marked with *2 is
TCP/IP
Setting *2 Setting Setting selected according to the set-
ting value of *1.
*2: Password IP Address Auto Input DHCP
*1 *2 Setting
BOOTP
Setting
ARP/PING
Setting
AUTO IP
Setting
Manual Input
IP Address
*2
Subnet
Mask
Default
Gateway
135
Admin. Network DNS Auto

TCP/IP DNS Server
bizhub C250P
Setting Setting Obtain
Priority DNS
Substitute
DNS1
Substitute
DNS2
Permit Setting
IP Filtering
Access Range 1
Setting
Range 2
Setting
Range 3
Setting
Range 4
Setting
Range 5
Setting
Deny Access
Range 1
Setting
Range 2
Setting
Range 3
Setting
Range 4
Setting
Range 5
RAW Poat
Port1
No.
Port2
Port3
Port4
Port5
Port6
136
Admin. Network
TCP/IP Host Name Host Name
Setting Setting
bizhub C250P
DNS Domain DNS Auto
Set Obtain
Default
Name
Search
Name 1
Search
Name 2
Search
Name 3
Dynam-
icDNS Set
NetWare IPX Setting IPX Setting
Ethernet
Frame
Print Setting Print Mode
PServer
PServer
Name
PServer
Password
Polling
Interval
NDS/Bind-
ery Set
File Server
Name
NDS Con-
text Name
NDS Tree
Name
Printer
N/R Printer
Name
Printer
Number
AppleTalk
AppleTalk
Set
137
Admin. Network
AppleTalk Printer Name
Setting Setting
bizhub C250P
Zone Name
Bonjour
Bonjour
Setting
Bonjour
Name
WINS
SMB WINS
Setting
DNS Auto
Obtain
WINS Server
IP 1
WINS Server
IP 2
Printer
Printer
Setting
NetBIOS
Name
Print Service
Workgroup
SNMP SNMP v1/

SNMP
Setting v2c (IP)
SNMP v3
(IP)
SNMP v1
(IPX)
UDP Port
Number
v1/v2c Read
Setting Community
Write Setting
Write
Community
Context
v3 Setting
Name
138
Admin. Network Discovery Discovery

SNMP v3 Setting
Setting Setting Set User
bizhub C250P
User Name
Read
User Name
Setting
Security
Level
Auth-
Password
Priv-
Password
Write Setting User Name
Security
Level
Auth-
Password
Priv-
Password
TCP Socket
TCP Socket
TCP Socket (Binary
Set
Mode)
Port No.
SSL Setting
Port No.
(SSL)
TCP Socket
TCP Socket
(ASCII
Set
Mode)
Port No.
http Server
http Server
Set
PSWC
Setting
IPP IPP Setting
IPP Auth.
IPP Auth.
Set
139
Admin. Network Auth.

http Server IPP IPP Auth.
bizhub C250P
Setting Setting System
realm
Accept IPP
Job
Support Info. Print Job
Cancel Job
Acquire Job
Valid Job
Job
Attributes
Printer
Attrib.
Printer
Printer Info.
Name
Printer
Location
Printer Info.
Disable
Proof
Network
Speed
Parallel
I/F Setting
Timeout
Network
Timeout
USB
Timeout
Parallel I/F
IEEE 1284/
USB
Time NTP
Adjustment Setting
140
Admin. Time NTP Server

IP Address
Setting Adjustment Add.
bizhub C250P
DNS Host
Name
Port No.
User Box Delete User

Oper. Box
Del. Secure
Secure Print
Doc.
Auto Delete
List Output
Mode List
Call Center
Security Admin.
Setting Password
HDD
HDD Setting
Password
HDD
Formatting
Overwrite All
Overwrite
Temp.
Priority
Setting
Encryption
Key
Access
OpenAPI
Setting
Port No.
Port No.
(SSL)
SSL
Authentica-
Auth. Setting
tion
141
Admin. Authentica-
OpenAPI Login Name
Setting tion
bizhub C250P
Password
Data
Capture
Tech. Rep.
Mode
Banner
Printing
142
13.3 Settings in Control panel
bizhub C250P
13.3.1 Procedure
Key Key
Key
Cancel key
4038F3E188DA
Message window Menu/Select Key Key
A. Job Operation
1. Make sure that the Default screen (Ready to print) is being displayed, and press the
Menu/Select key on the control panel.
2. Press key to open the Account Name screen.
3. Select the Account Name using , , , and keys.
4. Press the Menu/Select key to set the Account Name.
5. Enter the Password using , , , and keys.
6. Press the Menu/Select key to set the Password.
7. Display the item to be changed using , keys.
8. Press the Menu/Select key to set the item to be changed.
B. Paper Tray
1. Make sure that the Default screen (Ready to print) is being displayed, and press the
2. Display the Paper Tray using , keys.
3. Press key to open the Paper Tray screen.
4. Display the item to be changed using , , and keys.
13.3.2 Cancelling the settings

• Press the Cancel key.
13.3.3 Changing the settings on the Setting menu

1. Enter the target value using , keys.
2. Press key to shift to the next digit.
4. Repeat the steps 2 and 3 to enter all the necessary items.
5. Press the Menu/Select key to enter the setting.
143
bizhub C250P
13.4 Settings in Job Operation (Account Track)
• Setting items for Job operation can be used only when the optional Hard Disk is
mounted.
• When Account Track is being performed, the Account name and the Password need to
be entered.
• The Account Track cannot be set on the control panel. Use the PageScope Data Admin-
istrator.
A. Secure Print
Purpose/Use • To print the secure document stored in the Machine.

Setting/ • Type in the ID for the confidential document.
Procedure • Type in the password for the confidential document.
B. User Box
Purpose/Use • To print the document stored in the box.

Setting/ • Select the name of the box.
Procedure • Type in the password of the box.
C. Held Jobs
Purpose/Use • To print or delete the Held Jobs in the Machine.

Setting/ • Enter the “Number of prints” for printing the Held Jobs.
Procedure • Delete the Held Jobs.
144
13.5 Settings in Paper Tray
bizhub C250P
• It sets the paper type for each Tray.
A. Tray 1 Size
Purpose/Use To set the paper size for the 1st Drawer.

Setting/ The default setting is “A4” paper.
Procedure
B. Tray 1 Type
Purpose/Use To set the paper type for the 1st Drawer.

Setting/ The default setting is “Normal” paper.
Procedure
C. Tray 2 Type
Purpose/Use To set the paper type for the 2nd Drawer.

Procedure
D. Tray 3 Type
Purpose/Use To set the paper type for the 3rd Drawer.

Procedure
E. Tray 4 Type
Purpose/Use To set the paper type for the 4th Drawer.
Procedure
F. Bypass Size
Purpose/Use To set the paper size for the Bypass Tray.

Setting/ The default setting is “A4” paper.
Procedure
G. Bypass Type
Purpose/Use To set the paper type for the Bypass Tray.

Procedure
1 13.6 Banner Printing

• Make the setting for banner printing.
NOTE
• Normal job cannot be accepted during Banner Printing Mode.
Purpose/Use • To use when printing on the long paper.

Setting/ • The default setting is OFF.
Procedure
ON “OFF”
145
14. User Setting Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
14. User Setting

bizhub C250P
14.1 User Setting Function Setting Procedure

14.1.1 Procedure
Key Key
Key
Cancel key
4038F3E188DA
1. Make sure that the Default setting (Ready to print) is displayed, and press the Menu/
Select key on the control panel.
2. Display the User setting using , keys.
3. Press key to open the User setting screen.
4. Display the User setting item to be changed using , , , and keys.

14.1.2 Cancelling the settings

14.1.3 Changing the settings on the Setting menu

146
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 14. User Setting
14.2 Settings in User setting
bizhub C250P
14.2.1 Print Reports
Functions • To output the report or Demo Page concerning the print setting.
Use • To check the setting concerning the printer.
• The types of report available for output are as follows.
Meter Count : Prints the total checklist.

Check Consumable : Prints the checklist for consumables.
Setting Info. : Prints a list of the machine settings.
Font List : Prints the font lists for PCL mode or PS mode.
Demo Page : Prints the demo page.
Demo Page
4037F3J406AA
• It sets the Simplex/Duplex printing of the output for the report. (Only when the Duplex
unit is mounted.)
Setting/ <Selecting Report>
Procedure 1. Select Default setting → User setting → Report output.
2. Select the report to be output.
3. Press the Menu/Select key.
<Simplex/Duplex>
• The default setting is 1-Sided.
14.2.2 System Setting

A. Language Setting
1 Functions • To select the language on the Message Window.

Use • To change the language on the control panel to another language.
Setting/ • The types of languages displayed vary according to the setting made in [Service
Procedure Mode] → [System 1] → [Marketing Area] of the Jig software.
B. Daylight Savings
Functions • To set whether to set the daylight saving time.

• To set the time difference in setting the daylight saving time.
Use • To set the daylight saving time.
Procedure
ON “OFF”
• When setting to ON, set the time difference to move up.

“60 min.” (1 to 150)
147
bizhub C250P
C. Auto Reset
Functions • To set the period of time until Auto Reset starts.

Use • To change the period of time until Auto Reset starts functioning.
Setting/ • The default setting is 1 min.
Procedure
“1 min.” (1 to 9, OFF)
D. Date/Time
Functions • To set the date/time and the time zone to start the clock.
Use • To change settings concerning the date/time.
• This setting should be carried out for set up.
Setting/ • For time zone, set the time difference with the world standard time.
Procedure • Setting range for the time zone: -12:00 to +12:00 (by 30 minutes)
E. Set Date (Adjusting)
Functions • Synchronize the time of the Machine and that of the Server.
• The time is displayed only when the time correction setting (SNTP setting) of the
Administrator setting is “ON.”
Use • To synchronize the time of the Machine and that of the Server.
Setting/ • Pressing the Menu/Select key will correct the time.
Procedure
14.2.3 Power Save

A. Low Power
Functions • To set the time until Low Power starts operating after the last key operation has been
completed.
• Low Power: To turn LED and LCD OFF, and lower the power consumption.
Use • To change the time until Low Power starts.
Procedure
“10 min.” (10 to 240)
B. Sleep Mode
Functions • To set the time until Sleep Mode starts operating after the last key operation has
been completed.
• Turn all lines OFF except 5 V line for Control.
• “OFF” will only be displayed when “No Sleep” in Service Mode is set.
Use • To change the time until the Sleep Mode starts.
Procedure
“15 min.” (15 to 240) / OFF
148
14.2.4 Tray Setting
bizhub C250P
A. Auto Tray Select
Functions • To set the Tray for the Auto select when the Auto Paper function is set.
Use • To select the Tray for Auto Paper function.
Setting/ • The default setting is “T1 T2 T3 T4 BP.”
Procedure
T1 (Tray1), T2 (Tray2), T3 (Tray3), T4 (Tray4), BP (Bypass Tray)
*T3 and T4 will be displayed only when they are mounted as options.
B. Tray Priority
Functions • To set the priority for switching Trays when the Auto Tray switch function is set.
Use • To set the priority of the Trays when the Auto Tray switch function is set.
Setting/ • The default setting is “T1 T2 T3 T4 BP.”
Procedure
T1 (Tray1), T2 (Tray2), T3 (Tray3), T4 (Tray4), BP (Bypass Tray)
*Outputs the corresponding Tray by Auto select in listed order.
C. Auto Tray Select
Functions • To set whether to automatically switch to another Tray with same size paper when the
Paper Take-up Tray runs out of paper during printing.
Use • To switch the Paper Take-up Tray automatically.
Setting/ • The default setting is Prohibit.
Procedure
“Permit” Prohibit
D. No Match Paper
Functions • To set whether to switch to another Tray automatically when the specified Tray runs
Use out of paper during printing.
Stop Printing (Tray Fixed) : It stops printing when the specified Tray runs out of
paper.
Switch Trays (Tray Priority): To switch to another Tray with the specified paper and
print when the Tray is out of paper.
Setting/ • The default setting is Stop Printing (Tray Fixed).
Procedure
“Stop Printing (Tray Fixed)” Switch Trays (Tray Priority)
149
bizhub C250P
14.2.5 Output Setting
A. Print Output
Functions • To set the timing for printing for the PC print job or Fax received.
Use Batch Print : Starts printing when all data are received
Page Print : Starts printing every time data for each page are received
Setting/ • The default setting is Page Print.
Procedure
1 B. Exit Tray Set
Functions • To set the priority output tray for each application.
* This setting is available only when FS-501 is mounted.

Use • To change the output tray according to the application.
Setting/ • The default setting is Main Tray.
Procedure
“Main Tray” Sub Tray 1 Sub Tray 2
14.2.6 Printer Setting

A. Basic Setting
(1) PDL Setting
Functions • To set the PDL (Page Description Language) for PC printing.

Use • To fix the PDL as necessary. It usually switches automatically.
Setting/ • The default setting is Auto.
Procedure
“Auto” PCL PS
(2) Paper Tray
Functions • To set the Paper Take-up Tray when not specified by the printer driver during PC
printing.
Use • To use when Paper Take-up Tray cannot be specified by the printer driver when print-
ing from Windows DOS, etc.
Procedure
(3) 2-Sided Print
Functions • To set whether to carry out duplex print during PC printing when not specified by the
printer driver.
Use • To use when 2-sided printing cannot be specified by the printer driver while printing
by Windows DOS, etc.
Procedure
ON “OFF”
150
(4) Bind Direction

1
bizhub C250P
Functions • To set the binding direction during duplex printing when not specified by the printer
driver during PC printing.
Use • To use when binding direction cannot be specified by the printer driver during printing
by Windows DOS, etc.
Setting/ • The default setting is Left Bind.
Procedure
Top Bind “Left Bind”
(5) Staple
Functions • To set whether to staple or not when not specified by the printer driver during PC
printing.
Use • To use hen staple is not specified by the printer driver during printing by the Windows
DOS, etc.
Procedure
1 Position 2 Positions “OFF”
(6) Punch
Functions • To select whether to make punch-holes or not when not specified by the printer driver
during PC printing.
Use • To use when the printer driver cannot specify punching during printing from Windows
DOS, etc.
Procedure
ON “OFF”
(7) # of Sets
Functions • To set the number to be printed when not specified by the printer driver during PC
printing.
Use • To use when the number cannot be specified by the printer driver during printing from
Windows DOS, etc.
Setting/ • The default setting is 1.
Procedure
“1” (1 to 999)
(8) Paper Size
Functions • To set the paper size when not specified by the printer diver during printing.
Use • To use when the paper size cannot be specified by the printer driver during printing
from Windows DOS, etc.
Setting/ • The default setting is A4.
Procedure
151
bizhub C250P
(9) Org. Direction
Functions • To set the default setting for the direction of the original during PC printing.
Use
Setting/ • The default setting is Portrait.
Procedure
“Portrait” Landscape
(10) Spool Setting
Functions • To set whether to store the print data to HDD when receiving the next job during Rip
Use process of the current job.
Setting/ • The default setting is ON.

Procedure
“ON” OFF
(11) Size Change
Functions • To set whether to switch between A4 and Letter size paper, and A3 and Ledger size
paper in reading.
Use • To output Letter size document to A4 size, and Ledger size document to A3 size.
• To output A4 size document to Letter size, and A3 size document to Ledger size.
NOTE
• When switching the size, the image will be printed in the same magnification.
• The image will not be reduced when there is image deficiency.
Procedure
ON “OFF”
1 (12) Banner Setting

• Banner Page: Page that contains the sender and subject of a print job
<Typical printout>
Banner Page
P1
2006/02/01 10:00
Serial No. 02000001
TC: 10000
Job 0200
Sender Admin
Title Microsoft word - banner.doc
Interface Parallel
Language PCLXL
Date 9:55:00 FEB 1 2006
4037F3E430AA
Functions • To set whether to enable or disable banner printing.

Use • When banner printing is to be performed.
Procedure
ON “OFF”
152
(13) Banner Tray

1
bizhub C250P
Functions • To set the paper source to be used for banner printing.
Use • When changing the paper source for banner printing.
Procedure
Tray 1 Tray2 Tray3 Tray4 Bypass “Auto”
*Tray 3 and Tray 4 will be displayed only when they are mounted as options.
B. PCL Setting
1 (1) Font Number
Functions • To set the font when not specified by the printer driver during PC printing.
Use • To use when the printer driver cannot specify the font.
Procedure
“001” (000 to 999)
153
bizhub C250P
Font List
000 Courier 027 Albertus Medium 054 ITC Bookman Demi

001 CG Times 028 Albertus Extra Bold 055 ITC Bookman Light Italic
002 CG Times Bold 029 Arial 056 ITC Bookman Demi Italic
New Century Schoolbook
003 CG Times Italic 030 Arial Bold 057
Roman
004 CG Times Bold Italic 031 Arial Italic 058
Bold
005 CG Omega 032 Arial Bold Italic 059
Italic
006 CG Omega Bold 033 Times New Roman 060
Bold Italic
007 CG Omega Italic 034 Times New Roman Bold 061 Times Roman
008 CG Omega Bold Italic 035 Times New Roman Italic 062 Times Bold
Times New Roman Bold
009 Coronet 036 063 Times Italic
Italic
010 Clarendon Condensed 037 Helvetica 064 Times Bold Italic
011 Univers Medium 038 Helvetica Bold 065 ITC Zapf Chancery
012 Univers Bold 039 Helvetica Oblique 066 Symbol
013 Univers Medium Italic 040 Helvetica BoldOblique 067 SymbolPS
014 Univers Bold Italic 041 Helvetica Narrow 068 Wingdings
Univers Condensed
015 042 Helvetica Narrow Bold 069 ITC Zapf Dingbats
Medium
016 Univers Condensed Bold 043 Helvetica Narrow Oblique 070 Courier Bold
Univers Condensed Helvetica Narrow Bold

017 044 071 Courier Italic
Medium Italic Oblique
Univers Condensed Bold
018 045 Palatino Roman 072 Courier Bold Italic
Italic
019 Antique Olive 046 Palatino Bold 073 Letter Gothic
020 Antique Olive Bold 047 Palatino Italic 074 Letter Gothic Bold
021 Antique Olive Italic 048 Palatino Bold Italic 075 Letter Gothic Italic
ITC Avant Garde Gothic
022 Garamond Antiqua 049 076 CourierPS
Book
023 Garamond Halbfett 050 077 CourierPS Bold
Demi
024 Garamond Kursiv 051 078 CourierPS Oblique
Book Oblique
025 Garamond Kursiv Halbfett 052 079 CourierPS Bold Oblique
Demi Oblique
026 Marigold 053 ITC Bookman Light 080 Line Printer
154
(2) Symbol Set
bizhub C250P
Functions • To set the Font Symbol Set when not specified by the printer driver during PC print-
ing.
Use • To use when the Font Symbol Set cannot be specified by the printer driver during
printing from Windows DOS, etc.
Setting/ • The default setting is Desktop.
Procedure
(3) Line/Page
Functions • To set the number of lines per page for printing the text data.
Use • To change the number of lines per page for printing the text data.
Setting/ • The default setting is 60 or 64 lines.
Procedure
“60 or 64 lines” (5 to 128)
(4) Font Size
Functions • To set the font size when not specified by the printer driver during PC printing.
Use • To set the font size when it cannot be specified by the printer driver during printing
from Windows DOS, etc.
Setting/ • The default setting is
Procedure Scalable Font : 12.00 points
Bitmap Font : 10.00 pitch
(5) CR/LF Mapping
Functions • To set the mode for replacing data when printing the text data.
Use • To change the mode for replacing data when printing the text data.
Mode 1 : Replacing CR with CR-LF
Mode 2 : Replacing LF with CR-LF
Mode 3 : Replacing with CR-LF
OFF : Does not replace
Procedure
Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 “OFF”
C. PS Setting
(1) PS Error Print
Functions • To set whether to print or not the error information when an error occurred during PS
rasterizing.
Use • To print the information concerning the PostScript error.
Setting/ • The default setting is Disable.
Procedure
Enable “Disable”
155
bizhub C250P
14.3 Settings in Admin. Setting
14.3.1 Procedure
Key Key
Key
Cancel key
4038F3E188DA
1. Make sure that the Default setting (Ready to print) is displayed, and press the Menu/
Select key on the control panel.
2. Display the Admin. Setting using , keys.
3. Press key to open the Password screen.
4. Enter the Password using the , , , and keys.
• Enter the encrypted number (up to eight digits) which is set on the Service mode.
(Default value: 12345678)
5. Press the Menu/Select key to set the password.

6. Display the item to be changed using , , , and keys.
14.3.2 Canceling the settings

14.3.3 Changing the settings on Admin. Setting

156
14.3.4 Network
bizhub C250P
A. TCP/IP
(1) TCP/IP Setting
Functions • To set whether to enable or disable TCP/IP setting.

Use • To disable TCP/IP setting.
Procedure
“ON” OFF
NOTE
• When the setting is changed, turn off the Main Power Switch and turn it on
again more than 10 seconds after.
1 (2) IP Address
Functions • To set whether to enter the IP address directly or to obtain it automatically.

Use • To change the method for setting the IP address.
Setting/ • The default setting is Auto Input.
Procedure
Manual Input “Auto Input”
• When it is set to [Auto Input], select the method to obtain it automatically.
DHCP Setting : ON OFF

BOOTP Setting : ON OFF
ARP/PING Setting : ON OFF
AUTO IP Setting : ON OFF
• When it is set to [Manual Input], enter the setting values manually.
IP Address : [0 to 255] . [0 to 255] . [0 to 255] . [0 to 255]
Subnet Mask : [0 to 255] . [0 to 255] . [0 to 255] . [0 to 255]
Default Getaway : [0 to 255] . [0 to 255] . [0 to 255] . [0 to 255]
NOTE
• [ARP/PING Setting] and [Auto IP Setting] cannot be set to “OFF” simulta-
neously.
• They will all be set to “ON” when [Manual Input] is changed to [Auto Input].
157
(3) DNS Server

1
bizhub C250P
Functions • To set the DNS Server.

Use • When changing the DNS server setting method.
DNS Auto Obtain : To disable the Auto Obtaining of the DNS Server Address.
Priority DNS : To enter Priority DNS Server.
Substitute DNS : To enter the Substitute DNS 1 and Substitute DNS 2.
Setting/ <DNS Auto Obtain>
Procedure • The default setting is Enable.
“Enable” Disable
NOTE
• “Enable” cannot be set when [IP Address] is set to “Auto Input”.
<Priority DNS, Substitute DNS 1, Substitute DNS 2>

• IP address Version 4 format
[0 to 255] . [0 to 255] . [0 to 255] . [0 to 255]
(4) IP Filtering
Functions • To set the IP Filtering.

Use • To set whether to receive IP address within the specified range of the value.
Setting/ <Permit Access>
Procedure 1. Select “Permit Access.”
2. Select either “Enable” or “Disable.”
3. Select “Setting Range: 1 to 5 (Y).”
4. Set the IP address for “Set Y_Lower.”
5. Set the IP address for “Set Y_Upper.”
<Deny Access>
1. Select “Deny Access.”
2. Select either “Enable” or “Disable.”
3. Select “Setting Range: 1 to 5 (Y).”
4. Set the IP address for “Set Y_Lower.”
5. Set the IP address for “Set Y_Upper.”
158
(5) RAW Port No.
bizhub C250P
Functions • To set the RAW port No.
Use • To set the RAW port number for the printer.
Setting/ 1. Select the necessary port number 1 to 6.
Procedure 2. Select to ON or OFF to use.
3. Enter the RAW port number (1 to 65535) to be used by the selected port.
(6) Host Name
Functions • To set the Host name.

Use • To enter the Host name.
1 Setting/ • Enter the Host name. (up to 63 characters)
Procedure
(7) DNS Domain Set
Functions • To set the DNS Domain name.

Use • To change the DNS Domain name.
DNS Auto Obtain : To disable the Auto Obtaining for the DNS Domain name.
Default Name : To enter the Default Name.
Search Name : To enter the Search Name.
Setting/ <DNS Auto Obtain>
NOTE
<Default Name>
• Enter the Default name. (up to 255 characters)
<Search Name>
1. Search Name: Select any number from 1 to 3.
2. Enter the Default Name. (up to 255 characters)
(8) DynamicDNS Set
Functions • To set whether or not to enable the Auto Obtaining for the DynamicDNS Set.
Use • To set the Dynamic DNS.
Setting/ • The default setting is Disable.
Procedure
Enable “Disable”
159
bizhub C250P
B. NetWare
(1) IPX Setting
Functions • To set the NetWare (IXP).

Use • To change the NetWare (IPX) setting.
IPX Setting: To use NetWare (IPX) setting.
Ethernet Frame: To specify the Frame type for transmission.
Setting/ <IPX Setting>
1 Procedure • The default setting is ON.
“ON” OFF
<Ethernet Frame>
• The default setting is Auto.
“Auto” IEEE802.2 IEEE802.3

Ethernet 2 IEEE802.2_SNAP
(2) Print Setting

1. Print Mode
Functions • To set the Netware print mode.

Use • To change the Netware print mode.
Setting/ • The default setting is PServer.
Procedure
OFF “PServer” N/R Printer
160
2. PServer
bizhub C250P
Functions • To set the Print server.
Use • When changing the print server setting
PServer Name: To enter the PServer name.
PServer Password: To enter the PServer password.
Polling Interval: To set the interval to search the print queue.
NDS/Bindery Set: To enable the Bindery service.
File Server Name: To set the Full server name for the print server to logon.
NDS Context Name: To set the NDS Context name.
NDS Tree Name: To set the NDS Tree name.
Setting/ <PServer Name>
Procedure • Enter the PServer Name. (up to 63 characters)
<PServer Password>
• Enter the PServer Password. (up to 63 characters)
<Polling Interval>
• Enter the Polling interval between 1 and 65535.
<NDS/Bindery Set>
• The default setting is NDS.
“NDS” NDS & Bindery
<File Server Name>

• Enter the File Server Name. (up to 47 characters)
<NDS Context Name>

• Enter the NDS Context Name. (up to 191 characters)
<NDS Tree Name>
• Enter the NDS Tree Name. (up to 63 characters)
3. N/R Printer
Functions • To set the N/R Printer.

Use Printer Name: To enter the name of the N/R printer.
Printer Number: To enter the number of the N/R printer.
Setting/ <Printer Name>
1 Procedure • Enter the Printer Name (up to 63 characters).
<Printer Number>
• The default setting is Auto.
“Auto” 0 to 254
161
bizhub C250P
C. AppleTalk
(1) AppleTalk Set
Functions • To set whether to enable or disable the AppleTalk setting.

Use • To use AppleTalk setting.
Procedure
ON “OFF”
(2) Printer Name
Functions • To set the Printer name displayed on the AppleTalk network.

Use • To set the Printer name displayed on the AppleTalk network.
Setting/ • Enter the Printer name. (up to 31 characters)
Procedure
(3) Zone Name
Functions • To set the Zone name connected with AppleTalk network.

Use • To set the Zone name connected with AppleTalk network.
Setting/ • Enter the Zone name. (up to 31 characters)
Procedure
D. Bonjour
• “Bonjour” is an alternative Network technology to AppleTalk. It automatically detects and
identifies the network only by physically connecting to the network.
The name “Rendezvous” has been changed for Mac OS X 10.4 and later version.
(1) Bonjour Setting
Functions • To set whether or not to use the Bonjour setting.

Use • To use when operating under the Bonjour service environment.
Procedure
“ON” OFF
(2) Bonjour Name
Functions • To set the Bonjour name.

Use • To set the name for identifying over the Bonjour network.
Setting/ • Enter the Bonjour name (up to 63 characters).
Procedure
162
E. SMB (Server Message Block)
bizhub C250P
(1) WINS (Windows Internet Name Service)
1. WINS Setting
Functions • To set whether or not to enable the WINS setting.

Use • To use the WINS (Windows Internet Name Service) setting is necessary.
• By using the WINS, the traffic by broadcast can be reduced, and the communication
becomes available with the network where broadcast does not reach.
Procedure
“ON” OFF
2. DNS Auto Obtain
Functions • To set whether or not to enable the Auto Obtaining of the WINS Server Address.
Use • To acquire the WINS Server Address automatically.
• To obtain the WINS Server Address from DHCP server. If there are more than on
address settings, up to two can be acquired.
Setting/ • The default setting is Enable.
Procedure
NOTE
3. WINS Server IP 1, 2
Functions • To set the WINS Server Address.
Use • To use when manually entering the WINS Server Address.
• The Primary Address and the Secondary Address can be set.
(The primary Address has the priority during operation.)
Setting/ • IP address Version 4 format
Procedure [0 to 255] . [0 to 255] . [0 to 255] . [0 to 255]
1. Select “WINS Server IP 1” or “WINS Server IP 2.”

2. Enter the WINS Server Address.
(2) Printer
1. Printer Setting
Functions • To set whether to use SMB port or not in Printer mode.

Use • Not to use SMB port in Printer mode.
Procedure
“ON” OFF
2. NetBIOS Name
Functions • To set NetBIOS name.

Use • To set NetBIOS name.
Setting/ • Enter the NetBIOS name. (up to 15 characters)
Procedure
163
bizhub C250P
3. Print Service
Functions • To set the Print service name.

Use • To set the Print service name.
Setting/ • Enter the Print Service name. (up to 13 characters)
Procedure
4. Workgroup
Functions • To set the Workgroup.

Use • To set the Workgroup.
Setting/ • Enter the Workgroup. (up to 15 characters)
Procedure
F. SNMP
(1) SNMP Setting
Functions • To set whether to use SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) or not.
• To set the SNMP Version to be used.
Use • Not to use SNMP.
• To readout Management Information Base and to enter Community name for writing.
Procedure
“ON” OFF
<SNMP v1/v2c (IP), SNMP v3 (IP), and SNMP v1 (IPX)>
• The default setting is ON.
“ON” OFF
(2) UDP Port Number
Functions/ • To set the UDP standby Port Number which is used for SNMP (IP).
Use
Setting/ • Enter the Port Number between 1 and 65535.
Procedure
(3) v1/v2c Setting
Functions • To conduct setting when using SNMP v1/v2c.

Use • To use when changing Write setting.
• To use when entering the Community Name for reading the Management Information
(MIB) and writing to it.
Setting/ <Read Community>
Procedure • Enter the Read Community Name. (up to 15 characters)
<Write Setting>
• The default setting is Enable.
<Write Community>
• Enter the Write Community Name. (up to 15 characters)
164
(4) v3 Setting
1. Context Name
bizhub C250P
Functions/ • To set the Context Name which is used for SNMP v3.
Use
Setting/ • Enter the Context Name. (up to 63 characters)
Procedure
2. Discovery Set
Functions • To set the Discovery Authority User which is used for SNMP v3.
Use Discovery User: To set whether or not to enable the Discovery Authority User
User Name: To set the Discovery Authority User name
Setting/ <Discovery User>
<User Name>
• Enter the Discovery User Name. (up to 32 characters)
NOTE
• The User name same with the Read User Name or the Write User name cannot
be set.
3. Read Setting
Functions • To set the security level of the read-only User used for SNMP v3.
Use User Name: To set the user name
Security Level: To set the security level of the user
Auth. OFF: No authentication is made upon user access.
Auth.: Authentication is made only of the authentication password
upon user access.
Auth.&Priv.: Authentication is made of the authentication password and pri-
vacy password upon user access.
Auth-Password: To set the authentication password
Priv-Password: To set the privacy password
Setting/ <User Name>
1 Procedure • Enter the Read User Name. (up to 32 characters)
NOTE
• The User Name same with the Discovery User Name cannot be used.
<Security Level>
• The default setting is Auth. & Priv.
Auth. OFF Auth. “Auth. & Priv.”
<Auth-Password>
• Enter the Auth-Password. (up to 8 to 32 characters)
<Priv-Password>
• Enter the Priv-Password. (up to 8 to 32 characters)
165
bizhub C250P
4. Write Setting
Functions • To set the name of the Reading/Writing Authority User which is used for SNMP v3.
Use User Name: To set the user name
Security Level: To set the security level of the user
Auth. OFF: No authentication is made upon user access.
Auth.: Authentication is made only of the authentication password
upon user access.
Auth.&Priv.: Authentication is made of the authentication password and pri-
vacy password upon user access.
Auth-Password: To set the authentication password
Priv-Password: To set the privacy password
Setting/ <User Name>
1 Procedure • Enter the Read User Name. (up to 32 characters)
NOTE
• The User Name same with the Discovery User Name cannot be used.
<Security Level>
• The default setting is Auth. & Priv.
Auth. OFF Auth. “Auth. & Priv.”
<Auth-Password>
• Enter the Auth-Password. (up to 8 to 32 characters)
<Priv-Password>
• Enter the Priv-Password. (up to 8 to 32 characters)
166
G. TCP Socket
bizhub C250P
(1) TCP Socket (Binary Mode)
1. TCP Socket Set
Functions • To set whether or not to use the TCP Socket setting of Binary Mode.
Use • To use when using the application, etc. for TCP Socket transmission by Binary Mode.
Procedure
“ON” OFF
2. Port No.
Functions • To set the port number used for TCP Socket transmission not using the SSL.
Use • To use when entering the port number used for TCP Socket transmission not using
the SSL.
Procedure
3. SSL Setting
Functions • To set whether or not to use SSL for TCP Socket transmission.
Use • To use when SSL is not to be used for TCP Socket transmission.
Procedure
“ON” OFF
4. Port No. (SSL)
Functions • To set the port number used for TCP Socket communications using the SSL.
Use • To use when entering the port number used for TCP Socket communications using
the SSL.
Procedure
(2) TCP Socket (ASCII Mode)

1. TCP Socket Set
Functions • To set whether or not to set the TCP Socket for ASCII Mode.
Use • To use when using the application, etc. for TCP Socket transmission by ASCII Mode.
Procedure
“ON” OFF
2. Port No. (ASCII Mode)
Functions • To set the Port Number which is used for TCP Socket transmission by ASCII Mode.
Use • To use when entering the Port Number for TCP Socket transmission by ASCII Mode.
Procedure
167
bizhub C250P
H. http Server
(1) http Server Set
Functions • To set whether or not to use the http Server setting.

Use • Not to use the http Server setting.
Procedure
“ON” OFF
(2) PSWC Setting
Functions • To set whether to use the PageScope Web Connection.

Use • Not to use the PageScope Web Connection.
Procedure
“ON” OFF
NOTE
• “OFF” cannot be set when [http Server Set] is set to “OFF”.
(3) IPP
1. IPP Setting
Functions • To set whether to enable or disable IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) setting.
Use • Not to use the IPP setting.
Procedure
“ON” OFF
NOTE
• “OFF” cannot be set when [http Server Set] is set to “OFF”.
168
2. IPP Auth.
bizhub C250P
Functions • To set the IPP Authentication.
Use IPP Auth. Set: To set whether or not to use the IPP Authentication setting.
Auth. System: To change the Authentication system for IPP Authentication.
User Name: To set the user name when basic or digest is selected for the
authentication system
Password: To set the password when basic or digest is selected for the
authentication system
realm: To set the realm for identifying the Authentication setting.
Setting/ <IPP Auth. Set>
Procedure • The default setting is ON.
“ON” OFF
<Auth. System>
• The default setting is req-user-name.
“req-user-name” basic digest
<User Name>
• Enter the User Name. (up to 20 characters)
<Password>
• Enter the Password. (up to 20 characters)
<realm>
• Enter the realm. (up to 127 characters)
3. Accept IPP Job
Functions • To set whether or not to use the Accept IPP Job.
Use • To use the Accept IPP Job.
Procedure
“ON” OFF
4. Support Info.
Functions • To set the Support Information.

Use • For the response setting to see if IPP transmission supports each function.
Setting/ <Print Job>
Procedure • Set ON or OFF
<Cancel Job>
• Set ON or OFF
<Acquire Job>
• Set ON or OFF
<Valid Job>
• Set ON or OFF
<Job Attributes>
• Set ON or OFF
<Printer Attrib.>
• Set ON or OFF
169
bizhub C250P
5. Printer Info.
Functions • To set the Printer information.

Use Printer Name: To set the Printer Name.
Printer Location: To set the Printer Location.
Printer Info.: To set the Printer Info.
Setting/ <Printer Name>
Procedure • Enter the Printer Name. (up to 127 characters)
<Printer Location>
• Enter the Printer Location. (up to 127 characters)
<Printer Info.>
• Enter the Printer Info. (up to 127 characters)
I. Disable Proof
Functions • To set how to process the Job when SSL Certificate becomes invalid.
Use
Setting/ • The default setting is Permit.
Procedure
J. Network Speed
Functions • To set the Network speed.

Use • To set the specific network speed.
Procedure
“Auto” 10Mbps Full Duplex 10Mbps Half Duplex

100Mbps Full Duplex 100Mbps Half Duplex
NOTE
• When Network speed setting is changed, turn off the Main Power Switch and
turn it on again more than 10 seconds after.
14.3.5 I/F Setting

A. Parallel Timeout
Functions • To set the timeout period for Parallel transmission.

Use • To make the timeout period longer according to the network condition.
Setting/ • The default settings are 60 sec.
Procedure
“60 sec” (10 to 1000)
B. Network Timeout
Functions • To set the timeout period for Network transmission.

Procedure
“60 sec” (10 to 1000)
170
C. USB Timeout
bizhub C250P
Functions • To set the timeout period for USB transmission.
Procedure
“60 sec” (10 to 1000)
D. Parallel I/F
Functions • To set the two-way communication method for Parallel interface.

Use • To change the two-way communication method for Parallel interface.
Setting/ • The default setting is ECP.
Procedure
Compatible Nibble “ECP”
E. IEEE 1284/USB
Functions • To set the interface to be used when mounting the local I/F kit.
Use • To be used when using the Parallel interface.
Setting/ • The default setting is USB.
Procedure
IEEE1284 “USB”
14.3.6 Time Adjustment

A. NTP Setting
Functions • To set whether or not to use the NTP setting.
Use • To synchronize the time between the server and the client.
Procedure
ON “OFF”
B. NTP Server Add.
Functions • To set the NTP server address.

Use • To enter the NTP server address.
• NTP server address is to be set by the IP address or the Host name.
Setting/ <IP Address>
Procedure • Enter the IP address.
IP Address Version 4 format
[0 to 255] . [0 to 255] . [0 to 255] . [0 to 255]
<DNS Host Name>

• Enter the host name. (up to 255 characters)
C. Port No.
Functions • To set the Port No. for transmitting with NTP server.
Use • To enter the Port No. for transmitting with NTP server.
Setting/ • Enter the Port number between 1 and 65535.
Procedure
171
bizhub C250P
14.3.7 User Box Oper.
A. Delete User Box
Function/Use • To delete the unnecessary box without data.

Setting/ 1. Enter the Box number (up to nine numerical characters) to be deleted.
Procedure 2. Press the Menu/Setting key to display the OK to Delete? screen.
3. Press the Menu/Setting key to delete the unnecessary box.
B. Secure Print
(1) Delete Secure Doc.
Function/Use • To delete the whole classified documents in the box.

Setting/ 1. Press the Menu/Setting key to display the OK to Delete? screen.
Procedure 2. Press the Menu/Setting key to delete the documents.
1 (2) Auto Delete
Function/Use • To set whether or not to delete the confidential documents saved in the box after the
lapse of a predetermined period of time, and to set that period of time.
Setting/ • The default setting is 1 day.
Procedure
12 Hours “1 day” 2 days 3 days
7 days 30 days Save
14.3.8 List Output Mode List
Function/Use • The set value list can be printed.

1 Setting/ 1. Press the Menu/Setting key to display the OK to Print? screen.

Procedure 2. Press the Menu/Setting key to print.
<Simplex/Duplex>
14.3.9 Call Center
Function/Use • To call the CS Remote Care Center from the Administrator, When the CS Remote
Care setup is complete.
Setting/ For details, see “CS Remote Care.”
Procedure See P.195
14.3.10 Security Setting

A. Admin. Password
Functions • To set/change the Administrator Password.

Use • To change the Administrator Password.
Setting/ • Enter the Administrator password.
Procedure
1. Password : Enter the current Administrator password
2. New Password : Enter the new Administrator password to be used
3. Retype Password : Reenter the new Administrator password
172
B. HDD Setting
bizhub C250P
(1) HDD Password
Functions • To set the Lock Password for the hard disk.

Use • To enter the Lock Password for the hard disk.
Setting/ • Enter the password (up to 8 on-byte characters)
Procedure • Reenter the password to confirm, turn main power switch OFF and ON again.
NOTE
• Double-byte and identical characters are not acceptable.
1. Password : Enter the current HDD Lock password

2. New Password : Enter the new HDD Lock password to be used
3. Retype Password : Reenter the new HDD Lock password
4. Turn off the Main Power Switch and turn it on again more than 10 seconds after.
(2) HDD Formatting
Functions • To format the hard disk

• The function proceeds in the order of Physical Format to Logical Format.
• If the hard disk is yet to be formatted, the trouble code “C-D010” will appear. Ignore
this code and continue with the formatting procedure.
Use • When the hard disk is mounted.
• When the hard disk is to be initialized. (Physical Format to Logical Format)
Adjustment 1. Press the Menu/Setting key to display the Format OK? screen.
Procedure 2. Press the Menu/Setting key to format the hard disk.
173
(3) Overwrite All

1
• Overwrite All overwrites meaningless data to all areas, in which image data is stored,
bizhub C250P
thereby destroying the structure of the image data.

• Destroying the data structure prevents any data left in the areas from being leaked out
even when the HDD is stolen.
Function/Use • To delete the whole data in the hard disk by overwriting.

Use • To use when disposing of the Hard Disk.
• Select the overwriting method from Mode 1 through 8.
Mode 1 : It overwrites 0x00 once.
Mode 2 : Overwrites with random numbers → Overwrites with random numbers →
Overwrites with 0x00
Mode 3 : Overwrites with 0x00 → Overwrites with 0xff → Overwrites with random
numbers → Verifies
Mode 4 : Overwrites with random numbers → Overwrites with 0x00 → Overwrites
with 0xff
Mode 5 : Overwrites with 0x00 → Overwrites with 0xff → Overwrites with 0x00 →
Overwrites with 0xff
Overwrites with 0xff → Overwrites with 0x00 → Overwrites with 0xff →
Overwrites with random numbers
Overwrites with 0xaa
Overwrites with 0xaa → Verifies
Setting/ 1. Select the mode of overwriting method.
Procedure 2. Press the Menu/Setting key, and destroy.
174
(4) Overwrite Temp.

1
• The image data sent from the PC is temporarily written to the HDD and memory areas.
bizhub C250P
• Overwrite Temp overwrites meaningless data to the HDD and memory areas, to which
image data has been temporarily written, thereby destroying the image data after the
completion of the print cycle.
Function • To set whether or not to use Temporary Data Overwrite.

• To set overwriting method to use Temporary Data Overwrite function.
Use • To use when making Temporary Data Overwrite function valid.
• To change overwriting method to use Temporary Data Overwrite function.
Mode 1: To overwrite 0x00 one time.
Mode 2: Overwrite 0x00 → Overwrite 0xff → Overwrite 0x61 → Validation
Procedure
“OFF” Mode 1 Mode 2
1 (5) Priority Setting

• Use of the optional Security Kit (SC-503) prevents important image data from being
leaked out, thus achieving security at high level.
• If security at high level is required, it is recommended that the HDD lock password func-
tion be used in combination with the Security Kit.
Function • To set the encryption method when the Security Kit (SC-503) is mounted
Use • When the optional Security Kit (SC-503) is mounted, either Encryption or Overwrite
can also be selected.
Encryption: Gives priority to encryption of data to be written by overwrite for the
enhanced security
Overwrite: Gives priority to data to be written by overwrite, thereby assuring contents
of the data
NOTE:
• If the setting of Encryption/Overwrite has been changed, HDD Format must be
performed.
Setting/ • The default setting is Encryption.
Procedure
“Encryption” Overwrite
175
(6) Encryption Key

1
• It can be set only when the optional Security Kit (SC-503) is mounted.
bizhub C250P
Functions • To set Encryption key necessary to mount the optional Security Kit SC-503.
Use • To setup Security Kit SC-503.
• To re-set encrypting word due to exchange of NVRAM board or etc.
NOTE
• This setting is available only when the optional Security Kit SC-503 is
mounted.
• HDD formatting is required after this setting. Therefore it is necessary to
retrieve certain data from HDD in advance.
The following data will be lost after HDD formatting.
* Address data
* Authentication data : Authentication mode, User Authentication setting,
Account Track setting
* Box setting data : Box and text in the box, Setting information of each
box, Box for Fax
* Job history, Fax transmission history
Setting/ 1. Enter the Encryption key. (consisting of up to 20 characters)
Procedure
NOTE
• Double-byte and identical characters are not acceptable.
2. Press the Menu/Select key. (Go to step 7 for the initial registration.)
3. If the Encryption Key is changed, enter a new encryption word (consisting of up to
20 characters).
5. If the Encryption Key is changed, enter the new encryption word (consisting of up to
20 characters) a second time.
8. Select [Admin. Setting] → [Security Setting] and perform HDD Format.

14.3.11 OpenAPI
A. Access Setting
Functions • To allow or restrict the access from other systems with OpenAPI when using Page
Scope Data Administrator.
Use • To restrict access from other systems with OpenAPI.
Procedure
B. Port No.
Functions • To set the access port for other systems with OpenAPI when using Page Scope Data
Administrator.
Use • To change the access port number for other systems with OpenAPI.
Setting/ • Enter the port number between 1 and 65535.
Procedure
176
C. Port No. (SSL)
bizhub C250P
Functions • To set the access port (SSL) for other systems with OpenAPI when using Page
Use • To change the access port number (SSL) for other systems with OpenAPI.
Setting/ • Enter the port number (SSL) between 1 and 65535.
Procedure
D. SSL
Functions • To set whether to encrypt access from other systems by SSL when using Page
Use • To encrypt access by SSL from other systems using OpenAPI.
Procedure
“ON” OFF
E. Authentication
Functions • To set whether to authenticate access of other systems which uses OpenAPI when
using PageScope Data Administrator.
Use • To set authentication of the access from other systems using OpenAPI.
Setting/ <Auth. Setting>
Procedure • The default setting is ON.
“ON” OFF
<Login Name>
1. Select [Login Name].
2. Enter the Login name (up to 8 characters).
<Password>
• Enter the Password (up to 8 characters).
14.3.12 Data Capture
Functions • To set whether to permit or restrict capturing the Print Job Data.
Use • To be used when carrying out [Tech. Rep. Mode] → [Data Capture].
Procedure
177
15. Adjustment item list Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
15. Adjustment item list

bizhub C250P
Replacement Part/Service Job
Replace Paper Separator Roll Assy
Replace Image Transfer Belt Unit

Change Paper (1st Drawer) Kind
Replace Paper Take-Up Roller
Install Paper Feed Unit
Replace IU
Adjustment/Setting Items No
Print Positioning: Leading Edge 1 ❍
Machine Printer Area
Print Positioning: Side Edge 2 ❍
Memory/ HDD R/W Check 3
State HDD Adjust
Service Mode
HDD Format 4
Confirmation
Table Number 5
Firmware Version 6
Reentry of Setting Values 7
System 1, 2
Serial Number 8
Counter Life Counter Clear 9 ❍ ❍
Image Process Adjustment Gradation Adjust 10 ❍ ❍

Re-entry of Utility settings 11
Re-entry of Enhanced Security settings 12
PH Skew Adjustment 13
F/W upgrading 14
Remounting of Parameter Chip (Control Board) 15
Remounting of NVRAM (MFP Control Board) 16
Replace Image Transfer Belt Unit 17
178
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 15. Adjustment item list
✽ This table shows the adjustment items that are required when a part of the machine has
been replaced. Priority order, if applicable, during the adjustment procedures is indicated
bizhub C250P
by the corresponding number in the parentheses.
Replace IDC/Registration Sensor/1, 2

Replace Mechanical Control Board
Replace MFP Control Board
Execute Memory Clear
Execute Add. Option
Execute F/W update

Replace Hard Disk
Replace PH Unit
No
1 (2)
2 (3)
3 (2)
4 (1)
5 (2)
6 ❍ ❍
7 (4)
8 (3)
9
10
11 (1)
12 (5)
13 (1)
14 (2) (2)
15 (1)
16 (1)
17 ❍
179
16. TECH. REP. MODE Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
16. TECH. REP. MODE

bizhub C250P
16.1 Calling the Tech. Rep. Mode to Screen

NOTE
• Ensure appropriate security for Tech. Rep. mode function setting procedures.
16.1.1 Procedure
Key Key
Key
Cancel key
4038F3E188DA
1. Make sure that the default screen (Ready to print) is being displayed, and press the
2. Display the Service mode using , keys.
3. Press key to open the Password screen.
4. Enter the Password using , , , and keys.

5. Press the Menu/Select key to set the Password.
NOTE
• When selecting “CE Authentication” under “Enhanced Security” available from
Service Mode, authentication by CE password is necessary.
Enter the 8 digits CE password, and press the Menu/Select key.
(The initial setting for CE password is “92729272.”)
• If a wrong CE password is entered, re-enter the right password. The machine will
not enter Service Mode unless the CE password is entered correctly. To return to
the Basic screen, turn Main Power Switch OFF, and ON again.
• The service code entered is displayed as “✽.”
6. Display the Service mode item to be changed using , , , and keys.

16.1.2 Exiting
• Press the “Cancel” key.
16.1.3 Changing the Setting Value in Service Mode Functions

180
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 16. TECH. REP. MODE
16.2 Tech. Rep. Mode function tree
bizhub C250P
Ready to Print
Job
Operation
Paper Tray
User Setting
Admin.
Setting *1
Tech.Rep. Counter
Mode *1 Reset
*1: Password Running

needs to be Mode
entered.
Option Board
List Output
Serial
Number
Image Image
Controller Controller
Peripheral
Mode
Unit Change
LCT Paper
Size
Initialization
Foolscap
Size
No Sleep
HDD
Formatting
Version HDD Ver.

Upgrade Upgrade
Internet ISW *1: Available only when Internet ISW is

*1 enabled on the Jig software
181
Tech. Rep. Data *2: Unavailable when Data Capture is prohibited

bizhub C250P
Mode Capture *2 on the utility mode
Data Backup
Software SW Switch No.
Bit
Assignment
HEX
Assignment
CS Remote System
Care Selection
Mainte.
Complete
ID Code
Detail Set: Center/

Center ID
Mail Device ID
Device ID
E-Mail
Address
Data/Time
RAM Clear
Log Print
Bit
Assignment
Hex
Assignment
Response
Timeout
Detail Set: Center/

Center ID
Modem Device ID
Device ID
182
Tech. Rep. CS Remote Detail Set: Center Tel
bizhub C250P
Mode Care Modem No.
Device Tel
No.
Data/Time
Initial Trans.
RAM Clear
Log Print
Bit
Assignment
Hex
Assignment
Reset
Command
Server Server for
POP3 Server
Setting RX
POP3 Login
Name
POP3
Password
POP3 Port
Number
Receive E-Mail
Setting Address
E-Mail Check
Connect
Timeout
APOP
SMTP
Send Setting
Server
SMTP Port
Number
183
Tech. Rep. CS Remote Server Connect

Send Setting
Mode Care Setting Timeout
bizhub C250P
Auth. Setting
TX/RX Test
Data
Initialize
184
16.3 Settings in Tech. Rep. Mode
bizhub C250P
16.3.1 Counter Reset
Functions • To check the number of hours or times each of the different maintenance parts has
been used.
• To clear the count of each counter.
Use • When each of the maintenance parts is replaced.
Setting/ • To clear the count of a counter, select the specific part and press the Clear key.
Procedure • If a counter is cleared mistakenly, press the Interrupt key, which will undo the clearing
operation.
• It is not possible to clear the count of the counters for the Fusing Unit, Transfer Belt
Unit, and IU, which are provided with a new unit detection function.
• ALL : All counters

• Transfer Roller : Number of times a sheet of paper is fed through
• Ozone Filter : Number of times a sheet of paper is fed through
• Tray 1 : Number of sheets of paper fed from Tray 1
• Bypass : Number of sheets of paper fed from the Bypass
• LCT : Number of sheets of paper fed from LCT
• Finisher : Number of sheets of paper fed out of the Finisher
16.3.2 Running Mode
Functions • To test the printing operation in Running Mode.

Use • Use to check the printing operation in Running Mode from each paper source.
Setting/ 1. Display the Running Mode and click the Menu/Select key.
Procedure 2. Select the position for paper feed and click the Menu/Select key.
3. Select the paper size and paper type.
4. Press the Men/Select key to start the Running Mode.
5. Pressing the Cancel key will stop operation.
16.3.3 Option Board
Functions • To set when the Optional HDD Kit, Local Interface Kit is mounted.
Use • Use when setting up the HDD Kit, Local Interface Kit is mounted.
Setting/ • Setting modes are HDD and local I/F.
Procedure • The default setting is “Unset.”
local I/F : Set “Unset”

HDD : Set “Unset”
NOTE
• When the setting has been changed, turn OFF and ON the Main Power Switch.
185
bizhub C250P
16.3.4 List Output
A. Machine Management List
Functions • To produce an output of a list of setting values, adjustment values, Total Counter val-
ues, and others.
Use • At the end of setup or when a malfunction occurs.
1 Setting/ <Selecting Report>
Procedure • Load the A4S plain paper to a paper source.
• Select the type of list to be printed.
• Data printed is in English (alphanumeric characters).
• The time-of-day and date will also be printed.
<Simplex/Duplex>
B. Adjustment List
Functions • To output the adjustment list for machine adjustment, process adjustment, etc. in
Service Mode.
Setting/ <Selecting Report>
Procedure • Load the A4S plain paper to a paper source.
• Press the Menu/Select key, which will let the machine produce the list.
• Data printed is in English (alphanumeric characters).
<Simplex/Duplex>
16.3.5 Serial Number
Functions • To register the serial numbers of the machine and options.

• The numbers will be printed on the list output.
Use • Upon setup.
Setting/ • Type the serial numbers. 9 digits (0 to 9)
Procedure
186
16.3.6 Image Controller
bizhub C250P
Functions • To set the type of the controller.
• “Peripheral Mode” appears when “Others” is selected.
Use • When setting up the controller.
Setting/ Image Controller
Procedure • Select the controller to be used.
“Controller 0” : The standard controller is used.
Controller 1 : Not use
Others : Not use
Peripheral Mode
• Select the operating mode of the other.
Mode 1: Not use
Mode 2: Not use
Mode 3: Not use
NOTE
• Do not change the setting.
16.3.7 Unit Change
Functions • To select who is to replace a unit.

• When the unit life arrives, the warning display is intended for the specific person who
is going to replace the unit.
When “User” is selected : Printing is inhibited.
When “Service” is selected : Life warning.
Use • Upon setup
Setting/ • The following are the default settings:
Procedure
US, Japan, Others 4 Europe, Others 1/2/3
Toner Cartridge : “User” Service “User” Service
Imaging Unit : User “Service” “User” Service
Waste Toner : User “Service” “User” Service
Punch Dust Box : User “Service” “User” Service
16.3.8 LCT Paper Size
Functions • To set the paper size for the LCT

Use • Use to change the paper size for the LCT.
Setting/ The default setting depends on the setting made for the applicable marketing area.
Procedure
“A4” 8 1/2 × 11
187
bizhub C250P
16.3.9 Initialization
A. Data Clear
Functions • To initialize the setting data.

Use • To clears the setting data.
NOTE
• When removing or installing the hard disk after registering the data below, be
sure to clear the data.
Referring data: User Authentication/Account Track.
Setting/ 1. Select the Data clear.
Procedure 2. Press the Menu/Select key.
3. When “OK” is displayed, turn the main power switch OFF, and ON again.
B. System ERR Clear
Functions • To reset the trouble data.

Use • Use to clear the “Jam”, “Trouble”, “Error” displays, and other improper displays.
Setting/ 1. Select the System ERR Clear.
Procedure 2. Press the Menu/Select key.
3. When “OK” is displayed, turn the main power switch OFF, and ON again.
16.3.10 Foolscap Size
Functions • To set the size for Foolscap paper.

Use • Upon setup.
• To change the size for Foolscap paper.
Setting/ • Select the size from among the following five.
Procedure
220 × 330 mm 8 1/2 × 13 “8 1/4 × 13” 8 1/8 × 13 1/4 8 × 13
16.3.11 No Sleep
Functions • To display the option of “OFF” for the Sleep Mode Setting screen available from
Administrator Setting.
Use • To display the option of “OFF” for the Sleep Mode Setting.
Setting/ • The default setting is Prohibit.
Procedure
Permit “Prohibit”
188
16.3.12 HDD Formatting
bizhub C250P
• If the hard disk is yet to be formatted, the trouble code “C-D010” will appear. Ignore
• When the hard disk is to be initialized. (Physical Format to Logical Format)
Adjustment Physical Format
Procedure 1. Select the Physical Format.
2. Press the Menu/Select key to start the formatting sequence.
3. The sequence will be automatically terminated as it is completed.
4. Turn OFF and ON the Main Power Switch.
Logical Format (Only when initial is set up)

1. Select the Logical Format.
2. Press the Menu/Select key to start the formatting sequence.
4. Turn OFF and ON the Main Power Switch.
✽ Formatting the hard disk will erase all data contained in it.
16.3.13 Version Upgrade

A. HDD Ver. Upgrade
Functions • To upgrade Administration data (Document management information, Address infor-

mation, etc.) other than image data in HDD.
Use • To use when updating Firmware Card from Ver. 43 or earlier to 81 or later.
• When the Firmware Card Ver. 43 or earlier is upgraded to the Ver. 81 or later, the
Printer cannot be used unless HDD version is upgraded.
NOTE
• When the Firmware version is modified to the version 43 or earlier after HDD
version is upgraded, turn Main-power OFF/ON, and conduct HDD ethics for-
mat.
Adjustment 1. Select the HDD Format.
Procedure 2. Press the Menu/Select key to start upgrading the version.
3. When upgrading the version is complete, the outcome will be displayed on the
screen.
NOTE
• Make sure to turn Main-power of the Printer OFF when upgrading is complete,
and wait for ten seconds to turn power back ON.
189
B. Internet ISW
• By using this setting, the Firmware stored in the Server can be downloaded over internet
bizhub C250P
for upgrading.
• For details for upgrading the Firmware, refer to “Firmware upgrade” in the Maintenance
section.
NOTE
• To start Internet ISW from the control panel, it is first necessary to set the Internet
ISW on the Jig software side.
Functions • To access the program server according to the settings made in Internet ISW,
thereby downloading the firmware
Use • When upgrading the firmware over the network
Adjustment 1. Select the Internet ISW.
Procedure 2. Press the Menu/Select key to start downloading the firmware.
3. The message “Please wait” appears on the screen during connection
and data transfer.
4. When upgrading of the firmware is normally terminated, the machine is
restarted to complete Internet ISW.
NOTE
• If connection to the program server or downloading of data fails, refer to
“Firmware upgrade” of “Maintenance” and take necessary action.
190

1
bizhub C250P
Functions • When an error occurs, it acquires the print job data in order to analyze the cause of
the error.
Use • When an error occurs, this will be used to analyze the cause of the error according to
the print job data.
Setting/ NOTE
Procedure • The following conditions are necessary for this function.
When selecting [Data Capture] in Admin. Setting, “Permit” must be set.
• The hard disk must be mounted to the machine.
1. Select [Admin. Setting] → [Data Capture]. Select “ON.”

(While the Data Capture setting is “ON”, the print job data from the PC will be stored
in the hard disk.)
2. Check the IP address of the machine.
3. Connect the PC (Windows) and the machine with Ethernet cable.
4. Start the DOS command prompt of the PC, and specify the IP address of the
machine.
4037F3E538DA
5. Input the user name and the password.
User name: capture
Password: sysadm
4037F3E539DA
191
6. Using the “ls” command, display the list of the file available for capture.
bizhub C250P
4037F3E540DA
7. Using the “binary” command, set the File transfer mode to the binary transfer.
4037F3E541DA
192
8. Using the “get” command, transfer the data for capture to PC.
bizhub C250P
4037F3E542DA
9. Finish the command prompt.
NOTE
• After receiving capture data, select [Admin. Setting] → [Data Capture], and
select “Prohibit” for Print Data Capture in order to delete the job data stored in
the hard disk.
193
16.3.15 Data Backup

1
bizhub C250P
Functions • To backup nonvolatile data (data stored in NVRAM) in the Printer to the Flash mem-
ory.
Use • To backup current data in order to prevent data in NVRAM from being erased unex-
pectedly.
• To backup data manually. It usually makes backup every hour automatically.
• Backup data can be restored by following the specified procedure when the trouble
(CD3##) occurred.
Refer to “Troubleshooting” for details on restoration procedure.
See P.338
Setting/ 1. Select the Data Backup.
Procedure 2. Press the Menu/Select key to start making a backup.
3. Check the message [OK], and turn Main power OFF. Wait for ten seconds or more
and turn power back ON.
1 16.3.16 Software SW
Functions
Use
• Not Used
Setting/
Procedure
194
16.4 Settings in CS Remote Care
bizhub C250P
16.4.1 Outlines
• CS Remote Care is a system of controlling the machine, in which the machine and the
CS Remote Care center computer send and receive data of various types for machine
control via the telephone line or e-mail.
• CS Remote Care enables the machine to call the computer at the center when trouble
occurs. It also enables the computer at the center to contact the machine for the neces-
sary data.
• Data which CS Remote Care handles can be divided into the following groups.
a. Data which show the status of use of the machine such as Total count, PM count.
b. Data which show the abnormal situation on the machine such as where and how
often errors occur.
c. Data on adjustment
d. Data on setting
16.4.2 Setting Up the CS Remote Care

NOTE
• For resetting up the machine which CS Remote Care has already been set up,
clear the RAM for CS Remote Care before resetting.
See P.205
• When using the telephone line for connection, use the recommended modem.
(For recommended modem, contact responsible person of KONICA MINOLTA.)
Procedure
1 Step
Using the telephone line modem Using E-mail
Register the device ID to the application at CS Remote Care Center.
0
The initial connection is not available unless the device ID is registered.
Connecting the modem Be sure to remove the telephone line modem
Turn the power for the modem OFF. Connect when e-mail is used.
the machine and the modem with a modem
1 cable. Connect the modem and the wall jack
with a modular cable.
* For connecting the modular cable, see the
manual for the modem.
Selecting the CS Remote Care function Selecting the CS Remote Care function
2 CS Remote Care → System Selection, and CS Remote Care → System Selection, and
select the Modem. select the E-Mail.
Inputting the ID Code
1. Select the CS Remote Care → System Selection → ID Code
3
2. Input the seven digits ID of the service person, and press Menu/Select key.
See P.204
Clearing the RAM
1. Select CS Remote Care → ID Code → Detail Set: Modem
2. Select the RAM Clear, and press the Menu/Select key.
4 See P.205
NOTE
• When the detail setting key is not displayed, proceed to step 5 without clearing the
RAM.
195
Procedure
1 Step
bizhub C250P

Setting the date and time for CS Remote Care
1. Select the Detail Set: *** → Date/Time. (***: modem or e-mail)
5 2. Press the Menu/Select key.
3. Input the Date, Time, Time zone, and press Menu/Select key.
See P.204
Setting the Center ID
1. Select the Detail Set: *** → Center/Device ID. (***: modem or e-mail)
6
2. Input the Center ID (5 digits)
See P.204
Setting the Device ID
1. Select the Detail Set: *** → Center/Device ID. (***: modem or e-mail)
7
2. Input the Center ID (9 digits)
See P.204
Setting the telephone number of the Center Setting the E-mail address
1. Select the CS Remote Care → Detail Set: 1. Select the Detail Set: E-mail → E-Mail
Modem → Center Tel No. Address.
8
2. Input the telephone number of the Center 2. Input the e-mail address of the remote desti-
See P.204 nation.
See P.204
Inputting the Device telephone number Setting the Response Timeout
1. Select the CS Remote Care → Detail Set: 1. Select the Detail Set: E-mail → Response
Modem → Device Tel No. Timeout.
9 2. Input the Device telephone number 2. Input the response timeout period.
See P.204 NOTE
• Normally, leave it as the default setting.
See P.205
Inputting the AT command for initializing the Setting the E-mail address
modem 1. Select the Server Setting.
1. Select the CS Remote Care → Detail Set: See P.206
Modem → Initial Trans. 2. Select the Server for RX, and set POP3
2. Input AT Command. server address, POP3 Login name, POP3
password and POP3 port number.
NOTE 3. Select the Receive Setting, and set the E-
• Change this Command only when it is Mail address, Mail Check, Connection Time
necessary. (They do not need to be
Out and APOP Authentication.
10 changed in normal condition.)
• For details on AT Command, see the 4. Select the Send Setting, and set the SMTP
manual for the modem. server address, SMTP port number, Con-
See P.205 nection Time Out, and APOP Authentica-
tion.
5. Select the TX/RX Test, and press Start key
to carry out a transmission/reception test. If
it fails to exchange messages, see the error
message to take necessary measure, and
try again.
Setting the DIPSW for CS Remote Care
11 NOTE
• This setting is not normally necessary. Take this step only when necessary in a spe-
cific connecting condition.
196
Procedure
1 Step
bizhub C250P
Executing the initial transmission Receiving the initial connection E-mail mes-
1. Select the CS Remote Care → Detail Set: sage
Modem → Initial Trans. Sending the initial connection E-mail message
2. Press the Menu/Select key of the screen to
from the Center to the address of the Printer.
start initial transmission. NOTE
3. When the machine is properly connected • When receiving the initial connection E-
with the Center, CS Remote Care setting mail message from the Center while CS
screen will be displayed. Remote Care-related screen is being dis-
played, the current setting information
NOTE will be deleted, and CS Remote Care set-
• The initial transmission key at the right ting will be displayed.
12 • For sending the initial connection E-mail,
bottom of the screen will be displayed
only when the Center ID, the Device ID, see the manual for CS Remote Care Cen-
Telephone number of the Center and the ter.
Device telephone number have been • Messages can be exchanged only
input. between the Center with initial connec-
See P.204 tion and the Printer.
• The initial connection from the Center
will be carried out, and the E-mail
address of the Center will be stored in
the Printer.
• The Center e-mail address is displayed
under E-Mail Address.
197
bizhub C250P
16.4.3 Software SW setting for CS Remote Care
NOTE
• SW bits data are written into the NVRAM every time a change is made. In case you
changed bit data by accident, be sure to restore the previous state.
A. Input procedure
1. Select [Tech. Rep. Mode] → [CS Remote Care] → [Detail Setting: ***], and select [Soft-
ware Switch Setting]. (***: modem or e-mail)
2. Select [Switch No.], and input the SW number (two digits) using the 10-Key Pad.
3. Select [Bit Assignment], and select SW bit number using the arrow keys, and input 0 or
1 using the 10-Key Pad.
(For setting by hexadecimal numbers, select [HEX Assignment], and input using the 1-
Key Pad or A to F keys.)
NOTE
• About functions of each switch, see to “B.List of software SW for CS Remote
Care.”
B. List of software SW for CS Remote Care
NOTE
• Do not change any bit not described on this table.
SW No. Bit Functions 0 1 Default

1 SW 01 0 Dial Mode Pulse Tone 1
1 Reservation — — 0
4 Baud rate *1 *1 0
5 *1 *1 0
6 *1 *1 0
7 *1 *1 1
1 SW 02 0 Auto call on SC occurrence Do not call Call 1
1 Auto call on date specification Do not call Call 1
5 Auto call on the IC Life Do not call Call 1
Auto call on CCD Clamp/Gain
6 Do not call Call 1
Adjustment failure
SW 03 0 Reservation — — 0
1 Auto call on the toner supply Do not call Call 1
3 Auto call on the waste toner bottle full Do not call Call 1
4 to 7 Reservation — — 0
SW 04 0 to 7 Reservation — — 0
198
bizhub C250P
SW 05 0 Modem redial interval *2 *2 1
1 *2 *2 1
2 *2 *2 0
3 *2 *2 0
SW 06 0 Modem redial times *3 *3 0
1 *3 *3 1
2 *3 *3 0
3 *3 *3 1
4 *3 *3 0
5 *3 *3 0
6 *3 *3 0
SW 07 0 Redial for response time out Do not redial Redial 1
1 to 7 Reserved — — 0
SW 08 0 Retransmission interval on E-Mail deliv- *4 *4 0
1 ery error *4 *4 1
2 *4 *4 1
3 *4 *4 0
SW 09 0 Retransmission times on E-Mail *5 *5 0
1 delivery error *5 *5 1
2 *5 *5 0
3 *5 *5 1
4 *5 *5 0
5 *5 *5 0
6 *5 *5 0
SW 11 0 Timer 1 *6 *6 0
1 RING reception → CONNECT *6 *6 0
reception
2 *6 *6 0
3 *6 *6 0
4 *6 *6 0
5 *6 *6 1
6 *6 *6 0
7 *6 *6 0
199

bizhub C250P
SW 12 0 Timer 2 *7 *7 0
1 Dial request completed → CONNECT *7 *7 0
reception
2 *7 *7 0
3 *7 *7 0
4 *7 *7 0
5 *7 *7 0
6 *7 *7 1
7 *7 *7 0
SW 14 0 Timer 4 *8 *8 0
1 Line connection → Start request *8 *8 0
telegram delivery
2 *8 *8 0
3 *8 *8 0
4 *8 *8 0
5 *8 *8 1
6 *8 *8 0
7 *8 *8 0
SW 15 0 Timer 5 *9 *9 0
1 Wait time for other side's response *9 *9 1
2 *9 *9 1
3 *9 *9 1
4 *9 *9 1
5 *9 *9 0
6 *9 *9 0
7 *9 *9 0
1 SW 18 Attention display
To set weather to give the alarm display
when using the modem but the power
for the modem is OFF.
SW 19 to Reservation
0 to 7 — — 0
SW 40
200
*1: Baud rate
bizhub C250P
Mode 01-7 01-6 01-5 01-4
9600 bps 0 1 1 0
19200 bps 0 1 1 1
“38400 bps” 1 0 0 0
*2: Modem redial interval
Mode 05-3 05-2 05-1 05-0

1 minute 0 0 0 1
2 minutes 0 0 1 0
“3 minutes” 0 0 1 1
4 minutes 0 1 0 0
5 minutes 0 1 0 1
6 minutes 0 1 1 0
7 minutes 0 1 1 1
8 minutes 1 0 0 0
9 minutes 1 0 0 1
10 minutes 1 0 1 0
*3: Modem redial times
Mode 06-6 06-5 06-4 06-3 06-2 06-1 06-0

0 to 9 times 000 0000 to 000 1001
“10 times” 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
11 to 99 times 000 1011 to 110 0011
*4: Retransmission interval on E-Mail delivery error
Mode 08-3 08-2 08-1 08-0

0 minute 0 0 0 0
10 minutes 0 0 0 1
20 minutes 0 0 1 0
30 minutes 0 0 1 1
40 minutes 0 1 0 0
50 minutes 0 1 0 1
“60 minutes” 0 1 1 0
70 minutes 0 1 1 1
80 minutes 1 0 0 0
90 minutes 1 0 0 1
100 minutes 1 0 1 0
110 minutes 1 0 1 1
120 minutes 1 1 0 0
201
bizhub C250P
*5: Retransmission times on E-Mail delivery error
Mode 09-6 09-5 09-4 09-3 09-2 09-1 09-0

0 to 9 times 000 0000 to 000 1001
“10 times” 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
11 to 99 times 000 1011 to 110 0011
*6: Timer 1 (RING reception → CONNECT reception)
Mode 11-7 11-6 11-5 11-4 11-3 11-2 11-1 11-0

0 to 31 sec 0000 0000 to 0001 1111
“32 sec” 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
33 to 255 sec 0010 0001 to 1111 1111
*7: Timer 2 (Dial request completed → CONNECT reception)
Mode 12-7 12-6 12-5 12-4 12-3 12-2 12-1 12-0

0 to 63 sec 0000 0000 to 0011 1111
“64 sec” 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
65 to 255 sec 0100 0001 to 1111 1111
*8: Timer 4 (Line connection → Start request telegram delivery)
Mode 14-7 14-6 14-5 14-4 14-3 14-2 14-1 14-0

0 to 31 (x 100 msec) 0000 0000 to 0001 1111
“32 (x 100 msec)” 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
33 to 255 (x 100 msec) 0010 0001 to 1111 1111
*9: Timer 5 (Wait time for other side’s response)
Mode 15-7 15-6 15-5 15-4 15-3 15-2 15-1 15-0

0 to 29 sec 0000 0000 to 0001 1101
“30 sec” 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0
31 to 255 sec 0001 1111 to 1111 1111
202
16.4.4 Setup confirmation
bizhub C250P
• Follow the steps below to make sure that CS Remote Care has been properly set
up.
2. Select the CS Remote Care.
3. Check to make sure that only selected item is displayed.
16.4.5 Calling the Maintenance

• When CE starts maintenance, inputting the ID code of CE (seven digits: numbers which
CE can identify. They are controlled by the distributor.) will transmit the information to the
Center side and tells that the maintenance has started.
• When the maintenance is finished, click “Maintenance Complete” key will transmit the
information to the Center and tells that it is finished.
A. When starting the Maintenance

2. Select the ID Code, and input ID Code.
* The ready to print LED remains blinking until Maintenance is completed.
B. When finishing the Maintenance

2. Select the Mainte. Complete, and press the Menu/Select key.
16.4.6 Calling the Center from the Administrator

• When the CS Remote Care setup is complete, the administrator can call the CS Remote
Care center.
1. Select the Admin. Setting → Call Center.
When the setup is not complete, or other transmission is being performed, pressing the
Menu/Select key will not perform transmission.
NOTE
• For transmitting data of the machine by calling the center on the specified date
and time, refer to the manual for CS Remote Care Center.
16.4.7 Checking the transmission log

• The transmission log list will be output to be checked.
1. Select the CS Remote Care → Detail Set: Modem → Log Print.

2. Load Tray 1 or Bypass Tray with A4S paper.
3. Press the Menu/Select key to output transmission log.
203
bizhub C250P
16.4.8 Detail on settings
A. System Selection
Functions • To select the system type for remote diagnosis.

Use • Use to newly build or change the system.
Setting/ • The default setting is E-Mail.
Procedure
“E-Mail” Modem
B. ID Code
Functions • To register the Service ID.

Use • Use when registering and changing Service ID.
Setting/ 1. Enter a 7-digit code. (0000001 to 9999999)
Procedure 2. Press the Menu/Select key to register the ID.
3. The “Detail Setting” key will appear when the ID has been registered.
C. Detail Set: E-Mail/Modem

(1) Machine Setting
Functions • Execute the primary setting.

Use • Use to change the set contents.
• Use to register the machine to the CS Remote Care Center.
Setting/ 1. Select the CS Remote Care → ID Code.
Procedure 2. Input the ID Code, and press the Menu/Select key.
3. Select the Detail Set: Modem or the Detail Set: E-Mail, and press the Menu/Select
key.
Primary Setting
• Set the Center ID, Device ID, and the phone No.
1 • When e-mail is selected for system and all setup procedures are completed, E-mail
address of the Center is displayed.
* When entering the phone No, 10-Keys and keys on the screen have following mean-
ings.
[-] Pose : Waits to start transmitting after dialing
[W] Wait : Detects the dial tone of the other end
[T] Tone dial : Carry out tone dialing
[P] Pulse dial : Carry out pulse dialing
[*],[#] : To be used as necessary
Initial Transmission
• Clicking the Initial Transmission key will sent the information to the CS Remote Care
Center to register the machine.
(Only when the Modem or Fax is selected on the system Input.)
(2) Data/Time
Functions • To set the data and time-of-day

Use • Use to set or change the date and time-of-day.
Setting/ 1. Enter the date (month, day and year).
Procedure 2. Enter the time-of-day.
3. Enter the time zone.
4. Press the Menu/Select key to start the clock.
204
(3) RAM Clear
bizhub C250P
Functions • To clear the following data at the Center
ID Code, Primary Setting, Date/Time Input, and Common DT.
Use • To be used for setting CS Remote Care.
• To be used for reset the every data of the Center to default.
Setting/ • Press the Menu/Select key to start RAM Clear.
Procedure
(4) Log Print
Functions • To print out the Communication Log.

Use • Use to output and use the Communication Log.
1 Setting/ • Press the Menu/Select key to print out the Communication Log.
Procedure • Load Tray 1 or Bypass Tray with A4S paper.
<Simplex/Duplex>
(5) Software SW
Functions • To change the CS Remote Care settings.

Use • To change the settings for CS Remote Care as necessary.
Setting/
See P.198
Procedure
1 (6) Response Time Out
Functions • It sets the intervals for resending E-Mails when transmission error occurred.
• It can be set only when [E-Mail] is selected by System Setting.
Use • To use when changing the intervals for resending E-Mails when transmission error
occurred.
Setting/ • The default setting is 60 minute.
Procedure
“60 minute” (10 to 1440)
(7) Reset Command
Functions • To set the command to be issued at the time of Modem Initialization.

• This setting is available only when “Modem” is selected for the system setting.
Use • To set the command to be issued at the time of Modem Initialization.
Setting/ • Enter the command and Press the Menu/Select key to register.
Procedure
205
D. Server Setting
• Server Setting can be set only when [E-Mail] is selected by System Setting.
bizhub C250P
(1) Server for RX

1 <POP3 server>
Functions • To set the POP3 server address used for the CS Remote Care.
Use • To set the address of the POP3 Server.
Setting/ <Input IP Address>
Procedure • IP Address Version 4 format
[0 to 255].[0 to 255].[0 to 255].[0 to 255]
<POP3 login name>
Functions • To set the logon name for the POP3 server used for the CS Remote Care.
Use • To set the logon name for the POP3 server.
Setting/ • The default setting is No.
Procedure • Up to 64 characters (alphanumeric characters and symbols) can be used.
<POP3 password>
Functions • To set the logon password for the POP3 server used for the CS Remote Care.
Use • To set the logon password for the POP3 server.
<POP3 port number>

Functions • To set the POP3 port number used for the CS Remote Care.
Use • To set the port number for the POP3 server.
Procedure
“110” (1 to 65535)
206
(2) Receive
<E-mail Address>
bizhub C250P
Functions • To set the e-mail address used for the CS Remote Care.
Use • To set the e-mail address.
<Mail Check>
Functions • To set whether or not to use Mail Check and the time interval for the POP server used
for the CS Remote Care.
Use • To set whether or not to use Mail Check and the time interval for the POP server used
• To change the time interval for Mail Check.
Procedure
“No” (1 to120 min., No)
<Connection timeout>
Functions • To set the timeout period for connection during reception.

Use • To change the timeout period for connection during reception.
Setting/ • The default setting is 60 Sec.
Procedure
“60 Sec” (30 to 300 Sec)
<APOP>
Functions • To set whether or not to authenticate the APOP during reception.
Use • To authenticate the APOP during reception.
Procedure
Yes “No”
207
(3) Send Setting

1 <SMTP server>
bizhub C250P
Functions • To set the SMTP sever address for transmission used for the CS Remote Care.
Use • To set the SMTP server address
[0 to 255].[0 to 255].[0 to 255].[0 to 255]
<SMTP port number>
Functions • To set the SMTP port number for transmission used for the CS Remote Care.
Use • To set the Port Number of the SMTP Server.
Procedure
“25” (1 to 65535)
<SMTP Connect Timeout>
Functions • To set the timeout period for transmission.

Use • To change the timeout period for connection during transmission.
Procedure
“60 Sec” (30 to 300 Sec)
1 <Auth. Setting>
Functions • To set whether or not to authenticate during transmission via SMTP server.
Use • To use when authenticating during transmission.

Available authentication mode: POP Before SMTP, SMTP
Procedure
“OFF” POP Before SMTP SMTP
* Setting to “POP Before SMTP” will set the time for POP Before SMTP.
• The default setting is 60 Sec.

“60 Sec” (0 to 60 Sec)
(4) TX/RX Test
Functions • To determine the correct transmission and reception using CS Remote Care.
Use • Use to determine the correct transmission and reception using CS Remote Care.
Setting/ • Press the Start key to let the machine start the transmission and reception test.
Procedure • The test procedure and result will be displayed on the screen.
(5) Data Initialize
Functions • To initialize the contents for the sever setting.

Use • Use to initialize the contents for the server setting.
Procedure
Yes “No”
208
16.4.9 List of the CS Remote Care error code
bizhub C250P
NOTE
• Error codes in the shaded region may occur when transmitting from the machine
to the center.
1 Error code Error Solution

0001 The line is busy (Busy detection) • Transmit again manually.
0002 Failure of the Modem default setting at transmit- • Check if the power of the
ting (When the transmission completes with modem is ON.
modem initial setting failed) • Check the connecting condition
between the modem and the
main unit.
0003 Timeout of CONNECT at transmitting • Transmit again manually
(No response to ATD) • Check if the power of the
modem is ON.
• Check the connecting condition
main unit.
0004 Timeout of Incoming request response • Contact responsible person of
(No response to incoming (starting) request KONICA MINOLTA.
MSG)
0005 Timeout of CONNECT at receiving • Check if the power of the
(No response to ATA) modem is ON.
• Check the connecting
con0dition between the modem
and the main unit.
0006 Shut down of the data modem line (Host) • No solution, because the line is
(Carrier OFF is detected) shut down at the host side.
0007 Shut down of the data modem line (Main unit) • Contact responsible person of
(Line is shut down forcibly due to event) KONICA MINOLTA.
0008 Timeout of start request telegram delivery • Transmit again manually.
(Start request telegram is not delivered after line
connection)
0009 Timeout of finish request telegram delivery • Transmit again manually.
(Finish request telegram is not delivered (Start of
shut down).)
000A Receiving rejection • Check the setting condition of
(Receiving is made when the main unit is set to the host side.
reject receiving.) • Check the setting condition of
the main unit side.
000B RS232C Driver Over Run • If the same error is detected
(When the modem detects Over Run.) several times, turn the modem
power OFF and ON.
000C If the same error is detected several times, turn • If the same error is detected
the modem power OFF and ON. several times, turn the modem
power OFF and ON.
000D Break Interrupt (BI) Indicator • If the same error is detected
(When the modem detects Break Interrupt (BI) several times, turn the modem
Indicator.) power OFF and ON.
000E Receiving RING Buffer Full • Contact responsible person of
(When the Receiving RING Buffer is full.) KONICA MINOLTA.
209

bizhub C250P
000F Transmitting RING Buffer Full • Contact responsible person of

(When the Transmitting RING Buffer is full.) KONICA MINOLTA.
0010 RX FIF0 ERROR • Contact responsible person of
(when Read / Write error occurs at RX FIF0) KONICA MINOLTA.
0011 Baud Rate ERROR • Check the Baud rate of the
(When selected Baud Rate is out of the specifica- software DipSW.
tion (9600 bps to 38400 bps).)
0012 TX FIF0 Level Error • Contact responsible person of
(When the threshold of the selected TX FIF0 is KONICA MINOLTA.
not error value (1, 3, 9, 13).)
0013 RX FIF0 Level Error • Contact responsible person of
(When the threshold of the selected RX FIF0 is KONICA MINOLTA.
not error value (0, 4, 8, 14).)
0014 Receiving Data Over Error • Contact responsible person of
(When the data whose size exceeds the transmit- KONICA MINOLTA.
ting RING buffer is requested.)
0015 Status Error • Contact responsible person of
(During modem operation is being confirmed) KONICA MINOLTA.
0016 Status Error (During receiving) • Contact responsible person of
KONICA MINOLTA.
0017 Status Error • Contact responsible person of
(During line is being shut down) KONICA MINOLTA.
0018 Machine ID has already been registered • Set the initial registrations
(Request telegram 2 (SET-UP) comes from the again for all including the host
main unit that has already registered Machine side.
ID.)
0019 Center ID Error • Check Center ID setting of the

(Center ID of the host is not identical with the one main unit side.
of start request telegram.) • Check Center ID setting of the
main unit side.
001A Device ID inconsistency • Check Device ID setting of the
(Device ID of the host is not identical with the one main unit side.
of start request telegram.) • Check the setting of the host
side.
001B Device ID Unregistered • Check Device ID setting of the
(Request telegram 2 (Constant data transmitting, main unit side.
Emergency call) comes from the main unit that • Check the setting of the host
has not registered Machine ID yet.) side.
001C Grammar Error • Contact responsible person of
(Received response telegram is unregulated for- KONICA MINOLTA.
mat.)
001D Impossible to change (Unchangeable items) • Contact responsible person of
(Host requests to change the setting of items KONICA MINOLTA.
which are not allowed to change.)
001E Impossible to change (During printing) • Try again when the machine is
(Setting cannot be changed because the setting not printing.
change is made during the machine is printing or
starts printing.)
001F Impossible to change (Unread items) • Contact responsible person of
(The host tries to make writing on the items the KONICA MINOLTA.
current value has not been read.)
210
bizhub C250P
0020 Timeout of Telegram Delivery • Try communication again.
(At waiting mode of telegram delivery the
machine fails to receive the telegram in a given
time.)
0021 Telegram Size Over • Contact responsible person of
(The machine receives the telegram whose size KONICA MINOLTA.
exceeds the specification.)
0022 Transmitting Phase Response NG • Contact responsible person of
(Transmitting phase response MSG is not appro- KONICA MINOLTA.
priate.)
0023 Timeout of Transmitting Phase Response MSG • Contact responsible person of
(Transmitting phase response MSG is timeout.) KONICA MINOLTA.
0024 Event Data Acquisition Function Error • Contact responsible person of
(Although the transmitting phase response MSG KONICA MINOLTA.
is OK, the function for Data acquisition shows
“No event,”.)
0025 Timeout of Driver transmitting check MSG • Contact responsible person of
(Transmitting check MSG from the driver task is KONICA MINOLTA.
timeout.)
0026 Detection of Internal Contradiction • Contact responsible person of
(Unknown event is detected. Condition value is KONICA MINOLTA.
not correct or so on.)
0027 Transmission / Receiving collision • Try communication again.
(Receiving is detecting during transmitting pro-
cessing)
16.4.10 Troubleshooting for CS Remote Care
If communication is not done properly during use of the modem, check the condition by fol-
lowing the procedures shown below.
• Is the Modem power ON?
• Is the phone line normally connected?
211
17. Jig Soft Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
17. Jig Soft

bizhub C250P
17.1 Connection when using the Jig Software

• Connect it as shown below when using only the Jig software.
• For Gradation adjustment, connect the Service jig including the X-Rite.
Crossing Cable
(RS-232C D-Sub 9 pin)
Laptop with Jig software installed

C250P
4038F3C521DA
17.1.1 Connecting the Crossing Cable
1. Connect the Crossing cable to the

COM1 port on the PC.
NOTE
When connecting to the COM2, set
the port of the Jig software to COM2.
4037F3C403AA
2. Connect the Crossing cable to the

printer.
4038F3C522DA
212
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 17. Jig Soft
17.2 How to display the Jig Software
bizhub C250P
NOTE
• Do not reveal the displaying method of the Jig software to the people except those
who are concerned.
File
STOP key
4037F3E117DA
Utility key
<Procedure>
1. Connect the crossing cable to the printer and PC.
LED turns OFF.
6. Start the Jig software and check to make sure the Start-up Dialog will be displayed.
7. Click the OK key in the dialogue.
8. Check to make sure that the Start screen will be displayed on the PC.
9. Check to make sure that the Start screen will change to the Panel screen.
11. Click the Details key.
12. Click the keys below.
STOP → 0 → 0 → STOP → 0 → 1
<How to exit>
• Select Exit which is available from File.
213
bizhub C250P
17.3 Jig software function tree (Service Mode)
✽ The function tree is shown to comply with the format displayed on the screen.
*1: It will be displayed only when the [Internet ISW Set] is set to “ON”.
Service Mode
Machine Fusing Temperature Print Positioning: Leading Edge
Fusing Transport Speed Print Positioning: Side Edge
Printer Area Dup Print Positioning: Side Edge
Printer Resist Loop
Color Registration
Cyan
Adjustment
Fusing Loop Size Magenta
Manual Bypass Tray

Yellow
Adjustment
Lead Edge Erase Adjustment
Firmware Version
Imaging Process
X-Rite Calibration
Adjustment
D Max Density
Background Voltage Margin
Transfer Output Fine

Adjustment
Stabilizer
Thick Paper Density

Adjustment
TCR Toner Supply
Monochrome Density
Adjustment
CS Remote Care Dev. Bias Choice
System 1 Marketing Area
Serial Number
No Sleep
Foolscap Size Setting
Install Date
Initialization
214
System 2 HDD
bizhub C250P
Image Controller Setting
Option Board Status
Unit Change
Software Switch Setting
LCT Paper Size Setting
Data Capture
Counter Life
Jam
Service Call Counter
Warning
Maintenance
Service Total
Counter Of Each Mode
Service Call History (Data)
Paper Jam History
Counter Reset
List Output
State Confirmation Sensor Check
Table Number
Level History1
Level History2
Temp. & Humidity
Memory/HDD Adj.
Memory/HDD State
Color Regist
IU Lot No.
Adjustment Data List
Test Mode Gradation Pattern
Halftone Pattern
215
Test Mode Lattice Pattern

bizhub C250P
Solid Pattern
Color Sample
8 Color Solid Pattern
Running Mode
Finisher
Internet ISW Internet ISW Set
HTTP Setting *1
FTP Setting *1
Forwarding Access
Setting *1
*1: It will be displayed only when the [Internet ISW Set] is set to “ON”.
216
17.4 Date/Time Input mode
bizhub C250P
• This mode is used to set time-of-day and date.
17.4.1 Date & Time Setting mode screen
4038F3E510DA
A. Date & Time Setting mode setting procedure

2. Press the following keys in this order.
Stop → 1 → 1 → 4 → 4 → Clear
3. Enter year, month, day, hour, and minute, in that order, from 10-key Pad.
(Year 4 digits → Month 2 digits → Day 2 digits → Hour 2 digits → Minute 2 digits)
NOTE
• When setting the month, day, hour, or minute, enter “0” first if the data one digit.
4. Make sure that correct figures have been entered and then click [Entry].
5. Click [END] to return to the Service Mode.
217
bizhub C250P
17.5 Machine
17.5.1 Fusing Temperature
Functions • To adjust individually the temperature of the Heating Roller and the Fusing Pressure
Roller for each type of paper, thereby coping with varying fusing performance under
changing environmental conditions.
Use • When fusing performance is poor, or wax streak or offset occurs when the type of
paper is changed or environmental conditions change.
• By setting the temperature higher (+), gloss of print or OHP transparencies can be
improved.
• By setting the temperature lower (-), Exit Roller mark or uneven transparencies of
OHP can be reduced.
Adjustment Heating Roller : 0 °C to +10 °C (step: 5 °C) ............ Thick 3
Range :-10 °C to +10 °C (step: 5 °C)............ others
Pressure Roller : 0 °C to +10 °C (step: 5 °C) ............ Thick 3
:-10 °C to +10 °C (step: 5 °C)............ others
Adjustment If fusing performance is poor, increase the setting.
Instructions If wax streaks occur, decrease the setting.
If offset is poor, decrease the setting.
Setting/ 1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [Machine] → [Fusing Temperature].
3. Select the paper type and Fusing Roller type.
4. Enter the new setting from the [+] / [-] key.
5. The temperature does not change immediately when the setting is change.
Wait a while before performing the subsequent steps.
NOTE
• As a general rule, do not adjust the fusing temperature on the pressure appli-
cation side.
6. Click [END] to validate the adjustment value.
7. Check the print image for any image problem.
8. Make the adjustment for each type of paper.
218
17.5.2 Fusing Transport Speed
bizhub C250P
Functions • To adjust the speed of the Fusing Drive Motor so as to match the fusing speed with
transport speed.
Use • Brush effect or blurred image is evident as a result of changes in environmental con-
ditions or degraded durability.
Variable
-2 % to +2 % (in 0.1 % increments)
Range
Adjustment If brush effect is evident, vary the setting value and check for image.
Instructions If a blurred image occurs, decrease the setting.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [Machine] → [Fusing Transport Speed].
3. Select the transport speed, at which the brush effect or blurred image has occurred.
Transport speed Paper Setting

110 mm/s Plain paper: monochrome/color
Thick paper, OHP film, Envelope, Postcard,
55 mm/s
Labels: monochrome, color
4. Enter the new setting from the 10-key pad.

219
bizhub C250P
17.5.3 Printer Area
A. Print Positioning: Leading Edge
Functions • To vary the print start position in the sub scan direction for each of different paper
types in Tray 1.
Use • The PH Unit has been replaced.
• The paper type has been changed.
• The image on the print deviates in the sub scan direction.
• A faint image occurs on the leading edge of the image.
Adjustment
Specification Width A on the test pattern produced should
fall within the following range.
Width A
Specifications: 4.2 ± 0.5 mm
Setting Range: -3.0 mm to +3.0 mm
(in 0.2 mm increments)
4036fs3009c0
Adjustment If width A is longer than the specifications, make the setting value smaller than the cur-
Instructions rent one.
If width A is shorter than the specifications, make the setting value greater than the cur-
rent one.
Setting/ 1.Call the Service Mode to the screen.
Procedure 2.Click [Machine] → [Printer Area] → [Print Positioning: Leading Edge].
3.Select the [Plain Paper].
4.Press the Start key to let the machine produce a test pattern.
5.Check the dimension of width A on the test pattern.
6.If width A falls outside the specified range, change the setting using the [+] / [-] key.
9.If width A is outside the specified range, change the setting again and make a check
again.
10.If width A falls within the specified range, click [END].
11.Following the same procedure, adjust for Thick 1 to 3, OHP Film, and Enve.
220
B. Print Positioning: Side Edge
bizhub C250P
Functions • To vary the print start position in the main scan direction for each paper source.
Use • The PH Unit has been replaced.
• A paper feed unit has been added.
• The image on the print deviates in the main scan direction.
Adjustment
Width A Width A on the test pattern produced should
Specification

4036fs3010c0
Adjustment If width A is longer than the specifications, make the setting value smaller than the cur-
Instructions rent one.
If width A is shorter than the specifications, make the setting value greater than the cur-
rent one.
Procedure 2.Click [Machine] → [Printer Area] → [Print Positioning: Side Edge].
3.Select the paper source to be adjusted.
again.
11.Following the same procedure, adjust for all other paper sources.
(Use A4 or 8 1/2 × 11 plain paper for the Bypass.)
221
bizhub C250P
C. Dup Print Positioning: Side Edge
Functions • To vary the print start position in the main scan direction for each paper source in the
2-Sided mode.
Use • The image on the backside of the 2-sided print deviates in the main scan direction.
Adjustment
Width A •Width A on the test pattern produced should
Specification
•For measurement, use the image produced
on the backside of the test pattern.
Backside
4036fs3010c0
Adjustment • If width A is longer than the specifications, make the setting value smaller than the
Instructions current one.
• If width A is shorter than the specifications, make the setting value greater than the
current one.
Procedure 2.Click [Machine] → [Printer Area] → [Dup Print Positioning: Side Edge].
3.Select the paper source to be adjusted.
8.Check the dimension of width A on the test pattern on the backside of the print.
again.

11.Following the same procedure, adjust for all other paper sources.
(Use A4 or 8 1/2 × 11 plain paper for the Manual Bypass Tray.)
17.5.4 Printer Resist Loop
Functions • To set the correction value of the paper loop length for each process speed of Tray 1
to Tray 4, Bypass, and Duplex.
• To adjust the length of the loop formed in paper before the Registration Rollers.
• Use “Paper Passage” for paper passage check.
Use When a paper skew occurs.
When a paper misfeed occurs.
Adjustment Different setting ranges are set for different transport speeds.
Range <Tray 1 to Tray 4, LCT, Bypass>
110 mm/s : -8 to +8
55 mm/s : -15 to +15
<Duplex>
110 mm/s : -8 to +8
55 mm/s : -8 to +8
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [Machine] → [Printer Resist Loop].
3. Select the transport speed.
4. Enter the new setting from the 10-key pad.
222
17.5.5 Color Registration Adjustment
bizhub C250P
A. Cyan, Magenta, Yellow
Functions • To adjust color shift.

Use • To correct any color shift
Adjustment
“0” (-6 to +6 dot)
Range
Adjustment If the cross deviates in the direction of C, increase the setting.
Instructions If the cross deviates in the direction of D, decrease the setting.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [Machine] → [Color Registration Adjustment].
3. Load Tray 1 with A3/11x17 or A4/8 1/2x11 Plain paper.
4. Press the Start key.
5. On the test pattern produced, check for deviation between the black line and the line
of each color at positions X and Y.
6. Select the color to be adjusted.
7. Using the [+] / [-] key, change the setting value as necessary. (At this time, only the
line of the selected color moves.)
8. Produce another test pattern and make sure that there is no deviation.
Check Procedure
Check point X, Y
4036fs3004c0
Adjustment for X direction: If the cross deviates in the direction of C,

Check point X increase the setting.
If the cross deviates in the direction of D,
decrease the setting.
Direction of C Direction of D
4036fs3005c0 4036fs3006c0
Adjustment for Y direction: If the cross deviates in the direction of C,

Check point Y increase the setting.
If the cross deviates in the direction of D,
decrease the setting.
Direction of C Direction of D
4036fs3007c0 4036fs3008c0
223
bizhub C250P
17.5.6 Fusing Loop Size
Functions • To vary the timing to start fusing loop processing and adjust the fusing loop size at
Envelope printing.
Use • To be used when paper wrinkle or transfer misalignment occur at Envelope printing.
Adjustment in +: Delay the timing to start fusing loop processing
Adjustment in -: Put ahead the timing to start fusing loop processing
Procedure
“0” (-2 to +2)
17.5.7 Manual Bypass Tray Adjustment
Functions • To set the maximum width and the minimum width for the Manual Bypass Paper Size
Unit of the Manual Bypass Guide
Use • Use when the Manual Bypass Paper Size Unit of the Manual Bypass Guide has been
changed.
• Use when a false paper size is displayed when the manual Bypass is used.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [Machine] → [Manual Bypass Tray Adjustment].
3. Click [Max. Width].
4. Load the Bypass Tray with paper having a width of 301 mm.
5. Press the Start key and check that the results are [OK].
6. Click [Min. Width.].
7. Load the Bypass Tray with paper having a width of 89 mm.
8. Press the Start key and check that the results are [OK].
✽ Make the adjustment again if the results are [NG].
17.5.8 Lead Edge Erase Adjustment
Functions • To set the leading edge erase amount of the paper.

Use • To change the width of the area not printed along the leading edge of the paper
Setting/ • The default setting is 4 mm.
Procedure
“4 mm” 5 mm 7 mm
17.6 Firmware Version
Functions • To check the Firmware version.

Use • Use when the firmware is upgraded.
• When the firmware is upgraded or PWB is replaced.
Procedure 2. Click [Firmware Version].
3. Select the appropriate key from 1 to 3 to check the Firmware Version.
224
17.7 Imaging Process Adjustment
bizhub C250P
17.7.1 X-Rite Calibration (Gradation Adjust)
Functions • To make an automatic adjustment of gradation based on the test pattern produced
and the readings taken by the Scanner
Use • Color reproduction performance becomes poor.
• The IU has been replaced.
• The Image Transfer Belt Unit has been replaced.
• Gradation Mode : It gives the highest priority to gradation performance of

the image as it adjusts.
• Resolution Mode : It gives the highest priority to reproduction performance
of letters and lines as it adjusts.
Setting/
See P.51
Procedure
17.7.2 D Max Density
Functions • To adjust gradation, color, and image density to target reproduction levels by varying
the maximum amount of toner sticking to paper through auxiliary manual fine-adjust-
ment of gamma of each color after Gradation Adjust.
Use • An image quality problem is not corrected even after Gradation Adjust has been run.
Adjustment
“0” (-10 to +10)
Range
Adjustment To increase the maximum amount of toner sticking, increase the setting value.
Instructions To decrease the maximum amount of toner sticking, decrease the setting value.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [D Max Density].
4. Enter the new setting from the 10-key Pad.
5. Click [END] to return to the [Process] menu screen.
6. Click [Stabilizer].
7. Click [Stabilizer Mode].
8. Press the Start key to validate the adjustment value.
NOTE
• If the setting value has been changed, be sure to run an image stabilization
sequence to make valid the new value.
225
bizhub C250P
17.7.3 Background Voltage Margin
Functions • To adjust the highlight portion (fog level) to the target reproduction level by making an
auxiliary manual fine-adjustment of γ of each color after Gradation Adjust.
Use • Use when a foggy background occurs due to a printer problem
Adjustment
“0” (-5 to +5)
Range
Adjustment To make the background level foggier, increase the setting value.
Instructions To make the background level less foggy, decrease the setting value.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [Background Voltage
Margin].
4. Enter the new setting from the 10-key Pad.
5. Click [END] to return to the [Image Adjust] menu screen.
6. Click [Stabilizer].
7. Click [Stabilization Only].
8. Press the Start key to validate the adjustment value.
NOTE
• If the setting value has been changed, be sure to run an image stabilization
sequence to make valid the new value.
17.7.4 Transfer Output Fine Adjustment

A. 2nd Transfer Adjust
Functions • Adjust the 2nd image transfer output (ATVC) on the 1st page and the 2nd page for
each paper type.

Use • To use when the transfer failure at the trailing edge occurs.
Adjustment
“0” (-5 to +5)
Range
Adjustment To increase the ATVC value (in the direction of a foggier image),
Instructions decrease the setting value.
To decrease the ATVC value (in the direction of a less foggy image),
increase the setting value.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [Transfer Output Fine
Adjustment].
3. Select the side of the image (First side or Second side), on which the transfer failure
at the trailing edge occurs.
4. Select the paper type with the transfer failure at the trailing edge.
5. Enter the new setting from the [+] / [-] keys.
226
B. 1st Transfer Adjust
bizhub C250P
Functions • Adjust the output value for the 1st image transfer voltage.
Use • To use when white spots appeared.
Adjustment
“0” (-5 to +5)
Range
Adjustment Adjust the output value for the 1st image transfer voltage by;
Instructions Increasing it: Increase the setting value (white spots will decrease)
Decreasing it: Decrease the setting value
Procedure 2. Select [Test Mode] → [Halftone Pattern] to output the red or green test pattern.
See P.271
3. When the test pattern image has white spots, adjust with the following procedure.
4. Click these keys in this order: [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [Transfer Output Fine
Adjustment].
5. Select [1st transfer Adjust].
6. Change the setting value using the [+] / [-] keys.
7. Click [OK] key to set the adjustment value.
Gradually increase the adjustment value to the acceptable white spots level while
checking the test pattern.
NOTE
• PC Drum memory (94mm pitch) may occur by taking measure to white spots
occurred by increasing the 1st image transfer voltage to adjust it.
1 Check the image on the test print or the color chart when adjusting.
17.7.5 Stabilizer
A. Stabilization Only
Functions • The image stabilization sequence is carried out without clearing the historical data of
image stabilization control.
Use • Use if an image problem persists even after Gradation Adjustment has been exe-
cuted.
• When D Max Density and Background Voltage Margin of Service mode are changed.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [Stabilization Only].
3. Press the Start key to start Stabilizer.
The Start key turns orange and stays lit up orange during the Stabilizer sequence.
4. Stabilizer is completed when the Start key turns green.
227
bizhub C250P
B. Initialize+Image Stabilization
Functions • To carry out an image stabilization sequence after the historical data of image stabili-
zation control has been initialized.
Use • Use if an image problem persists even after Gradation Adjustment has been exe-
cuted.
• Use if tone reproduction and maximum density are faulty even after Stabilizer Mode
has been executed.
• Use when adjusting the PH skew.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [Initialize+Image Sta-
bilization].
3. Press the Start key to start Stabilizer.
The Start key turns orange and stays lit up orange during the Stabilizer sequence.
4. Stabilizer is completed when the Start key turns green.
17.7.6 Thick Paper Density Adjustment
Functions • To fine-adjust density of printed images of each color for thick paper and OHP trans-
parencies.
Use • To change the density of the printed image for each color with thick paper and OHP
transparencies
Adjustment
Lighter (5 steps), “Std”, Darker (5 steps)
Range
Adjustment Light color: Click the Darker key.
Instructions Dark color: Click the Lighter key.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [Thick Paper Density
Adjustment].
3. Click the Lighter or Darker key for the desired color to correct the image density.
17.7.7 TCR Toner Supply
Functions • To adjust the set T/C level by replenishing an auxiliary supply of toner when a low ID
occurs due to a lowered T/C after large numbers of prints have been made of origi-
nals having a high image density.
Use • When there is a drop in T/C.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [TCR Toner Supply].
3. Select the color, for which supply of toner is to be replenished.
4. Pressing the Start key will let the machine detect the current toner density and; if the
density is lower than a reference value, a toner replenishing sequence and then a
developer agitation sequence are run.
5. These sequences are repeated up to a maximum of four times until the toner density
reaches the reference value. If the toner density is found to be higher than the refer-
ence value, only a developer agitation sequence is carried out.
228
17.7.8 Monochrome Density Adjustment
bizhub C250P
Functions • To fine-adjust the density of the printed image for a black print
Use • To vary the density of the printed image of a black print
Adjustment
Lighter (2 steps), “Std”, Darker (2 steps)
Range
Adjustment If the black is light, click the Darker key.
Instructions If the black is dark, click the Lighter key.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [Monochrome Den-
sity Adjustment].
3. Click the Lighter or Darker key as necessary to correct the image density.
17.7.9 Dev. Bias Choice
Functions • To change the setting of the developing bias voltage.

• When this function is turned ON, it decreases the developing bias voltage, thereby
preventing voltage leak from occurring.
Use • Use when patches of white occur in the image in an ambience of low atmospheric
pressure, such as in high altitudes.
• If ON is set, the screen doesn’t display [Service Mode] → [Imaging Process Adjust-
ment] → [X-Rite Calibration (Gradation Adjust)] and the Gradation Adjust is not
allowed.
Procedure
ON “OFF”
229
bizhub C250P
17.8 CS Remote Care
17.8.1 Outlines
1 • CS Remote Care enables the machine and the computer at CS Remote Care center to
exchange data through telephone line in order to control the machine.
• CS Remote Care enables the machine to call the computer at the center when trouble
occurs. It also enables the computer at the center to contact the machine for the neces-
sary data.
• Data which CS Remote Care handles can be divided into the following groups.
a. Data which show the status of use of the machine such as Total count, PM count.
b. Data which show the abnormal situation on the machine such as where and how
often errors occur.
c. Data on adjustment
d. Data on setting
17.8.2 Setting Up the CS Remote Care

NOTE
• For resetting up the machine which CS Remote Care has already been set up,
clear the RAM for CS Remote Care before resetting.
See P.240
• When using the telephone line for connection, use the recommended modem.
(For recommended modem, contact responsible person of KONICA MINOLTA.)
Procedure
1 Step
Register the device ID to the application at CS Remote Care Center.
0
The initial connection is not available unless the device ID is registered.
Connecting the modem Be sure to remove the telephone line modem

Turn the power for the modem OFF. Connect when e-mail is used.
the machine and the modem with a modem
1 cable. Connect the modem and the wall jack
with a modular cable.
* For connecting the modular cable, see the
Clearing the RAM
1. Select Service Mode → CS Remove Care, and click “Detail Setting” key.
2 2. Click “RAM Clear” key.
3. Select Set, and Click “OK.”
See P.240
Selecting the CS Remote Care function Selecting the CS Remote Care function
3 Select Service Mode → CS Remove Care → Select Service Mode → CS Remote Care →
System Selection, and Click “Modem” key. System Setting, and Click “E-Mail” key.
Inputting the ID Code
1. Select Service Mode → CS Remote Care → ID Code, and click “ID Code” key.
4
2. Input the seven digits ID of the service person, and click “ID Code” key again.
See P.239
Setting the date and time for CS Remote Care
1. Select Service Mode → CS Remote Care, and click “Detail Setting” key.
5 2. Click “Date & Time Setting” key.
3. Input the date, time and the time zone using the 10-Key Pad, and click “Set” key.
See P.239
230
Procedure
1 Step
bizhub C250P
Setting the Center ID
6
2. Click Machine Setting → Center ID, and input the Center ID (five digits).
See P.239
Setting the Device ID
7
2. Click Machine Setting → Device ID, and input Device ID (nine digits).
See P.239
Setting the telephone number of the Center Setting the Respond Timeout
1. Select Service Mode → CS Remote Care, 1. Select Service Mode → CS Remote Care,
and click “Detail Setting” key. and click “Detail Setting” key.
2. Click Machine Setting → Center Telephone 2. Click “Respond Timeout” key and enter the
8 response timeout using the 10-Key Pad.
Number key.
3. Input the telephone number of the Center NOTE
• Under normal conditions, there is no
using the 10-Keys Pad and P, T, W, - keys.
need to change the default setting.]
See P.239 See P.239
Inputting the Device telephone number Proceed to Step 10.
1. Select Service Mode → CS Remote Care,
and click “Detail Setting” key.
2. Click Machine Setting → Device Telephone
9
Number key.
3. Input the Device telephone number using
the 10-Key Pad and P, T, W, - keys.
See P.239
Inputting the AT command for initializing the Setting the E-mail address
modem 1. Select Service Mode → CS Remote Care,
1. Select Service Mode → CS Remote Care → and click “Server Set” key.
and click “Detail Setting” key. See P.241
2. Click “AT Command” key. 2. Click “Server for RX” key, and set POP3
3. Input AT Command. server address, POP3 Login name, POP3
NOTE password and POP3 port number.
• Change this Command only when it is 3. Click “Receive” key, and set the E-Mail
necessary. (They do not need to be address, Mail Check, Connection Time Out
10 changed in normal condition.) and APOP Authentication.
• For details on AT Command, see the 4. Click “Send” key, and set the SMTP server
address, SMTP port number, Connection
See P.241
Time Out, and APOP Authentication.
5. Click “TX/RX Test” key, and click Start key to
carry out a transmission/reception test. If it
fails to exchange messages, see the error
message to take necessary measure, and
try again.
Setting the DIPSW for CS Remote Care Proceed to Step 12.
NOTE
11 • This setting is not normally necessary.
Take this step only when necessary in a
specific connecting condition.
231
Procedure
1 Step
bizhub C250P

Executing the initial transmission Receiving the initial connection E-mail mes-
1. Select Service Mode → CS Remote Care, sage
and select “Detail Setting” key. Sending the initial connection E-mail message
2. Click “initial transmission” key on the right from the Center to the address of the Printer.
bottom of the screen to start initial transmis- NOTE
sion. • When receiving the initial connection E-
3. When the machine is properly connected mail message from the Center while CS
with the Center, CS Remote Care setting Remote Care-related screen is being dis-
played, the current setting information
screen will be displayed.
will be deleted, and CS Remote Care set-
NOTE ting will be displayed.
• The initial transmission key at the right • For sending the initial connection E-mail,
bottom of the screen will be displayed see the manual for CS Remote Care Cen-
12 only when the Center ID, the Device ID, ter.
Telephone number of the Center and the • Messages can be exchanged only
Device telephone number have been between the Center with initial connec-
input. tion and the Printer.
See P.239 • The initial connection from the Center
will be carried out, and the E-mail
address of the Center will be stored in
the Printer.
• When the initial registration is complete,
the E-mail address of the Center will be
displayed by selecting Service Mode →
CS Remote Care → Detail Setting, Basic
Setting → E-Mail address.
232
17.8.3 Software SW setting for CS Remote Care
bizhub C250P
NOTE
• SW bits data are written into the NVRAM every time a change is made. In case you
changed bit data by accident, be sure to restore the previous state.
A. Input procedure
1. Select [Service Mode] → [CS Remote Care] → [Detail Setting], and click [Software
Switch Setting].
2. Click [Switch No.], and input the SW number (two digits) using the 10-Key Pad.
3. Click [Bit Assignment], and select SW bit number using the arrow keys, and input 0 or 1
using the 10-Key Pad.
(For setting by hexadecimal numbers, click [HEX Assignment] key, and input using the
10-Key Pad or A to F keys.)
4. Click [Fix].
NOTE
• About functions of each switch, see to “B. List of software SW for CS Remote
Care.”
B. List of software SW for CS Remote Care
NOTE
• Do not change any bit not described on this table.

SW 01 0 Dial Mode Pulse Tone 1
4 Baud rate *1 *1 0
5 *1 *1 0
6 *1 *1 0
7 *1 *1 1
SW 02 0 Emergency transmission Do not call Call 1
1 Auto call on date specification Do not call Call 1
5 Auto call on the IC Life Do not call Call 1
Auto call on CCD Clamp/Gain
Adjustment failure
SW 03 0 Reservation — — 0
1 Auto call on the toner empty Do not call Call 1
3 Auto call on the waste toner bottle full Do not call Call 1
233

bizhub C250P
SW 05 0 Modem redial interval *2 *2 1

1 *2 *2 1
2 *2 *2 0
3 *2 *2 0
SW 06 0 Modem redial times *3 *3 0
1 *3 *3 1
2 *3 *3 0
3 *3 *3 1
4 *3 *3 0
5 *3 *3 0
6 *3 *3 0
SW 07 0 Redial for response time out Do not redial Redial 1
1 to 7 Reserved — — 0
SW 08 0 Retransmission interval on E-Mail deliv- *4 *4 0
1 ery error *4 *4 1
2 *4 *4 1
3 *4 *4 0
SW 09 0 Retransmission times on E-Mail *5 *5 0
1 delivery error *5 *5 1
2 *5 *5 0
3 *5 *5 1
4 *5 *5 0
5 *5 *5 0
6 *5 *5 0
SW 11 0 Timer 1 *6 *6 0
1 RING reception → CONNECT *6 *6 0
reception
2 *6 *6 0
3 *6 *6 0
4 *6 *6 0
5 *6 *6 1
6 *6 *6 0
7 *6 *6 0
234
bizhub C250P
SW 12 0 Timer 2 *7 *7 0
1 Dial request completed → CONNECT *7 *7 0
reception
2 *7 *7 0
3 *7 *7 0
4 *7 *7 0
5 *7 *7 0
6 *7 *7 1
7 *7 *7 0
SW 14 0 Timer 4 *8 *8 0
1 Line connection → Start request *8 *8 0
telegram delivery
2 *8 *8 0
3 *8 *8 0
4 *8 *8 0
5 *8 *8 1
6 *8 *8 0
7 *8 *8 0
SW 15 0 Timer 5 *9 *9 0
1 Wait time for other side's response *9 *9 1
2 *9 *9 1
3 *9 *9 1
4 *9 *9 1
5 *9 *9 0
6 *9 *9 0
7 *9 *9 0
SW 18 Attention display
To set weather to give the alarm display
when using the modem but the power
for the modem is OFF.
SW 19 to
SW 40
235
bizhub C250P
*1: Baud rate
Mode 01-7 01-6 01-5 01-4

9600 bps 0 1 1 0
19200 bps 0 1 1 1
“38400 bps” 1 0 0 0
*2: Modem redial interval
Mode 05-3 05-2 05-1 05-0

1 minute 0 0 0 1
2 minutes 0 0 1 0
“3 minutes” 0 0 1 1
4 minutes 0 1 0 0
5 minutes 0 1 0 1
6 minutes 0 1 1 0
7 minutes 0 1 1 1
8 minutes 1 0 0 0
9 minutes 1 0 0 1
10 minutes 1 0 1 0
*3: Modem redial times
Mode 06-6 06-5 06-4 06-3 06-2 06-1 06-0

0 to 9 times 000 0000 to 000 1001
“10 times” 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
11 to 99 times 000 1011 to 110 0011
*4: Retransmission interval on E-Mail delivery error
Mode 08-3 08-2 08-1 08-0

0 minute 0 0 0 0
10 minutes 0 0 0 1
20 minutes 0 0 1 0
30 minutes 0 0 1 1
40 minutes 0 1 0 0
50 minutes 0 1 0 1
“60 minutes” 0 1 1 0
70 minutes 0 1 1 1
80 minutes 1 0 0 0
90 minutes 1 0 0 1
100 minutes 1 0 1 0
110 minutes 1 0 1 1
120 minutes 1 1 0 0
236
*5: Retransmission times on E-Mail delivery error
bizhub C250P
Mode 09-6 09-5 09-4 09-3 09-2 09-1 09-0
0 to 9 times 000 0000 to 000 1001
“10 times” 0 0 0 1 0 1 0
11 to 99 times 000 1011 to 110 0011
*6: Timer 1 (RING reception → CONNECT reception)
Mode 11-7 11-6 11-5 11-4 11-3 11-2 11-1 11-0

0 to 31 sec 0000 0000 to 0001 1111
“32 sec” 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
33 to 255 sec 0010 0001 to 1111 1111
*7: Timer 2 (Dial request completed → CONNECT reception)
Mode 12-7 12-6 12-5 12-4 12-3 12-2 12-1 12-0

0 to 63 sec 0000 0000 to 0011 1111
“64 sec” 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
65 to 255 sec 0100 0001 to 1111 1111
*8: Timer 4 (Line connection → Start request telegram delivery)
Mode 14-7 14-6 14-5 14-4 14-3 14-2 14-1 14-0

0 to 31 (x 100 msec) 0000 0000 to 0001 1111
“32 (x 100 msec)” 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
33 to 255 (x 100 msec) 0010 0001 to 1111 1111
*9: Timer 5 (Wait time for other side’s response)
Mode 15-7 15-6 15-5 15-4 15-3 15-2 15-1 15-0

0 to 29 sec 0000 0000 to 0001 1101
“30 sec” 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0
31 to 255 sec 0001 1111 to 1111 1111
237
bizhub C250P
17.8.4 Setup confirmation
• Follow the steps below to make sure that CS Remote Care has been properly set
up.
2. Click [CS Remote Care].
3. Check to make sure that only selected item is displayed.
17.8.5 Calling the Maintenance

• When CE starts maintenance, inputting the ID code of CE (seven digits: numbers which
CE can identify. They are controlled by the distributor.) will transmit the information to the
Center side and tells that the maintenance has started. When the maintenance is fin-
ished, clicking [Maintenance Complete] key will transmit the information to the Center
and tells that it is finished.
A. When starting the Maintenance

1. Select Service Mode and click [CS Remote Care].
2. Click [ID Code], and input ID Code.
3. Click [ID Coke].
* The ready to print LED remains blinking until Maintenance is completed.
B. When finishing the Maintenance

1. Select Service Mode and click [CS Remote Care].
2. Click [Maintenance Complete].
17.8.6 Calling the Center from the Administrator

• When the CS Remote Care setup is complete, the administrator can call the CS Remote
Care center.
1. Select [Administrator Setting], and click [System Connection].
2. Click [Admin. transmission].
When the setup is not complete or another transmission is being carried out, the
Admin. transmission key will not be displayed, and the transmission is not available.
NOTE
• For transmitting data of the machine by calling the center on the specified date
and time, refer to the manual for CS Remote Care Center.
17.8.7 Checking the transmission log

• The transmission log list will be output to be checked.
1. Select [Service Mode] → [CS Remote Care], and click [Detail setting].
2. Click [Communication Log Print].
3. Load Tray 1 or Bypass tray with A4S paper.
4. Press the Start key to output transmission log.
238
17.8.8 Detail on settings
bizhub C250P
A. System Selection
Functions • To select the system type for remote diagnosis.

Use • Use to newly build or change the system.
Setting/ • Select E-Mail, Modem, or Fax.
Procedure • The default setting is “E-Mail.”
E-Mail Modem Fax (Not Used)
B. ID Code
Functions • To register the Service ID.

Use • Use when registering and changing Service ID.
Setting/ • Enter a 7-digit code from the 10-Key Pad. (0000001 to 9999999)
Procedure
<Registration>
• Click ID Code and enter the Service ID.
• Click [ID code] to register the ID.
• The [Detail Setting] will appear when the ID has been registered.
C. Detail Setting
(1) Basic Setting
Functions • Execute the primary setting.

Use • Use to change the set contents.
• Use to register the machine to the CS Remote Care Center.
Procedure 2. Click [CS Remote Care].
3. Clicking the [Detail Setting] will display the primary setting.
Primary Setting
• Set the Center ID, Device ID, and the phone No.
• When e-mail is selected for system and all setup procedures are completed, E-mail
address of the Center is displayed.
* When entering the phone No, 10-Keys and keys on the screen have following mean-
ings.
[-] Pose : Waits to start transmitting after dialing
[W] Wait : Detects the dial tone of the other end
[T] Tone dial : Carry out tone dialing
[P] Pulse dial : Carry out pulse dialing
[*],[#] : To be used as necessary
Initial Transmission
• Clicking the Initial Transmission key will sent the information to the CS Remote Care
Center to register the machine.
(Only when the Modem or Fax is selected on the system Input.)
239
bizhub C250P
(2) Date & Time Setting
Functions • To set the data and time-of-day

Use • Use to set or change the date and time-of-day.
3. Click [Detail Setting] to access Date & Time Setting.
4. Enter the date (month, day and year), time-of-day, and the time zone from the 10-
Key Pad.
5. Click [SET] to start the clock.
(3) RAM Clear
Functions • To clear the following data at the Center

ID Code, Primary Setting, Date/Time Input (Time Zone), Software SW Setting and AT
Command.
Use • To be used for setting CS Remote Care.
• To be used for reset the every data of the Center to default.
NOTE
• If RAM Clear is selected during transmission, RAM clear processing will be
implemented at the time the transmission is completed regardless of whether
it is done properly or not.
Setting/ • The default setting is “Unset.”
Procedure
Set “Unset”
(4) Communication Log Print
Functions • To print out the Communication Log.

Use • Use to output and use the Communication Log.

Setting/ 1. Call the Service Mode on the screen.
3. Click [Detail Setting] to access Communication Log Print.
4. Load Tray 1 or Bypass Tray with A4S or 8 1/2 x 11 paper.
5. Press Start key to print out the Communication Log.
(5) Software SW
Functions • To change the CS Remote Care settings.

Use • To change the settings for CS Remote Care as necessary.
Setting/
See P.233
Procedure
1 (6) Response Time Out
Functions • It sets the intervals for resending E-Mails when transmission error occurred.
• It can be set only when [E-Mail] is selected by System Setting.
Use • To use when changing the intervals for resending E-Mails when transmission error
occurred.
Setting/ • The default setting is 60 minute.
Procedure
“60 minute” (10 to 1440)
240
(7) AT Command
bizhub C250P
Functions • To set the command to be issued at the time of Modem Initialization.
• This setting is available only when [Modem] is selected for the system setting.
Use • To set the command to be issued at the time of Modem Initialization.
Setting/
• Enter the command and click [SET] to register.
Procedure
1 D. Server Setting
• Server Setting can be set only when [E-Mail] is selected by System Setting.
(1) Server for RX
<POP3 server>
Functions • To set the POP3 server address used for the CS Remote Care.
Use • To set the address of the POP3 Server.
• POP3 server address can be set with IP address or the domain name.
[0 to 255].[0 to 255].[0 to 255].[0 to 255]
<Input FQDN>
• Enter the domain name.
<POP3 login name>
Functions • To set the logon name for the POP3 server used for the CS Remote Care.
Use • To set the logon name for the POP3 server.
<POP3 password>
Functions • To set the logon password for the POP3 server used for the CS Remote Care.
Use • To set the logon password for the POP3 server.
<POP3 port number>
Functions • To set the POP3 port number used for the CS Remote Care.
Use • To set the port number for the POP3 server.
Procedure
“110” (1 to 65535)
241
(2) Receive
<E-mail Address>
bizhub C250P
Functions • To set the e-mail address used for the CS Remote Care.
Use • To set the e-mail address.
<Mail Check>
Functions • To set whether or not to use Mail Check and the time interval for the POP server used
Use • To set whether or not to use Mail Check and the time interval for the POP server used
• To change the time interval for Mail Check.
Procedure
“No” (1 to120 min., No)
<Connection timeout>
Functions • To set the timeout period for connection during reception.

Use • To change the timeout period for connection during reception.
Procedure
“60 Sec” (30 to 300 Sec)
<APOP Authentication>
Functions • To set whether or not to authenticate the APOP during reception.

Use • To authenticate the APOP during reception.
Procedure
Yes “No”
(3) Send
<SMTP server>
Functions • To set the SMTP sever address for transmission used for the CS Remote Care.
Use • To set the SMTP server address
• SMTP server address can be set by the IP address or the domain name.
[0 to 255].[0 to 255].[0 to 255].[0 to 255]
<Input FQDN>
• Enter the domain name.
242
<SMTP port number>
bizhub C250P
Functions • To set the SMTP port number for transmission used for the CS Remote Care.
Use • To set the Port Number of the SMTP Server.
Procedure
“25” (1 to 65535)
<SMTP Connection Time-out>
Functions • To set the timeout period for transmission.

Use • To change the timeout period for connection during transmission.
Procedure
“60 Sec” (30 to 300 Sec)
<Authentication Setting>
Functions • To set whether or not to authenticate during transmission via SMTP server.
Use • To use when authenticating during transmission.
Available authentication mode: POP Before SMTP, SMTP authentication
Procedure
“OFF” POP Before SMTP SMTP Authentication
* Setting to “POP Before SMTP” will set the time for POP Before SMTP.
• The default setting is 60 Sec.

“60 Sec” (0 to 60 Sec)
* When setting to SMTP authentication, click the “Setting Check” key for authentication.
User ID : Enter the User ID for SMTP authentication.
Password : Enter the password for SMTP authentication.
Domain name : Enter the domain name for SMTP authentication.
<TX/RX Test>
Functions • To determine the correct transmission and reception using CS Remote Care.
Use • Use to determine the correct transmission and reception using CS Remote Care.
Setting/ • Press the Start key to let the machine start the transmission and reception test.
Procedure • The test procedure and result will be displayed on the screen.
<Data Initialization>
Functions • To initialize the contents for the sever setting.

Use • Use to initialize the contents for the server setting.
Procedure
Yes “No”
243
bizhub C250P
17.8.9 List of the CS Remote Care error code
A. When Connecting by Modem

0001 The line is busy (Busy detection) • Transmit again manually.
0002 Failure of the Modem default setting at transmit- • Check if the power of the
ting (When the transmission completes with modem is ON.
modem initial setting failed) • Check the connecting condition
main unit.
0003 Timeout of CONNECT at transmitting • Transmit again manually
(No response to ATD) • Check if the power of the
modem is ON.
main unit.
0005 Timeout of CONNECT at receiving • Check if the power of the
(No response to ATA) modem is ON.
main unit.
0006 Shut down of the data modem line (Host) • No solution, because the line is
(Carrier OFF is detected) shut down at the host side.
0008 Timeout of start request telegram delivery • Transmit again manually.
(Start request telegram is not delivered after line
connection)
0009 Timeout of finish request telegram delivery • Transmit again manually.
(Finish request telegram is not delivered (Start of

shut down).)
000A Receiving rejection • Check the setting condition of
(Receiving is made when the main unit is set to the host side.
reject receiving.) • Check the setting condition of
the main unit side.
000B RS232C Driver Over Run • If the same error is detected
(When the modem detects Over Run.) several times, turn the modem
power OFF and ON.
000C If the same error is detected several times, turn • If the same error is detected
the modem power OFF and ON. several times, turn the modem
power OFF and ON.
000D Break Interrupt (BI) Indicator • If the same error is detected
(When the modem detects Break Interrupt (BI) several times, turn the modem
Indicator.) power OFF and ON.
0011 Baud Rate ERROR • Check the Baud rate of the
(When selected Baud Rate is out of the specifica- software DipSW.
tion (9600 bps to 38400 bps).)
0018 Machine ID has already been registered • Set the initial registrations
(Request telegram 2 (SET-UP) comes from the again for all including the host
main unit that has already registered Machine side.
ID.)
0019 Center ID Error • Check Center ID setting of the
(Center ID of the host is not identical with the one main unit side.
of start request telegram.) • Check Center ID setting of the
main unit side.
244
bizhub C250P
001A Device ID inconsistency • Check Device ID setting of the
(Device ID of the host is not identical with the one main unit side.
of start request telegram.) • Check the setting of the host
side.
001B Device ID Unregistered • Check Device ID setting of the
(Request telegram 2 (Constant data transmitting, main unit side.
Emergency call) comes from the main unit that • Check the setting of the host
has not registered Machine ID yet.) side.
001E Impossible to change (During printing) • Try again when the machine is
(Setting cannot be changed because the setting not printing.
change is made during the machine is printing or
starts printing.)
0020 Timeout of Telegram Delivery • Try communication again.
(At waiting mode of telegram delivery the
machine fails to receive the telegram in a given
time.)
0027 Transmission / Receiving collision • Try communication again.
(Receiving is detecting during transmitting pro-
cessing)
1 NOTE
• When a code other than the ones listed above is displayed, contact KONICA
MINOLTA and inform the error code.
245
bizhub C250P
B. When connecting by E-Mails
Error code Error Solution

• Check the SMTP Server on
0001 Connection Timeout during transmission
User side.
Transmission error • Check the SMTP Server on
0###
***: SMTP responding code (hexadecimal) User side.
• Check the POP3 Server on
0003 Connection timeout when receiving
User side.
• Check the POP3 Server on
0005 Receiving error
User side.
Machine ID mismatching • Check the Machine ID setting.
1030 • Received an E-Mail which tells that Machine ID • Check the Machine ID setting
mismatches. on host side.
Modifying not available due to the copy job cur-
rently performing • Ask the host to send another
1062
• When informing the host that it cannot be mod- instruction mail for modifying.
ified due to the copy job currently performing.
Frame No. error • Check the status of the
1081 • The last frame has not been received. Machine registration on host
• There are missing frame No. side.
Date expired
• Ask the host to send another
1084 • Expiration date for data modification command
instruction mail for modifying.
has passed.
• Check the status of the
Received an error mail when Center setup is not
1092 Machine registration on host
complete
side.
Socket is not connected. • Check the SMTP Server and

2039
• LAN cable on the Copier side is detached. POP3 Server on User side.
• Check the connection between
the Copier on the User’s side
Network is down.
203E and the Network connector.
• LAN cable on the Copier side is detached.
• Check the Network environ-
ment on the User’s side.
• Check the POP3 Server envi-
3000 POP3_AUTHORIZATION_ERR
ronment on User’s side.
3001 POP3_TRANSACTION_ERR
3002 POP3_CONNECT_ERR
3003 POP3_TIMEOUT_ERR
3004 POP3_FORMAT_ERR
3005 POP3_MEMORY_ERR
3006 POP3_JOBID_ERR
3007 POP3_NO_DATA_ERR
246
Error code Error Solution
bizhub C250P
3008 POP3_DELETE_FAIL_ERR
3009 POP3_MAILBOX_FULL
Not Ready
• Tried to transmit or receive an E-Mail when the • Wait for a while and try trans-
4103
machine was not yet in the E-Mail receiving mitting again.
status after power was turned ON.
• Wait for a while and try trans-
4104 SMTP Channel Not Ready
mitting again.
4105 POP3 Channel Not Ready
mitting again.
4106 Not Ready other than the ones listed above.
mitting again.
NOTE
• When a code other than the ones listed above is displayed, contact KONICA
MINOLTA and inform the error code.
17.8.10 Troubleshooting for CS Remote Care

If communication is not done properly during use of the modem, check the condition by fol-
lowing the procedures shown below.
• Is the Modem power ON?
• Is the phone line normally connected?
247
bizhub C250P
17.9 System 1
17.9.1 Marketing Area
Functions • To make the various settings (language, paper size, fixed zoom ratios, etc.) according
to the applicable marketing area.
Use • Upon setup.
Setting/ <Marketing Area>
Procedure • Select the applicable marketing area and click [END] to set the marketing area.
JAPAN US Europe
Others1 Others2 Others3 Others4
✽ These are the languages that can be selected on the Utility screen according to dif-
ferent marketing area settings:
Japan English, Japanese

US English, French, Spanish, Japanese
Europe English, French, Italian, German, Spanish, Japanese
Others1 English, French, Spanish, Japanese
Others2 English, French, Spanish, Hangul
Others3 Simplified Chinese, English
Others4 Traditional Chinese, English
17.9.2 Serial Number

Functions • To register the serial numbers of the machine and options.

• The numbers will be printed on the list output.
Use • Upon setup.
1 NOTE
• When Main-power was turned ON while the Serial No. was not entered (includ-
ing initial status), the message to require entering the Serial No. will be dis-
played. Make sure to enter the Serial No. at setup.
Setting/ • Type the serial numbers. 9 digits (0 to 9)
Procedure Printer, LCT, Sorter/FN, Duplex
17.9.3 No Sleep
Functions • To display the option of “OFF” for the Sleep Mode Setting screen available from
Administrator Setting.
Use • To display the option of “OFF” for the Sleep Mode Setting.
NOTE
• The sleep mode will begin in 48 hours even if it sets it to “OFF.”
Setting/ • The default setting is “Prohibit.”
Procedure
Permit “Prohibit”
248
17.9.4 Foolscap Size Setting
bizhub C250P
Functions • To set the size for Foolscap paper.
Use • Upon setup.
• To change the size for Foolscap paper.
Setting/ • Select the size from among the following five.
Procedure
220 x 330 mm 8 1/2 x 13 8 1/4 x 13 8 1/8 x 13 1/4 8 x 13
17.9.5 Install Date
Functions • To register the date the main unit was installed.

Use • Upon setup.
Procedure 2. Select the key as follows.
[System 1] → [Install Date].
3. Enter the date (Year 4 digit → Month 2 digit → date 2 digit) from the 10-Key Pad.
4. Click [Entry] to set the date of installation.
17.9.6 Initialization
A. Data Clear
Functions • To initialize the setting data.

Use • To clears the setting data.
• For details on items to be cleared, “Contents to be cleared by Reset function.”
See P.283
NOTE
• When removing or installing the hard disk after registering the data below, be
sure to clear the data.
Referring data: One-Touch Registration, User Authentication/Account Track.
Procedure 2. Select the key as follows.
[System 1] → [Initialization] → [Data clear].
4. When [OK] is displayed, turn off the Main Power Switch and turn it on again more
than 10 seconds after.
B. System Error Clear
Functions • To reset the trouble data.

Use • Use to clear the [Jam], [Trouble], [Error] displays, and other improper displays.
• For details on items to be cleared, “Contents to be cleared by Reset function.”
See P.283
Setting/Pro- 1. Call the Service Mode on the screen.
cedure 2. Select the key as follows.
[System 1] → [Initialization] → [System Error Clear].
4. When [OK] is displayed, turn off the Main Power Switch and turn it on again more
than 10 seconds after.
249
bizhub C250P
17.10 System 2
17.10.1 HDD
Functions • To configure the printer as necessary when a hard disk is mounted.

Use • Use when the hard disk is mounted
Setting/Pro- • The default setting is “Unset”
cedure
Set “Unset”
NOTE
• After changing setting, make sure to turn off the Main Power Switch and turn it
on again more than 10 seconds after.
17.10.2 Image Controller Setting
Functions • To set the type of the controller.

• [Peripheral Mode] appears when [Others] is selected.
Use • When setting up the controller.
Setting/ Image Controller Setting
Procedure • Select the controller to be used.
“Controller 0” : The standard controller is used.
Controller 1 : An external controller is used.
Others : An external controller is used.
See the Setup Instructions for the Controller.
Peripheral Mode
• Select the operating mode of the Scanner.

Mode 1: Not use
Mode 2: Not use
Mode 3: Not use
17.10.3 Option Board Status
Functions • To set when the Optional Local Interface Kit is mounted.

Use • Use when setting up the Optional Local Interface Kit is mounted.
Setting/ • The default setting is “Unset.”
Procedure
local I/F :Set “Unset”
NOTE
• After changing setting, make sure to turn off the Main Power Switch and turn it
on again more than 10 seconds after.
250
17.10.4 Unit Change
bizhub C250P
Functions • To select who is to replace a unit.
• When the unit life arrives, the warning display is intended for the specific person who
is going to replace the unit.
When “User” is selected : Printing is inhibited.
When “Service” is selected : Life warning.
Use • Upon setup
Setting/ • The following are the default settings:
Procedure
US, Japan, Others 4 Europe, Others1/2/3
Toner Cartridge : “User” Service “User” Service
Imaging Unit : User “Service” “User” Service
Waste Toner Box : User “Service” “User” Service
Punch Dust Box : User “Service” “User” Service
17.10.5 Software Switch Setting
Functions
Use
• Not Used
Setting/
Procedure
17.10.6 LCT Paper Size Setting
Functions • To set the paper size for the LCT

Use • Use to change the paper size for the LCT.
Setting/ The default setting depends on the setting made for the applicable marketing area.
Procedure
A4 8 1/2 x 11
251
bizhub C250P
Functions • When an error occurs, it acquires the print job data in order to analyze the cause of
the error.
Use • When an error occurs, this will be used to analyze the cause of the error according to
the print job data.
Setting/ NOTE
Procedure • The following conditions are necessary for this function.
When selecting [Data Capture] in Admin. Setting, “Permit” must be set.
The hard disk must be mounted to the machine.
1. Select [Service Mode] → [System 2] of the Jig software, and click [Data Capture].
Select [ON].
(While the Data Capture setting is [ON], the print job data from the PC will be stored
in the hard disk.)
2. Check the IP address of the machine.
3. Connect the PC (Windows) and the machine with Ethernet cable.
4. Start the DOS command prompt of the PC, and specify the IP address of the
machine to start FTP.
4037F3E538DA
5. Input the user name and the password.
User name: capture
Password: sysadm
4037F3E539DA
252
Setting/ 6. Using the “ls” command, display the list of the file available for capture.
Procedure
bizhub C250P
4037F3E540DA
7. Using the “binary” command, set the File transfer mode to the binary transfer.
4037F3E541DA
253
Setting/ 8. Using the “get” command, transfer the data for capture to PC.
Procedure
bizhub C250P
4037F3E542DA
9. Finish the command prompt.
NOTE
• When the data capture is set to [ON], all print job data will be stored in the hard
disk.
• After receiving capture data, select [Admin. Setting] → [Data Capture], and
select “Prohibit” for Print Data Capture in order to delete the job data stored in
the hard disk.
254
17.11 Counter
bizhub C250P
• The Counter displays the counts of various counters to allow the Technical Representa-
tive to check or set as necessary.
17.11.1 Procedure
1. Click [Counter] to show the Counter menu.
2. Select the specific counter to be displayed.
3. To clear the counts of two or more counters within a group or across different groups at
once, click [Counter Reset], select the specific counters to be cleared, and click [END].
Two or more counters can be selected.
17.11.2 Life
Functions • To check the number of hours or times each of the different maintenance parts has
been used.
Use • When each of the maintenance parts is replaced.
operation.
• It is not possible to clear the count of the counters for the Fusing Unit, Transfer Belt
Unit, and IU, which are provided with a new unit detection function.
<1>
• Fusing Unit : Number of times a sheet of paper is fed through
• Transfer Roller Unit : Number of times a sheet of paper is fed through
• Image Transfer Belt Unit : Number of times a sheet of paper is fed through
• Paper dust remover/Ozone Filter : Number of times a sheet of paper is fed through
• 1st. : Number of sheets of paper fed from Tray 1
• 2nd. : Number of sheets of paper fed from Tray 2
• 3rd. : Number of sheets of paper fed from Tray 3
• 4th. : Number of sheets of paper fed from Tray 4
• Manual Tray : Number of sheets of paper fed from the Bypass
<2>
• Cyan IU : Period of time over which the Cyan Developing Unit has been used.
• Magenta IU : Period of time over which the Magenta Developing Unit has been
used.
• Yellow IU : Period of time over which the Yellow Developing Unit has been used.
• Black IU : Period of time over which the Black Developing Unit has been used.
• LCT Parts : Number of sheets of paper fed from the LCT
• ADF Feed : Not Used.
• ADF Reverse : Not used.
• Sorter/Finisher: Number of sheets of paper fed out of the Sorter/Finisher
17.11.3 Jam
Functions • To check the number of misfeeds that have occurred at different locations in the
machine.
Use • To check the number of paper misfeeds that have occurred
operation.
255
bizhub C250P
17.11.4 Service Call Counter
Functions • To check the number of malfunctions that have occurred at different locations in the
machine
Use • To check the number of malfunctions that have occurred
operation.
17.11.5 Warning
Functions • To check the number of warning conditions detected according to the warming type
Use • To check the number of warning conditions that have been detected
operation.
• When a warning condition occurs, an oil mark appears at the lower left corner of the
Basic screen.
• Clicking the oil mark will display the warning code screen.
17.11.6 Maintenance
Functions • To set a count value for maintenance of any given part.

Use • When any given part is replaced.
Setting/ Maint.-Set
Procedure • Enter the maintenance counter value from the 10-Key Pad.
Maint.-Count
• Counts up when a sheet of paper is fed through the machine.
• Pressing the Clear key will clear the count.
• If the count is cleared mistakenly, press the Interrupt key, which will undo the clearing
operation.
17.11.7 Service Total Counter

1 A. Total
Functions • To display the count value for the service total counter.
Use • Use to check the total No. of printed pages including the ones printed by the Service
Mode.
Setting/ Service Total : No. of pages printed by User mode and Service Mode.
Procedure Service Total (Duplex) : No. of pages printed by User mode and Service Mode in
Duplex.
1 B. Paper Size
Functions • To display the count value for Service Total Counter of each paper size.
Use • To check the total number of printed pages including the one at Service Mode
according to each paper size.
256
17.11.8 Counter of Each Mode
bizhub C250P
Functions • To display the printed pages in the specified mode.
It also displays the count value of using the specified mode.
Use • Use to check the printed pages in the specified mode, as well as No. of times each
mode was used, in order to know the using condition.
17.11.9 Service Call History (Data)
Functions • To display the trouble history in chronological order.

Use • Use to check the trouble history in chronological order.
17.11.10 Paper Jam History
Functions • To display the jam history in chronological order.

1 Use • Use to check the jam history in chronological order.
NOTE
• [Code] displayed on the screen of JAM history indicates JAM code. For details
of JAM code, see “Trouble shooting” on page 316.
257
bizhub C250P
17.12 List Output
17.12.1 Machine Management List
Functions • To produce an output of a list of setting values, adjustment values, Total Counter val-
ues, and others.
Setting/ • Load the A4S plain paper to a paper source.
Procedure • Press the Start key, which will let the machine produce the list.
17.12.2 Adjustment List
Functions • To output the adjustment list for machine adjustment, process adjustment, etc. in
Service Mode.
Setting/ • Load the A4S plain paper to a paper source.
Procedure • Press the Start key, which will let the machine produce the list.
17.13 State Confirmation

17.13.1 Sensor Check
Functions • To display the states of the input ports of sensors and switches when the machine
remains stationary.
Use • Used for troubleshooting when a malfunction or a misfeed occurs.

Setting/ • The operation of each of the switches and sensors can be checked on a real-time
Procedure basis.
• It can be checked as long as the 5-V power line remains intact even when a cover is
open.
A. Electrical Components Check Procedure Through Input Data Check
• When a paper misfeed occurs in the paper feed section of the machine, the Tray 2 Paper
Take-Up Sensor is considered to be responsible for it.
1. Remove the sheet of paper misfed.

2. From the Sensor Check List that follows, check the panel display of the Tray 2 Paper
Take-Up Sensor. For the Tray 2 Paper Take-Up Sensor, you check the data of “Take-Up”
of “Tray 2.”
3. Call the Service mode to the screen.
4. Select [State Confirmation] → [Sensor Check] and then select the screen that contains
“Take-Up” under “Tray 2.” For “Take-Up” under “Tray 2,” select “1” on the left-hand side
of the screen.
5. Check that the data for “Take-Up” under “Tray 2” is “0” (sensor blocked).
6. Move the actuator to unblock the Tray 2 Paper Take-Up Sensor.
7. Check that the data for “Take-Up” under “Tray 2” changes from “0” to “1” on the screen.
8. If the input data is “0,” change the sensor.
258
B. Sensor Check Screens

• These are only typical screens which may be different from what are shown on each indi-
bizhub C250P
vidual machine.
4038F3E511DA
259
C. Sensor Check List

(1) Sensors 1 (Main Unit, PC-103, PC-203)
bizhub C250P
Symbol Panel Display Part/Signal Name Operation Characteristics/

Panel Display
1 0
PC12 Tray 1 Device Tray 1 Set Sensor In position Out of
Detection position
PC10 Paper Empty Tray 1 Paper Empty Sensor Paper not Paper
present present
PC11 Near Empty Tray 1 Paper Near-Empty Sensor Blocked Unblocked
PC2-PC Tray 2 Device Tray 2 Set Sensor In position Out of
Detection position
PC6-PC Paper Empty Tray 2 Paper Empty Sensor Paper not Paper
present present
PC1-PC Near Empty Tray 2 Paper Near-Empty Sensor Blocked Unblocked
PC8-PC Vertical Tray 2 Vertical Transport Sensor Paper Paper not
Transport present present
PC9-PC Take-Up Tray 2 Paper Take-Up Sensor Paper Paper not
present present
PC7-PC Upper Limit Tray 2 Lift-Up Sensor At raised Not at raised
position position
Detection position
present present

present present
PC114-PC Upper Limit Tray 3 Lift-Up Upper Limit Sensor At raised Not at raised
position position
Detection position
present present
present present
PC123-PC Upper Limit Tray 4 Lift-Up Sensor At raised Not at raised
position position
PC14 Man- Lift-Up Position Bypass Lift-Up Sensor At raised Not at raised
ual Sensor position position
PC13 Paper Empty Bypass Paper Empty Sensor Paper not Paper
present present
260

Panel Display
bizhub C250P
1 0
PC1 Paper Registration Registration Roller Sensor Paper Paper not
Pas- Roller present present
PC2 sage Exit Exit Sensor Paper Paper not
present present
PC4 OHP Detect OHP Sensor OHP Not OHP
PC3 Fusing Loop Fusing Paper Loop Sensor Loop present Loop not
Detect present
PC17 PC Color PC Drive Color PC Drum Main Sensor Blocked Unblocked
Drive Main Sensor
PC18 Detec Color PC Drive Color PC Drum Sub Sensor Blocked Unblocked
t Sub Sensor
PC15 Black PC Drive K PC Drum Main Sensor Blocked Unblocked
Main Sensor
PC16 Black PC Drive K PC Drum Sub Sensor Blocked Unblocked
Sub Sensor
261
bizhub C250P
(2) Sensors 2 (Main Unit, PC-403)

Panel Display
1 0
PC4-LCT LCT Lift-Up Upper Lift-Up Upper Sensor At raised Not at raised
position position
PC13-LCT Lift-Up Lower Lift-Up Lower Sensor At lower limit Not at lower
limit
PC12-LCT Shift Tray Home Shift Tray Home Sensor At home Out of home
PC11-LCT Shift Tray Stop Shift Tray Stop Sensor At stop posi- Not at stop
tion position
PC1-LCT Take-Up Paper Take-up Sensor Paper Paper not
present present
PC2-LCT Vertical Vertical Transport Sensor Paper Paper not
PC3-LCT Paper Empty Paper Empty Board Paper Paper not
present present
PWB-E Main Tray Empty Main Tray Empty Sensor Board Paper Paper not
LCT present present
PC9-LCT Shift Tray Empty Shift Tray Empty Sensor Paper Paper not
present present
PC7-LCT Lower Over Run Lower Over Run Sensor Malfunction Operational
NU1-LCT Manual Button Manual Button Down Board ON OFF
Down
PC14-LCT Division Board Division Board Motor At home Out of home
Position
PC6-LCT Cassette Open Cassette Open Sensor In position Out of posi-
tion
PC8-LCT Shift Motor Pulse Shift Motor Pulse Sensor Blocked Unblocked
PC10-LCT Elevator Motor Elevator Motor Pulse Sensor Blocked Unblocked
Pulse
PCl DU Duplex Set Duplex Unit Door Set Sensor Close Open
PI1 DU Paper Passage1 Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1 Paper Paper not
present present
PC2 DU Paper Passage2 Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 2 Paper Paper not
present present
PC1-HO Hori- Horizontal Paper Sensor Paper not Paper
zontal Transport present present
PC6-HO Trans. Paper Detect Turnover Empty Sensor Paper Paper not
Unit Reverse Sensor present present
PC7 2nd Retraction 2nd Image Transfer Pressure Not Retracted
Trans- Position Sensor Retracted
fer
PC6 Trans- Retraction 1st Image Transfer Pressure/ Not Retracted
fer Belt Retraction Position Sensor Retracted
PC8 Waste Toner Full Waste Toner Full Sensor Blocked Unblocked
Toner
262
(3) Sensors 3 (FS-501, JS-601)
bizhub C250P
Operation Characteris-
Symbol Panel Display Part/Signal Name tics/Panel Display
1 0
PC1-FN Multi Exit (Non-sort1) 1st Tray Exit Sensor Paper Paper not
Staple present present
PC19-FN Finisher Exit (Non-sort3) Job Tray Exit Sensor Paper Paper not
present present
PC3-FN Exit (Finisher) Storage Sensor Paper Paper not
present present
PC4-FN Upper Paper Pass Upper Entrance Sensor Paper Paper not
present present
PC2-FN Transport Lower Lower Entrance Sensor Paper Paper not
present present
PC6-FN Full (Non-sort1) 1st Tray Full Sensor Blocked Unblocked
PC20-FN Full (Non-sort3) Job Tray Full Sensor Paper Paper not
present present
PC7-FN Full (Elev. Tray) Elevator Tray Full Sensor Blocked Unblocked
PC5-FN Empty (Finisher) Finisher Tray Paper Sensor Paper Paper not
present present
PWB-D Surface (Elev.) Elevator Tray Upper Limit Sensor Paper Paper not
FN present present
PC8-FN Empty (Elev.) Elevator Tray Paper Sensor Blocked Unblocked
PC9-FN Home (CD-Align) CD Aligning Home Position Sensor Blocked Unblocked
PC14-FN Staple Standby Staple Home Position Sensor Blocked Unblocked
PC12-FN Home (Store Storage Roller Home Position Sen- Blocked Unblocked
roller) sor
PC13-FN Home (Exit roller) Exit Roller Home Position Sensor Blocked Unblocked
- Staple Home Staple Home 1 Unblocked Blocked
- Staple Empty Staple Empty 1 Unblocked Blocked
- Self Priming Staple Self Priming 1 Unblocked Blocked
S2-FN Elevator Tray Elevator Tray Upper Limit Switch
ON OFF
S3-FN Upper Limit Elevator Tray Upper Limit Switch
PC10-FN Shift Home Shift Home Position Sensor Unblocked Blocked
PC11-FN Shift Motor Pulse Shift Motor Pulse Sensor Unblocked Blocked
263
bizhub C250P
(4) Sensors 4 (FS-603, PK-501)
Symbol Panel Display Part/Signal Name tics/Panel Display
1 0
PI1-FN Sad- Entrance Entrance Sensor Paper Paper not
dle present present
PI2-FN Stitch Paddle Home Paddle Home Position Sensor HP
Fin-
PI3-FN isher Bundle Roller Swing Guide Home Position Sensor HP
Home
PI4-FN Front Align Front Aligning Plate Home Position HP
Sensor
PI5-FN Back Align Rear Aligning Plate Home Position HP
Sensor
PI6-FN Alignment Tray Finisher Tray Sensor Paper Paper not
present present
PI7-FN Home (Exit Belt) Exit Belt Home Position Sensor HP
PI10-FN Crease Position Folding Position Sensor Paper Paper not
present present
PI13-FN Crease Tray Saddle Tray Sensor Paper Paper not
present present
PI11-FN Crease Home Folding Home Position Sensor HP
PI12-FN Crease Roller Folding Roller Home Position Sensor HP
Home
PI14-FN Crease Clock Staple/Folding Motor Clock Sensor
PI8-FN Paper Exit Tray Sensor Paper Paper not
present present
PI9-FN Paper Surface Exit Tray Home Position Sensor Paper
surface
detected
PI15-FN Lift Raised Shift Upper Limit Sensor Upper limit
Position
PI16-FN Lift Lowered Shift Lower Limit Sensor Lower limit
Position
PI17-FN Lift Clock Shift Motor Clock Sensor
— Lift Middle — Paper full
PI18-FN Slide Home Slide Home Position Sensor HP
PI19-FN Stapler Home Staple Drive Home Position Sensor HP
PI20-FN Staple Staple Detecting Sensor Staples No staple
loaded loaded
— Stapler Connect. — Stapler
connection
detected
MS3-FN Stapler Safety SW Staple Safety Switch (Rear) Open
MS4-FN Staple Safety Switch (Front)
PI21-FN Self Prime Self-Priming Sensor READY
PI22-FN Front Door Front Door Open Sensor Open
PI23-FN Upper Cover Upper Cover Open Sensor Open
264
tics/Panel Display
bizhub C250P
Symbol Panel Display Part/Signal Name
1 0
MS1-FN Sad- Front Door SW Front Door Open Sensor Open
— dle Remain in — Paper
Stitch Reverse Section horiz. side
Fin-
MS2-FN isher Joint SW Joint Open Sensor Open
— Punch Punch Depth1 —

— Unit Punch Depth2 —
— Punch Depth3 —
— Punch Depth4 —
— Punch Dust — Punch
trash full
— Punch Timing —
PI3P-PK Punch Motor Punch Motor Clock Sensor Blocked
Clock
PI1P-PK Punch (Home) Punch Home Position Sensor HP
PI2P-PK Punch Depth Side Registration Home Sensor HP
Home
PC6-HO Horizontal Horizontal Unit Door Sensor Blocked Unblocked
Transport Door
(5) Sensors 5 (Main Unit)

• Item on the Sensor 5 is not used.
17.13.2 Table Number
Functions • To display the Vg/Vdc output values calculated for the image density of the test pat-
tern (amount of toner sticking) produced on the Transfer Belt during an AIDC detec-
tion sequence.
• Reference values: C, M, Y K Vdc: around 390 V, Vg: around 550 V
Use • Used for troubleshooting of image problems.
Setting/ • If the value is high, correct so that the image density becomes low.
Procedure • If the value is low, correct so that the image density becomes high.
17.13.3 Level History1
Functions • To display TCR (T/C ratio), IDC/Regist Sensor output values, and fusing temperature.
Setting/ • TCR-C/-M/-Y/-K: Shows the T/C output reading taken last.
Procedure • IDC1/IDC2 : Shows the latest IDC data.
• Temp-Heat : Shows the latest Heating Roller temperature data.
• Temp-Press. : Shows the latest Fusing Pressure Roller temperature data.
“Reading taken last” means

• Density of toner of the latest image
• When a test print is produced by pressing the Start key while Level History 1 is being
displayed.
265
bizhub C250P
17.13.4 Level History2
Functions • IDC Sensor (Transfer Belt bare surface level) as adjusted through the image stabili-
zation sequence and ATVC value.
Setting/ • IDC Sensor: Shows the intensity adjustment value (0 to 255) of the IDC Sensor.
Procedure • ATVC (C, M, Y, K): Shows the first image transfer ATVC adjustment value
(300 V to 3000 V).
• ATVC (2nd) : Shows the second image transfer ATVC adjustment value
(300 V to 5000 V).
17.13.5 Temp. & Humidity
Functions • To display the temperature and humidity of a specific location (AIDC Sensor portion)
inside the machine and fusing temperature.
Use • Used as reference information when a malfunction occurs.
Setting/ • Temp-Inside : 0 to 100 °C in 1 °C increments
Procedure • Temp-Heater : 0 to 255 °C in 1 °C increments
• Temp-press. : 0 to 255 °C in 1 °C increments
• Humidity : 0 to 100 % in 1 % increments
• Absolute Humidity : 0 to 100 in 1 increments
17.13.6 Memory/HDD Adj.

A. Memory Check
Functions • To check correspondence of data written to and that read from memory through
write/read check.
Rough Check
• A check is made to see if the image data reading and writing are correctly made in a
very limited area.
• The progress of the check sequence is displayed in percentage.
Detail Check
• A check is made to see if the image data reading and writing are correctly made at
the addresses and buses in all areas.
• The progress of the check sequence is displayed in percentage.
Use • If the print image is faulty.
Adjustment 1. Call the Service Mode to the screen.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [State Confirmation] → [Memory / HDD Adj.] → [Mem-
ory Check].
3. Select the desired type of check, either Rough Check or Detail Check.
4. Press the Start key to start the check procedure.
5. When the check procedure is completed, the results are shown on the screen.
If the check results are NG, check the memory for connection or replace the memory
with a new one.
✽ Press the Stop key to interrupt the check sequence.
266
B. Compress / Decompression Check
bizhub C250P
Functions • To check whether compression and decompression are carried out properly.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [State Confirmation] → [Memory / HDD Adj.] → [Com-
press / Decompression Check].
3. Pressing the Start key will automatically start to complete a compression/decom-
pression check sequence.
4. The check result will be displayed,
C. Work Memory In/Out Check
Functions • To check to see if input and output of image data of work memory are correctly per-
formed.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [State Confirmation] → [Memory / HDD Adj.] → [Work
Memory In/Out Check].
3. Select either [Input Check], [Output Check], or both.
4. Pressing the Start key will start the work memory input/output operation check
sequence and be terminated automatically.
5. The check result will be displayed, [OK] or [NG].
D. HDD R/W Check
Functions • To check to see if the hard disk is connected properly, and if read/write operation of
the hard disk is correctly performed.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [State Confirmation] → [Memory / HDD Adj.] → [HDD
R/W Check].
3. Pressing the Start key will start the hard disk R/W check sequence and be termi-
nated automatically.
4. The check result will be displayed, [OK] or [NG].
✽ Press the Stop key to interrupt the check sequence.
267
bizhub C250P
E. HDD Format

• If the hard disk is yet to be formatted, the Trouble code “C-D010” will appear. Ignore
• When the hard disk is to be initialized.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [State Confirmation] → [Memory / HDD Adj.] → [HDD
Format].
(1) Physical Format

1. Click [Physical Format].
2. Press the Start key to start the formatting sequence.
(2) Logical Format (Only when initial is set up)

1. Click [Logical Format].
2. Press the Start key to start the formatting sequence.
✽ Formatting the hard disk will erase all data contained in it.
17.13.7 Memory/HDD State
1 Functions • To display the condition and amount of the memory and Hard disk.
• To display the mounting condition of the optional Encryption Board (Security Kit
SC-503).
Use • Use to check the condition and amount of the memory and Hard disk.
• Use to setup the optional Security Kit SC-503.
Setting/ • When an add-on memory is mounted, the machine automatically recognizes it
Procedure and displays its capacity.
• When the Encryption Board is mounted, the machine automatically recognizes it
and displays [Set].
17.13.8 Color Regist
Functions • To check each of C, M, Y, and K for color shift amount.

• The data is updated after a color shift correction has been made or color shift adjust-
ment has been completed.
Use • Use for check when color shift is evident.
• Use for adjustment of PH skew.
Setting/ • For each of C, M, Y, and K, the color shift amount (in X and Y directions) at two loca-
Procedure tions (one at the front and the other in the rear) and the difference in color shift
amount between the front and rear (X and Y directions) are displayed.
• Display unit: dots
• The shift amount is displayed with reference to K for C, M, and Y, and that for K is dis-
played with reference to an ideal position.
268
17.13.9 IU Lot No.
bizhub C250P
Functions • To display the 10-digit lot number for each of C, M, Y, and K IUs.
• The lot number data is stored in EEPROM of each IU.
Use • Use for checking the IU Lot No.
Setting/ • The IU lot number is displayed even with the Front Door opened; however, the display
Procedure is blank, since the machine is unable to read the lot number when the Main Power
Switch is turned ON with the Front Door open. Nonetheless, the lot number will be
displayed when the Front Door is closed.
(The engine obtains the IU lot number information when the Front Door is closed.)
17.13.10 Adjustment Data List
Functions • To display the adjustment and setting value set in the main unit.
Use • Use to check the adjustment and setting value set in the main unit.
269
bizhub C250P
17.14 Test Mode
• To check the image on the printer side by letting the machine produce various types of
test pattern. It also tests the printing operation in running mode.
• The machine searches through the paper sources in the order of Tray 2, Tray 3, Tray 4,
and Tray 1 for paper of the maximum size for printing.
17.14.1 Procedure for Test Pattern Output

1. Click [Test Mode] to display the Test Mode menu.
2. Click the desired test pattern key.
3. Set up the desired functions and press the Start key.
17.14.2 Gradation Pattern
Functions • To produce a gradation pattern.

Use • Used for checking gradation reproducibility.
Pattern
SINGLE
HYPER
Gradation
Cyan
4036fs3042c0
Setting/ • # of Print (“1” to 999)

Procedure • Select “SINGLE” (single print) or MULTI (multi print).

• Select FEET or “HYPER”.
• Select “Gradation” or Resolution if HYPER has been selected.
• Select the color mode.
“Cyan”, Magenta, Yellow, Black (4PC), CMYK, 8Color, 4Color, Black (1PC)
• Black (4PC): Uses four colors.

• Black (1PC): Uses one color of black.
270
17.14.3 Halftone Pattern
bizhub C250P
Functions • To produce a solid halftone pattern.
Use • Used for checking uneven density and pitch noise.
Pattern
SINGLE
HYPER
Gradation
Cyan
Density: 255
4036fs3043c0

• Select FEET or “HYPER.”
“Cyan”, Magenta, Yellow, Black (4PC), Red, Green, Blue, CMYK, 3 Color,
4 Color, Black (1PC), MIX
• Type the density level (0 to “255”).
17.14.4 Lattice Pattern
Functions • To produce a lattice pattern.

Use • Used for checking fine line reproducibility and uneven density.
• A reverse pattern is also used to check for fine line reproducibility of white letters on a
solid background.
Pattern
SINGLE
FEET
Cyan
CD Width: 5
FD Width: 5
Density: 255
Normal
4036fs3044c0

• Select “FEET” or HYPER.
• Select Gradation or Resolution. (Only select HYPER)
“Cyan”, Magenta, Yellow, Black (4PC), Red, Green, Blue, CMYK, 3 Color,
4 Color, Black (1PC)
• Enter CD width and FD width (0 to 191 dots).
• Select “Normal” or Reverse.
271
bizhub C250P
17.14.5 Solid Pattern
Functions • To produce each of the C, M, Y, and K solid patterns.

Use • Used for checking reproducibility of image density.
Pattern
K SINGLE
Y
HYPER
Gradation
Density: 255
M
C
4036fs3045c0

17.14.6 Color Sample
Functions • To produce a color sample.

Use • Used for checking reproducibility of each of the different colors.
Pattern
SINGLE
HYPER
Gradation
4036fs3046c0

• Produce 12-gradation-level patches of C, M, Y, K, R, G, and B, and a patch of each of
the 12 reference colors in the hue circle with lightness and saturation corrected.
272
17.14.7 8 Color Solid Pattern
bizhub C250P
Functions • To produce an 8-color solid pattern.
Use • Used for checking color reproducibility and uneven density of each color.
Pattern
SINGLE
HYPER
Gradation
Density: 255
4036fs3047c0

17.14.8 Running Mode
Functions • To test the printing operation in Running Mode.

Use • Use to check the printing operation in Running Mode from each paper source.
Procedure 2. Click these keys in this order: [Test Mode] → [Running Mode].
3. Select the paper size (Tray 1, Bypass only).
4. Select the paper type.
5. Press the Start key to start the Running Mode.
6. Pressing the Stop key will stop operation.
17.15 Finisher
For details on adjustment, see the Service Manual for Option FS-603.
Functions • To adjust the positions of center staple and folding for the Finisher.
Use • Use when the center staple and folding positions deviate from the correct ones in the
prints made using the Fold & Staple function.
• Upon setup of the Finisher (FS-603).
Adjustment • Center staple position:
Specification The adjustment range is -7.0 mm to +7.0 mm (in 1-mm increments).
• Fold position:
The adjustment range is -7.0 mm to +7.0 mm (in 1-mm increments).
273
bizhub C250P
17.16 Internet ISW
• By using this setting, the Firmware stored in the Server can be downloaded over internet
for upgrading.
• When performing Internet ISW from the control panel of the machine, settings must be
made in advance on the Jig software side.
• For details for upgrading the Firmware, refer to “Firmware upgrade” in the Maintenance
section.
See P.64
1 17.16.1 Internet ISW Set
Functions • To set whether or not to enable each setting for Internet ISW.
Use • To use when upgrading the Firmware by Internet ISW.
• Each setting such as Server setting will be valid by setting this to “ON”.
Procedure
ON “OFF”
274
17.16.2 HTTP Setting
bizhub C250P
• It will be displayed only when [Internet ISW Set] is set to “ON”.
A. Data Input Setting
Functions • To set whether or not to enable downloading using the HTTP Protocol.
Use • To use when accessing the Server using the HTTP Protocol.
• Setting on the Proxy Server will be valid when this setting is “ON”.
Procedure
ON “OFF”
B. Connect Proxy
Functions • To set whether or not to connect via Proxy Server when accessing the Server.
Use • To use when accessing the Server via Proxy Server.
Procedure
ON “OFF”
C. Proxy Server
Functions • To set the Address and the Port Number for the Proxy Server.
Setting/ <Server Address>
Procedure • Enter the IP Address using the Version 4 method or FQDN method.
<Port Number>
• Enter the value between 1 and 65535 using the 10-key pad.
D. Proxy Authentication
Functions • To set the Login name or Password when Authentication is necessary for accessing
the Proxy Server.
Use • To use when Authentication is necessary for accessing the Proxy Server.
Setting/ <Authentication>
Procedure • The default setting is OFF.
ON “OFF”
<Log-in Name>
• Enter the Login name (up to 32 one-byte characters) on the on-screen keyboard.
<Password>
• Enter the Password (up to 32 one-byte characters) on the on-screen keyboard.
E. Connection Time-Out
Functions • To set the time for the Timeout for accessing the Server.
Use • To use when changing the time for the Timeout for accessing the Server.
Setting/ • Enter the value between 30 and 300 (sec.) using the 10-key pad.
Procedure
275
bizhub C250P
17.16.3 FTP Setting
• It will be displayed only when [Internet ISW Set] is set to “ON”.
A. Data Input Setting
Functions • To set whether or not to enable downloading using FTP Protocol.

Use • To use when accessing the Server with FTP Protocol.
• Setting this to “ON” will enable the Proxy Server setting.
Procedure
“ON” OFF
B. Connect Proxy
Functions • To set whether or not to access the Server via Proxy Server.
Procedure
ON “OFF”
C. Proxy Server
Functions • To set the Address and the Port No. of the Proxy Server.
Setting/ <Server Address>
Procedure • Enter the IP Address using the Version 4 method or FQDN method.
<Port Number>
• Enter the value between 1 and 65535 using the 10-key pad.
D. Connection Setting
Functions • To set the Port No. and the time for Timeout when accessing the FTP Server, and
also to set whether or not to enable PASV Mode.
Use • To use when accessing the FTP Server.
• To use when connecting by the PASV (passive) Mode (FTP Server side will inform
the connection port before connecting).
Setting/ <Port Number>
Procedure • Enter the value between 1 and 65535 using the 10-key pad.
<Connection Time Out>

• Enter the value between 1 and 60 (min.) using the 10-key pad.
<PASV Mode>
• The default setting is OFF.
ON “OFF”
276
17.16.4 Forwarding Access Setting
bizhub C250P
A. User ID
Functions • To register the User ID for accessing the Program Server where Firmware is to be
Use stored.
Setting/ 1. Select [User ID].
Procedure 2. Enter the User ID (up to 64 one-byte characters) on the on-screen keyboard.
B. Password
Functions • To register the Password for accessing the Program Server where Firmware is to be
Use stored.
Setting/ 1. Select [Password].
Procedure 2. Enter the Password (up to 64 characters) on the on-screen keyboard.
C. URL
Functions • To register the Address and Directory of the Program Server where the Firmware is
Use to be stored in URL.
Setting/ 1. Select [URL].
Procedure 2. Enter the URL (up to 256 one-byte characters) on the on-screen keyboard.
NOTE
• Enter the URL which format suits the Protocol to be used.
When connecting to http http:// (Host name or IP Address)/ Directory name or
https:// (Host name or IP Address)/Directory name.
When connecting to ftp ftp:// (Host name or IP Address) / Directory name.
D. FileName
Functions • To register the file name of the Firmware data to be downloaded.

Use
Setting/ 1. Select [FileName].
Procedure 2. Enter the File Name (up to 63 one-byte characters) on the on-screen keyboard.
NOTE
• It is not possible to set the start of downloading of Internet ISW from the Jig soft-
ware. Set the start from the control panel of the machine.
277
18. Enhanced Security Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
18. Enhanced Security

bizhub C250P
18.1 Enhanced Security Function Setting Procedure

18.1.1 Procedure
Stop → 0→ Clear
3. Enhanced Security menu will appear.
4037F3E118DA
18.1.2 Exiting
• Click the “Exit”.
18.2 Enhanced Security Function Tree

Service Mode
Enhanced Security CE Password
Administrator Password
CE Authentication
IU Life Stop Setting
278
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 18. Enhanced Security
18.3 Settings in the Enhanced Security
bizhub C250P
18.3.1 CE Password
Functions • To set and change the CE Password.

Use • Use to change the CE Password.
Setting/ • Enter the CE Password (8 digits) on the on-screen keyboard.
Procedure • The initial setting is “92729272.”
Current Password : Enter the currently using CE Password.

New Password : Enter the new CE Password.
Re-Input Password : Enter the new CE Password again.
NOTE
• When the following setting leads to the Password Rules [ON], the password
with the same letters as well as the password which is same as the previous
one cannot be changed.
[Admin. Setting] → [Security Setting]
• NEVER forget the CE password. When forgetting the CE password, call
responsible person of KONICA MINOLTA.
18.3.2 Administrator Password
Functions • To set and change the Administrator Password.

Use • Use to change the Administrator Password.
Setting/ • Enter the Administrator Password (8 digits) on the on-screen keyboard.
Procedure • The initial setting is “12345678.”
New Password : Enter the new Administrator Password.

Re-Input Password : Enter the new Administrator Password again.
NOTE
• When the following setting leads to the Password Rules [ON], the password
with the same letters, the password which is same as the previous one and the
password of less than eight digits cannot be changed.
[Admin. Setting] → [Security Setting]
18.3.3 CE Authentication
Functions • To determine whether or not to authenticate CE Password as entering Service Mode.

Use • Use when authenticating CE Password as entering Service Mode.
Procedure
ON “OFF”
18.3.4 IU Life Stop Setting
Functions • To select whether or not to stop a print cycle when the IU reaches its service life.
Use • Use to select not to stop the print cycle when the IU reaches its service life.
Setting/ The default setting is Stop.
Procedure
“Stop” No Stop
279
19. Billing Setting Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
19. Billing Setting

bizhub C250P
19.1 Billing Setting Function Setting Procedure

19.1.1 Procedure
Stop → 9
3. Billing Setting menu will appear.
4037F3E119DA
19.1.2 Exiting
• Click the “Exit”.
19.2 Billing Setting Function Tree

Service Mode
Billing Setting Counter Setting
Coverage Rate Clear
280
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 19. Billing Setting
19.3 Settings in the Billing Setting
bizhub C250P
19.3.1 Counter Setting
Functions • To set the counting method for the Total Counter and Size Counter.
Use • Use to change the counting method for the counters.
Setting/ Total Counter Mode
Procedure Mode 1: 1 Count per 1 copy cycle (Default: Others 4, Japan)
1 Mode 2: Large Size is double counts
(Default: US, Europe, Others 1, Others 2, Others 3)
Large Size Counter Mode
1 • A3/11 x 17 : When it exceeds 279 mm in the main scan
direction and 420 mm in the sub scan direc-
tion (exceeds 399 mm at FAX scan), it is
regarded as the Large Size.
• A3/B4/11 x 17/8 1/2 x 14 : When it exceeds 215 mm in the main scan
regarded as the Large Size.
• A3/11 x 17/B4/8 1/2 x 14/Foolscap : When it exceeds 203 mm in the main scan
regarded as the Large Size (However the size
in the main scan direction changes according
to the Foolscap Size Setting.)
• Not counted (Default: Others 4, Japan)

• A3 and 11 x 17 (Default: US)
• A3, B4, 11 x 17, and 8 1/2 x 14 (Default: Europe, Others 1, Others 2, Others 3)
• A3, B4, Foolscap, 11 x 17, 11 x 14, and 8 1/2 x 14
✽ Count-up Table
Printing 1-Sided 2-Sided

Sizes other than Sizes other than
Size Large Sizes Large Sizes
Large Sizes Large Sizes
Mode Mode Mode Mode Mode
Type 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
Total 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 4
Size 0 0 1 1 0 0 2 2
2-sided Total 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1
0: No count; 1: 1 count; 2: 2 counts; 3: 3 counts; 4: 4 counts
1 Long Length Paper Counter Mode

• When printing on the long paper (457.3 mm or over), the counting value will be the
total of the value set by the large size counter mode and the value by this setting.
• The default setting is Mode 4.
Mode 1 : + 0 count
Mode 2 : + 1 count
Mode 3 : + 2 counts
Mode 4 : + 3 counts
281
19. Billing Setting Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
bizhub C250P
19.3.2 Coverage Rate Clear
Functions • To clear the coverage rate.

Use • Use to clear the coverage rate.
Setting/ • The default setting is Unset.
Procedure
Set “Unset”
• Clicking “END” key will clear the coverage rate.

282
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 20. Procedure for Resetting
20. Procedure for Resetting
bizhub C250P
20.1 Trouble resetting
Functions • If the all troubles occur and the status would not be cleared by turning Main Power
Switch OFF and ON again, or opening and closing the front door, clear the status of
the machine.
Use • To be used when the status would not be cleared by turning Main Power Switch OFF
and ON again, or opening and closing the front door in case of a trouble.
Setting/ 1. Turn OFF the Main Power Switch.
Procedure 2. Turn main power switch ON while pressing the Menu/Select key.
4. Check to make sure that the “Trouble Reset” will be displayed on the control Panel
after LED turns OFF.
5. Pressing the Menu/Select key.
6. Check to make sure that “OK” is displayed and the it has been reset.
7. After turning off the Main Power Switch, turn it on again more than 10 seconds after
and check if the machine starts correctly.
20.2 Contents to be cleared by Reset function
Items for clearing Main power Initialization

Front Door Trouble
switch System
Open/Close resetting Data Clear
Contents to be cleared Off/On Error Clear
Jam display  
Rank A Fusing   
Malfunction
Rank B   
display
Rank C   
Erratic operation / display    
Utility Mode
(Except items on Expert    
adjustment.)
Service Mode (System 1/2)     *1
Billing Setting Counter Setting    
: Will be cleared (initialized)

-: Will not be cleared
*1: Items to be cleared

Foolscap Size Setting
System 1 Install Date
No Sleep
System 2 HDD
283
21. Mechanical adjustment Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
21. Mechanical adjustment

bizhub C250P
21.1 Mechanical adjustment of the bypass tray section

21.1.1 Adjustment of the Bypass Paper Size Unit
This adjustment must be made in the following case:
• The Bypass Paper Size Unit has been removed.
[3]
1. Install the gear so that the protrusion
[1] of the gear [1] and the mark [3] on
the Bypass Guide Rack Gear [2] are
aligned in a straight line.
[2]
[3]
[2]
4038F3C003DA
[1] 2. Install the Bypass Unit Cover so that

part A (edge) [2] of the Rack Gear [1]
for the Bypass Paper Size Unit and

[2] part B [3] of the Bypass Unit Cover
are aligned in a straight line.
[3]
4038F3C004DB
284
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 21. Mechanical adjustment
3. When the Bypass Paper Size Unit

base is mounted, align the lever
bizhub C250P
position of the Bypass Paper Size
Unit with the tab at the center in a
straight line.
4038F3C512DA
4. After the Bypass Paper Size Unit base has been mounted, check that the lever of the
Bypass Paper Size Unit moves smoothly in a manner operatively connected to the
Bypass Guide.
5. Call the Service Mode to the screen and select [Machine] → [Manual Bypass Tray
Adjustment] of the Jig software. Then, carry out Manual Bypass Tray Adjustment.
See P.224
285
bizhub C250P
21.2 PH Unit Mechanical Adjustment
1 21.2.1 Skew Adjustment
This adjustment must be made in the following case:
• When PH Unit is replaced.
1. Turn ON the main power switch.

2. Select [Service Mode] → [Test
Mode] → [Gradation Pattern] of the
Jig software and output the test pat-
tern with the following conditions.
Conditions: SINGLE, HYPER,
Gradation, 4 Color
4038F3E513DA
3. Using the output test pattern, check
if each color of CMYK is printed in
correct pattern.
If the pattern is not correct, any trou-
bles such as connecting failure in PH
Unit of the corresponding color may
occur, which should be modified.
If there isn’t any problem, proceed to
step 4.
4. Select [Service Mode] → [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [Stabilizer] → [Initialize +
Image Stabilization] of the Jig software.
5. After image stabilization is completed, display [Service Mode] → [State Confirmation]
→ [Color Regist] of the Jig software and check if the Step Value: X of each color C, M,
Y, is within the specification.
Specification: within ± 4
4038F3E515DA
286
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 21. Mechanical adjustment
• If either value is out of the specifica-

tion, follow the procedures shown
bizhub C250P
below to adjust it to satisfy the specifi-
cation.
• If the value of all color, C, M, Y satisfy
the specification, proceed to step 10.
7. Turn the Skew adjustment dial of the
corresponding PH with flathead
screwdriver.
• To the left : When the step value
goes - direction
4038F3C006DB
• To the right : When the step value
goes + direction
<Adjustment sample>
If the yellow value, among the step values confirmed in step 5, is [-5], which means
out of the specification, turn the skew adjustment dial of PH (Yellow) to the left
(- direction) for 5 clicks.
NOTE
• Do not execute the skew adjustment of Black PH Unit.
8. Close the Front door and select [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [Stabilizer] → [Initial-
ize + Image Stabilization] of the Jig software.
9. After image stabilization is completed, display [Service mode] → [State Confirmation]
→ [Color Regist] of the Jig software again and check if the Step Value: X of each color
C, M, Y is within the specification.
NOTE
• Each color’s Step value displayed on [Color Regist] changes every time the image
stabilization is conducted. Therefore the value may change even if skew adjust-
ment is not made.
• If either value is out of the specification, repeat step 6 to 9 to continue the adjustment
until all C, M, Y colors satisfy the specification.
10. Exit the Service Mode.
287
bizhub C250P
Blank Page
288
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 22. Jam Display
Troubleshooting
bizhub C250P
22. Jam Display
22.1 Misfeed Display
• When the paper misfeed occurs, the error LED will be ON and the message will be dis-
played on the control panel.
Ready to print Error LED will be ON
LED will be OFF
Paper Misfeed at
JA/JB/JH
Paper misfeed code will be displayed

4038F4E522DA
Code Code
Misfeed Location Misfeed Processing Location
*1 *2
JA 1101 Tray 1 take-up Right Door
JH 3001 2nd Image Transfer
JB 1201 Tray 2 take-up Tray 2 Right Door
JG 2001 Vertical Transport
JE 1001 Manual Bypass take-up Manual Bypass Slide Board
JC 1501 LCT take-up LCT Right Door
JI 9301 Duplex Unit transport Duplex Unit Right Door
JF 9201 Duplex Unit pre-registration
JC 1301 Tray 3 take-up Paper Feed Unit Right Door
JD 1401 Tray 4 take-up
Troubleshooting
JI 3201 Fusing, Exit Right Door
JJ 7403 Horizontal transport Horizontal transport cover
JJ 7401 Finisher: Transport Section FS- 501 Finisher Door
JK 7402 Finisher: Stapler Section
7404
JL 7405 Finisher: Exit Section
JT 7406 Finisher: Job Tray Exit Section
JJ 7401 Finisher: Turnover Section Horizontal transport cover
JK 7403 Finisher: Stapler Section FS-603 Finisher Door
7404
JQ 7405 Finisher: Punch Section
JR 7407 Finisher: Transport Section
JS Finisher: Folding Position Section
*1: Code displayed on the control panel
*2: Code displayed in time-series JAM of the Machine Management List
289
22. Jam Display Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
bizhub C250P
22.2 Misfeed Display Resetting Procedure
• Open the corresponding door, clear the sheet of paper misfeed, and close the door.
22.3 Sensor layout

• System Mounted with PC-203.
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[10]
Troubleshooting
4038F4C519DA
[1] Exit Sensor PC2 [6] Tray 2 Paper Take-Up Sensor PC9-PC
[2] Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1 PC1 DU [7] Tray 3 Vertical Transport Sensor PC117-PC
[3] Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 2 PC2 DU [8] Tray 3 Take-up Sensor PC116-PC
[4]*1 Registration Roller Sensor PC1 [9] Tray 4 Vertical Transport Sensor PC126-PC
[4]*1 OHP Sensor PC4 [10] Tray 4 Take-up Sensor PC125-PC
[5] Tray 2 Vertical Transport Sensor PC8-PC
*1: Two different types of sensors are located in the area near [4].
290
• System Mounted with PC-403
bizhub C250P
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[8]
4038F4C520DA
[1] Exit Sensor PC2 [5] Tray 2 Vertical Transport Sensor PC8-PC
[2] Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1 PC1 DU [6] Tray 2 Paper Take-Up Sensor PC9-PC
[3] Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 2 PC2 DU [7] Vertical Transport Sensor PC2-LCT
Troubleshooting
[4]*1 Registration Roller Sensor PC1 [8] Paper Take-up Sensor PC1-LCT
[4]*1 OHP Sensor PC4
*1: Two different types of sensors are located in the area near [4].
291
bizhub C250P
22.4 Solution
22.4.1 Initial Check Items
• When a paper misfeed occurs, first make checks of the following initial check items
Check Item Action

Does paper meet product specifications? Change paper.
Change paper.
Is paper curled, wavy, or damp.
Instruct user in correct paper storage.
Is a foreign object present along the paper path, or is the
Clean or change the paper path.
paper path deformed or worn?
Are the Paper Separator Fingers dirty, deformed, or Clean or change the defective Paper Sepa-
worn? rator Finger.
Are rolls/rollers dirty, deformed, or worn? Clean or change the defective roll/roller.
Are the Edge Guide and Trailing Edge Stop at correct
Set as necessary.
position to accommodate paper?
Are actuators found operational as checked for correct
Correct or change the defective actuator.
operation?
Troubleshooting
292
22.4.2 Misfeed at Tray 1 feed section
bizhub C250P
A. Detection Timing
Type Description
Detection of The leading edge of the paper does not block the Registration Roller Sensor
misfeed at Tray 1 (PC1) even after the lapse of a given period of time after the Tray 1 Paper Feed
feed section Clutch (CL2) has been energized.
Tray 1 Feed Rise timing of load for registration is earlier than the one for making the loop at
section front of the Registration Roller at Tray 1 feed.
Loop Registration
Reversing JAM
B. Action
Relevant Electrical Parts

Tray 1 Paper Feed Clutch (CL2) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Registration Roller Sensor (PC1)
Step Action
1 Initial check items
2 PC1 I/O check, Sensor check
3 CL2 operation check
4 Change PWB-M
Troubleshooting
293
bizhub C250P
22.4.3 Misfeed at 2nd Image Transfer section
A. Detection Timing
Type Description
Detection of The leading edge of the paper does not block the Exit Sensor (PC2) even after the
misfeed at 2nd lapse of a given period of time after the Registration Roller Clutch (CL1) has been
Image Transfer energized.
section The Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) is not unblocked even after the lapse of a
given period of time after it has been blocked by the paper.
Detection of paper The Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) is blocked when the Main Power Switch is
left in 2nd Image turned ON, a door or cover is opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is
Transfer section reset.
The OHP Sensor (PC4) is blocked when the Main Power Switch is turned ON, a
door or cover is opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is reset.
The Exit Sensor (PC2) is blocked when the Image Transfer Belt Unit is being
cleaned.
Misfeed detected Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) does not transmit the paper even after the lapse
as a result of of a given period of time after the paper has blocked PC1 at Tray 1 feed.
delayed deactiva-
tion of sensor
2nd Image Rise timing of load for registration is earlier than the one for making loop at front of
Transfer section the Registration Roller when the sensor at front of the Registration Roller is
Loop Registration blocked at Paper feed.
Reversing JAM
B. Action

Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Exit Sensor (PC2)
OHP Sensor (PC4)
Registration Roller Clutch (CL1)
Step Action
Troubleshooting

6 Change PWB-M
294
22.4.4 Misfeed at Tray 2 feed, Tray 2 vertical transport section
bizhub C250P
A. Detection Timing
Type Description
Detection of The leading edge of the paper does not block the Tray 2 Vertical Transport Sensor
misfeed at Tray 2 (PC8-PC) even after the lapse of a given period of time after the Tray 2 Paper
feed section Feed Motor (M1-PC) has been energized.
Detection of The Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) is not blocked even after the lapse of a
misfeed at Tray 2 given period of time after the paper has blocked the Tray 2 Vertical Transport Sen-
vertical transport sor (PC8-PC).
section Tray 2 Vertical Transport Sensor (PC8-PC) does not transmit the paper even after
the lapse of a given period of time after the paper has blocked PC8-PC.
Tray 2 Vertical Rise timing of load for registration is earlier than the one for making the loop at
Transport section front of the Registration Roller at Tray 2 feed.
Loop Registration
Reversing JAM
Detection of paper Tray 2 Vertical Transport Sensor (PC8-PC) is blocked when the Main Power
left in Tray 2 Switch is turned ON, a door or cover is opened and closed, or a misfeed or mal-
function is reset.
Tray 2 Paper Take-Up Sensor (PC9-PC) is blocked when the Main Power Switch
is turned ON, a door or cover is opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is
reset.
B. Action

Tray 2 Paper Take-Up Sensor (PC9-PC) Tray 2 Control Board (PWB-Z-PC)
Tray 2 Vertical Transport Sensor (PC8-PC) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Tray 2 Paper Feed Motor (M1-PC)
Step Action
2 PC9-PC I/O check, Sensor check
Troubleshooting
5 M1-PC operation check
6 Change PWB-Z-PC
7 Change PWB-M
295
bizhub C250P
22.4.5 Misfeed at Manual Bypass feed section
A. Detection Timing
Type Description
Detection of The leading edge of the paper does not block the Registration Roller Sensor
misfeed at Manual (PC1) even after the lapse of a given period of time after the Bypass Paper Feed
Bypass feed Clutch (CL5) has been energized.
section
Manual Bypass Rise timing of load for registration is earlier than the one for making the loop at
feed section front of the Registration Roller at Bypass feed.
Loop Registration
Reversing JAM
B. Action

Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Bypass Paper Feed Clutch (CL5)
Step Action
4 Change PWB-M
Troubleshooting
296
22.4.6 Misfeed at LCT feed and LCT vertical transport section (PC-403)
bizhub C250P
A. Detection Timing
Type Description
Detection of The leading edge of the paper does not block the Paper Take-up Sensor (PC1-
misfeed at LCT LCT) or Vertical Transport Sensor (PC2-LCT) even after the lapse of a given
feed section period of time after the Take-up Motor (M1-LCT) has been energized.
Detection of The Tray 2 Vertical Transport Sensor (PC8-PC) is not blocked even after the lapse
misfeed at LCT of a given period of time after the paper has blocked the Vertical Transport Sensor
vertical transport (PC2-LCT).
section The Vertical Transport Sensor (PC2-LCT) is not unblocked even after the lapse of
a given period of time after it has been blocked by the paper.
LCT Vertical Rise timing of load for registration is earlier than the one for making the loop at
Transport section front of the Registration Roller at LCT feed.
Loop Registration
Reversing JAM
Detection of paper The Vertical Transport Sensor (PC2-LCT) is blocked when the Main Power Switch
left in LCT is turned ON, a door or cover is opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is
reset.
B. Action

Paper Take-up Sensor (PC1-LCT) Control Board (PWB-C1 LCT)
Vertical Transport Sensor (PC2-LCT) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Tray 2 Vertical Transport Sensor (PC8-PC)
Take-up Motor (M1-LCT)
Step Action
3 PC1-LCT I/O check, Sensor check
4 PC2-LCT I/O check, Sensor check
6 M1-LCT operation check
Troubleshooting
7 Change PWB-C1 LCT
8 Change PWB-M
297
bizhub C250P
22.4.7 Misfeed at Tray 3 Feed and Tray 3 vertical transport section (PC-103/PC203)
A. Detection Timing
Type Description
misfeed at Tray 3 (PC117-PC) even after the lapse of a given period of time after the Tray3 Take-up
feed or Vertical Motor (M122-PC) has been energized.
Transport Section The Tray 2 Vertical Transport Sensor (PC8-PC) is not blocked even after the lapse
of a given period of time after the paper has blocked the Tray 3 Vertical Transport
Sensor (PC117-PC).
The Tray 3 Vertical Transport Sensor (PC117-PC) is not unblocked even after the
lapse of a given period of time after it has been blocked by the paper.
Loop Registration
Reversing JAM
Detection of paper The Tray 3 Vertical Transport Sensor (PC117-PC) is blocked when the Main
left in Tray 3 Power Switch is turned ON, a door or cover is opened and closed, or a misfeed or
malfunction is reset.
The Tray 3 Take-Up Sensor (PC116-PC) is blocked when the Main Power Switch
reset.
B. Action

Tray 3 Take-Up Sensor (PC116-PC) Control Board (PWB-C2 PC)
Tray3 Take-up Motor (M122-PC)
Step Action
Troubleshooting

7 Change PWB-C2 PC
8 Change PWB-M
298
22.4.8 Misfeed at Tray 4 Feed and Tray 4 vertical transport section (PC203)
bizhub C250P
A. Detection Timing
Type Description
misfeed at Tray 4 (PC126-PC) even after the lapse of a given period of time after the Tray4 Take-up
feed or Vertical Motor (M123-PC) has been energized.
Transport Section The Tray 3 Vertical Transport Sensor (PC117-PC) is not blocked even after the
lapse of a given period of time after the paper has blocked the Tray 4 Vertical
Transport Sensor (PC126-PC).
The Tray 4 Take-Up Sensor (PC125-PC) is not unblocked even after the lapse of a
given period of time after it has been blocked by the paper.
Loop Registration
Reversing JAM
Detection of paper The Tray 4 Vertical Transport Sensor (PC126-PC) is blocked when the Main
left in Tray 4 Power Switch is turned ON, a door or cover is opened and closed, or a misfeed or
malfunction is reset.
The Tray 4 Take-Up Sensor (PC125-PC) is blocked when the Main Power Switch
reset.
B. Action

Tray 4 Take-Up Sensor (PC125-PC) Control Board (PWB-C2 PC)
Tray4 Take-up Motor (M123-PC)
Step Action
Troubleshooting
7 Change PWB-C2 PC
8 Change PWB-M
299
bizhub C250P
22.4.9 Misfeed at Duplex transport section (AD-503)
A. Detection Timing
Type Description
Detection of The Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 2 (PC2 DU) is not blocked even after the lapse
misfeed at Duplex of a given period of time after the paper has blocked the Duplex Unit Transport
Transport section Sensor 1 (PC1 DU).
The Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1 (PC1 DU) is not unblocked even after the
The Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 2 (PC2 DU) is not unblocked even after the
Detection of paper Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1 (PC1 DU) or Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 2
left in Duplex (PC2 DU) is blocked when the Main Power Switch is turned ON, a door or cover is
Transport Section opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is reset.
B. Action

Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1 (PC1 DU) Duplex Control Board (PWB-A DU)
Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 2 (PC2 DU) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Duplex Unit Switchback Motor (M1 DU)
Duplex Unit Transport Motor (M2 DU)
Step Action
2 PC1 DU I/O check, Sensor check
4 M1 DU operation check
6 Change PWB-A DU
7 Change PWB-M
Troubleshooting
300
22.4.10 Misfeed at Duplex Unit pre-registration section (AD-503)
bizhub C250P
A. Detection Timing
Type Description
Detection of The Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) is not blocked even after the lapse of a
misfeed at Duplex given period of time after a Duplex paper feed sequence has been started.
pre-registration
section
Duplex Unit Pre- Rise timing of load for registration is earlier than the one for making the loop at
registration section front of the Registration Roller at pre-registration feed.
Loop Registration
Reversing JAM
detection
B. Action

Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) Duplex Control Board (PWB-A DU)
Duplex Unit Switchback Motor (M1 DU) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Duplex Unit Transport Motor (M2 DU)
Step Action
5 Change PWB-A DU
6 Change PWB-M
Troubleshooting
301
bizhub C250P
22.4.11 Misfeed at Fusing/Exit section
A. Detection Timing
Type Description
Detection of PC2 is not unblocked even after the lapse of a given period of time after the paper
misfeed at Fusing/ has blocked the Exit Sensor (PC2).
Exit Section The Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1 (PC1 DU) is not blocked even after the lapse
of a given period of time after the Exit Sensor (PC2) has been unblocked by the
paper during a switchback sequence.
Detection of paper Exit Sensor (PC2) is blocked when the Main Power Switch is turned ON, a door or
left in Exit Section cover is opened and closed, or a misfeed or malfunction is reset.
B. Action

Exit Sensor (PC2) Duplex Control Board (PWB-A DU)
Duplex Unit Transport Sensor 1 (PC1 DU) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
4 Change PWB-A DU
5 Change PWB-M
Troubleshooting
302
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 23. Malfunction code
23. Malfunction code
bizhub C250P
23.1 Alert code
• Machine status will be self diagnosed by CPU circuit. The machine status will be dis-
played on the control panel when the warning is detected.
Ready to print LED will be ON Error LED will be OFF
Machine status
5/21/26
Alert code will be displayed

4038F4E522DA
23.1.1 Alert list

• If an image stabilization fault occurs, the corresponding warning code appears.
Code Item Description

P-5 IDC Sensor (Front) failure • All outputs of Sensor photoreceiver section from the
P-28 IDC Sensor (Back) failure detection point (unprinted surface on the Image Trans-
fer Belt) are 0.5 V or less or 4.3 V or more at output
checking during IDC/Registration Sensor adjustment.
• All outputs of Sensor photoreceiver section from the
detection point (unprinted surface on the Image Trans-
fer Belt) are 1.9 V or less or 4.4 V or more at density
setting during IDC/Registration Sensor adjustment.
• The output of Sensor photoreceiver section from the
detection point (toner pattern on the Image Transfer
Belt) is 1.0 V or less after the adjustment.
P-6 Cyan Imaging Unit failure • All density readings taken from the density pattern pro-
P-7 Magenta Imaging Unit failure duced on the Transfer Belt are 0.5 g/m2 (IDC Sensor
photoreceiver output) or less during max. density
Troubleshooting
P-8 Yellow Imaging Unit failure adjustment (Vg/Vdc adjustment).
P-9 Black Imaging Unit failure • All density readings taken from the density pattern pro-
duced on the Transfer Belt are 4.5 g/m2 (IDC Sensor
Photoreceiver output) or more during max. density
adjustment (Vg/Vdc adjustment.)
P-21 Color Shift Test Pattern failure • The number of points detected in the main scan direc-
tion is more or less than the specified value during
main scan direction registration correction.
• The number of points detected in the Sub Scan Direc-
tion is more or less than the specified value during sub
scan direction registration correction.
303
23. Malfunction code Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
Code Item Description

bizhub C250P
P-22 Color Shift Adjust failure • The color shift amount is greater than the specified
range during main scan direction registration correction.
• The color shift amount is greater than the specified
range during sub scan direction registration correction.
• The skew correction amount is greater than the speci-
fied value.
P-26 1st Image Transfer ATVC (K) failure • An abnormal average value is detected during an
adjustment of the first image transfer ATVC value of
Black.
P-27 2nd Image Transfer ATVC failure • An abnormal average value is detected during an
adjustment of the second image transfer ATVC value.
P-29 1st Image Transfer ATVC (color) • An abnormal average value is detected during an
failure adjustment of the first image transfer ATVC value of
color.
P-30 Color PC Drum Sensor malfunction • The output from the Color PC Drive Main and Sub Sen-
sors remains unchanged for a continuous period of
1,000 ms while the Color PC Drum Motor is turning sta-
bly and the Lock signal is active (LOW-0).
P-31 Black PC Drum Sensor malfunction • The output from the Black PC Drive Main and Sub Sen-
sors remains unchanged for a continuous period of
1,000 ms while the Main Motor is turning stably and the
Lock signal is active (LOW-0).
23.2 Solution
*1: How to check the error sensor
1. Set the Service Jig.
LED turns OFF.
6. Start the Jig software and check to make sure the Start-up Dialog will be displayed.
7. Click the OK key in the dialogue.
8. Check to make sure that the Start screen will be displayed on the PC.
9. Check to make sure that the Start screen will change to the Panel screen.
Troubleshooting

11. Click the Details key.
12. Click the keys below.
STOP → 0 → 0 → STOP → 0 → 1
14. Display the Sensor check from the Service mode.
15. Close the front door to run “Stabilizer.”
16. During the Stabilizer sequence, check if the values of the phase detection sensors
(Color PC Drive Main/Sub and Black PC Drive Main/Sub Sensors) change.
17. A sensor is faulty if its value does not change.
304
23.2.1 P-5: IDC Sensor (Front) failure
bizhub C250P
23.2.2 P-28 IDC Sensor (Back) failure

IDC / Registration Sensor /1 (SE1) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
IDC / Registration Sensor /2 (SE2) High Voltage Unit (HV1)
Image Transfer Belt Unit
Step Action
1 Wipe clean the surface of the Transfer Belt with a soft cloth, if it is dirty
2 Change the Image Transfer Belt Unit if the Transfer Belt is damaged.
3 Reinstall or reconnect SE1 or SE2 if it is installed or connected improperly.
4 Clean SE1 or SE2 if it is dirty
5 Check the HV1 connector for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Open and close the Front Door, run an image stabilization sequence, and select
[State Confirmation] → [Level History 1] to check the IDC value.
6
IDC1: SE1, IDC2: SE2
If the value is 1.0 V or less, change SE1 or SE2.
7 Change PWB-M
Troubleshooting
305
bizhub C250P
23.2.3 P-6: Cyan Imaging Unit failure
23.2.4 P-7: Magenta Imaging Unit failure
23.2.5 P-8: Yellow Imaging Unit failure
23.2.6 P-9: Black Imaging Unit failure

Imaging Unit /C Image Transfer Belt Unit
Imaging Unit /M High Voltage Unit (HV1)
Imaging Unit /Y
Imaging Unit /K
Step Action
Select [Imaging Process Adjustment] → [D Max Density] and, if the setting value is negative,
1
readjust.
2 Check the drive transmission portion of the Imaging Unit and correct as necessary.
Clean the IDC / Registration Sensor /1 (SE1) or IDC / Registration Sensor /2 (SE2) window if
3
dirty.
4 Clean the contact of the Imaging Unit connector if dirty.
5 Check the HV1 connector for proper connection and correct as necessary.
6 Change Imaging Unit.
7 Change the Image Transfer Belt Unit.
23.2.7 P-21: Color Shift Test Pattern failure

Image Transfer Belt Unit
Step Action
1 Wipe clean the surface of the Transfer Belt with a soft cloth, if it is dirty.
2 Change the Image Transfer Belt Unit if the Transfer Belt is damaged.
23.2.8 P-22: Color Shift Adjust failure

Troubleshooting

IDC / Registration Sensor /1 (SE1) IDC / Registration Sensor /2 (SE2)
Step Action
1 Slide out the Imaging Unit and reinstall it in position.
2 Reinstall or reconnect SE1 or SE2 if it is installed or connected improperly.
3 Check the Vertical Transport Guide for installed position and correct as necessary.
306
23.2.9 P-26: 1st image transfer ATVC (Black) failure
bizhub C250P
23.2.10 P-27: 2nd image transfer ATVC failure
23.2.11 P-29: 1st image transfer ATVC (Color) failure

High Voltage Unit (HV1) Image Transfer Belt Unit
Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
Check the contact of the Transfer Belt Unit and that of HV1 for connection and clean or correct
1
the contact as necessary.
2 Change the Image Transfer Belt Unit.
3 Change HV1.
4 Change PWB-M.
23.2.12 P-30: Color PC Drum Sensor malfunction

Color PC Drive Main Sensor (PC17) Transport Drive Assy
Color PC Drive Sub Sensor (PC18) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
1 Perform the faulty sensor check procedure.
Check the sensor, for which a faulty condition has been checked, for installed position and
2
proper connector connection.
3 Wipe the sensor, for which a faulty condition has been checked, clean of dirt if any.
4 If P-30 occurs again, change the Transport Drive Assy.
5 Change PWB-M.
23.2.13 P-31: Black PC Drum Sensor malfunction

Black PC Drive Main Sensor (PC15) Transport Drive Assy
Black PC Drive Sub Sensor (PC16) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Troubleshooting
Step Action
1 Perform the faulty sensor check procedure.
Check the sensor, for which a faulty condition has been checked, for installed position and
2
proper connector connection.
3 Wipe the sensor, for which a faulty condition has been checked, clean of dirt if any.
4 If P-31 persists, change the Transport Drive Assy.
5 Change PWB-M.
307
bizhub C250P
23.3 Call Service (Trouble Code)
• Machine status will be self diagnosed by CPU circuit. The Trouble Code will be displayed
on the control panel when the error is detected.
Ready to print LED will be OFF Error LED will be ON
Trouble C-xxxx
Call Service
Call Service will be displayed

4038F4E522DA
23.3.1 Call Service list

* For the details of the Call Service of the options, see the Service Manual for the corre-
sponding option.
Code Item Description Rank

C0001 LCT Connection failed See PC-403 Service Manual. B
C0102 LCT Vertical Transport Motor
B
malfunction
C0204 Tray 2 Elevator failure • The Lift-Up Sensor is not blocked even after the
lapse of a given period of time after the lifting B
motion has been started.
C0206 Tray 3 Elevator failure See PC-103/PC-203 Service Manual. B
C0208 Tray 4 Elevator failure B
C0209 LCT Elevator Motor malfunction See PC-403 Service Manual.
B
(Elevator malfunction)
C0210 LCT ascent motion failure B
C0211 Manual Tray Rise Descent Error • The Bypass Lift-Up Sensor is not blocked even
when the Tray 2 Vertical Transport Motor has
Troubleshooting
turned for a given number of pulses after the

sequence to move the Paper Lifting Plate from the
standby position to the feed position was started.
B
• The Bypass Lift-Up Sensor is not unblocked even
when the Tray 2 Vertical Transport Motor has
turned for a given number of pulses after the
sequence to move the Paper Lifting Plate from the
feed position to the standby position was started.
C0212 LCT ejection failure See PC-403 Service Manual. B
C0213 LCT Shift Gate malfunction B
C0214 LCT shifting failure B
C0215 LCT Shift Motor malfunction B
C0301 Suction Fan Motor's failure to • The Fan Lock signal remains HIGH for a predeter-
turn mined continuous period of time while the Motor B
remains stationary.
308
bizhub C250P
C1180 Finishing option transport See FS-501 or FS-603 Service Manual.
B
system malfunction
C1181 Finishing option Paddle Motor
B
malfunction
C1182 Finishing option Shift Motor
B
mechanism malfunction
C1183 Finishing option Elevator drive
B
malfunction
C1190 Finishing option Aligning Bar
B
moving mechanism malfunction
C1192 Finishing option Front Aligning
B
Motor malfunction
C1193 Finishing option Rear Aligning
B
Motor malfunction
C11A1 Finishing option Exit Roller
B
pressure/retraction failure
C11A2 Finishing option Storage Roller
B
pressure/retraction failure
C11A4 Finishing option Exit Motor
B
malfunction
C11B0 Finishing option Stapler Unit CD
B
drive failure
C11B1 Finishing option Stapler Unit
B
Slide Motor malfunction
C11B2 Finishing option stapling
B
mechanism malfunction 1
C11B4 Finishing option Staple/Folding
B
Motor malfunction
1 C11C0 Punch Motor malfunction B
C11C1 Finishing option Punch Cam
C
Motor drive failure
C11C2 Finishing option Punch Unit
C
Board malfunction
Troubleshooting
C11C3 Finishing option Punch Side
C
Registration Motor malfunction
C11C5 Finishing option Punch Sensor
C
malfunction
C1401 Finishing option Backup RAM
B
failure
309

bizhub C250P
C2151 2nd Image Transfer Roller • The 2nd Image Transfer Pressure Position Sensor
Separation doesn’t turn ON (Retracting) even after the lapse
of a given period of time after the 2nd Image
Transfer Pressure/Retraction Motor has started
rotating during the 2nd Image Transfer Roller is
retracting.
B
• The 2nd Image Transfer Pressure Position Sensor
doesn’t turn OFF (Pressuring) even after the
lapse of a given period of time after the 2nd
Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Motor has
started rotating during the 2nd Image Transfer
Roller is pressuring.
C2152 Transfer Belt Separation • The 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Posi-
tion Sensor doesn't turn ON (Retracting) even
after the lapse of a given period of time after the
1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Clutch
has turned ON during the Transfer Belt is retract-
ing.
B
• The 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Posi-
tion Sensor doesn't turn OFF (Pressuring) even
has turned ON during the Transfer Belt is pressur-
ing.
C2253 Color PC Drum Motor's failure to • The Motor Lock signal remains HIGH for a prede-
turn termined continuous period of time while the B
Motor is turning.
C2254 Color PC Drum Motor's turning • The Motor Lock signal remains LOW for a prede-
at abnormal timing termined continuous period of time while the B
Motor remains stationary.
C2255 Color Developing Motor's failure • The Motor Lock signal remains HIGH for a prede-
to turn termined continuous period of time while the B
Motor is turning.
C2256 Color Developing Motor's turning • The Motor Lock signal remains LOW for a prede-
at abnormal timing termined continuous period of time while the B
C2451 Image Transfer Belt Unit New • A new installation is not detected when a new
Troubleshooting
B
Article Release Image Transfer Belt Unit is installed.
C2551 Abnormally low toner density • TC ratio in the developing machine, which is
detected Cyan TCR Sensor determined by Toner replenishing amount control
B
mechanism, is 5 % or less for a given number of
times consecutively.
C2552 Abnormally high toner density • TC ratio in the developing machine, which is
detected Cyan TCR Sensor determined by Toner replenishing amount control
B
mechanism, is 12 % or more for a given number
of times consecutively.
detected Magenta TCR Sensor determined by Toner replenishing amount control
B
310
bizhub C250P
detected Magenta TCR Sensor determined by Toner replenishing amount control
B
detected Yellow TCR Sensor determined by Toner replenishing amount control
B
detected Yellow TCR Sensor determined by Toner replenishing amount control
B
detected Black TCR Sensor determined by Toner replenishing amount control
B
detected Black TCR Sensor determined by Toner replenishing amount control
B
C2559 Cyan TCR Sensor adjustment • TCR Sensor automatic adjustment does not func-
B
failure tion properly, failing to adjust to an appropriate
C255A Magenta TCR Sensor value.
B
adjustment failure
C255B Yellow TCR Sensor adjustment
B
failure
C255C Black TCR Sensor adjustment
B
failure
C2651 Cyan Imaging Unit EEPROM • The re-written data, which has been read out,
C
access error checked and founded as error, is read out again
C2652 Magenta Imaging Unit EEPROM and found as error.
• The error was found when reading out the counter C
access error
value.
C2653 Yellow Imaging Unit EEPROM
C
access error
C2654 Black Imaging Unit EEPROM
Troubleshooting
C
access error
C2A01 Cyan Toner Cartridge EEPROM • The re-written data, which has been read out,
C
access error checked and founded as error, is read out again
C2A02 Magenta Toner Cartridge and found as error.
• The error was found when reading out the counter C
EEPROM access error
value.
C2A03 Yellow Toner Cartridge
C
EEPROM access error
C2A04 Black Toner Cartridge EEPROM
C
access error
C3301 Fusing Cooling Fan Motor/1’s • The Fan Lock signal remains HIGH for a predeter-
failure to turn mined continuous period of time while the Motor B
remains stationary.
C3302 Fusing Cooling Fan Motor/2’s • The Fan Lock signal remains HIGH for a predeter-
remains stationary.
311

bizhub C250P
C3451 Heat. Heater Trouble • The Heating Roller Thermistor/1 (TH1) and the
Heating Roller Thermistor/2 (TH3) fails to raise a
given degree of temperature even after the lapse
of a given period of time after the Heating Roller
Heater lamp/1 (H1) is turned ON.
• The detected temperature of the Heating Roller
Thermistor/1 (TH1) is lower for a given level of A
degree than one of the Fusing Pressure Roller
Thermistor/1 (TH2) after the Front Door is opened
or closed, the Main Power Switch is turned ON or
TROUBLE RESET is implemented.
• The counter value of zero cross signal input is not
updated for a given period of time.
C3452 Press. Heater Trouble • The Fusing Pressure Roller Thermistor/1 (TH2)
fails to raise a given degree of temperature even
Fusing Pressure Heater Lamp (H3) is turned ON.
• The detected temperature of the Fusing Pressure
A
Roller Thermistor/1 (TH2) is lower for a given
level of degree than one of the Heating Roller
Thermistor/1 (TH1) after the Front Door is opened
or closed, the Main Power Switch is turned ON or
TROUBLE RESET is implemented.
C3461 New Fusing Unit New Article • A new installation is not detected when a new
B
Release Fusing Unit is installed.
C3751 Abnormal High Temp. (Heater) • The temperatures of the Heating Roller Ther-
mistor/1 (TH1) and the Heating Roller Thermistor/
2 (TH3) are higher than a given level of degree for A
1 second or more uninterruptedly.
• The Heater Relay is OFF.
C3752 Abnormal High Temp. (Press) • The temperature of the Fusing Pressure Roller
Thermistor/1 (TH2) is higher than a given level of
degree for 1 second or more uninterruptedly
before the Heater temperature control starts.
A
• The temperature of the Fusing Pressure Roller
Thermistor/1 (TH2) is higher than a given level of
degree for 1 second or more uninterruptedly after
the Heater temperature control starts.
Troubleshooting
C3851 Abnormal Low Temp. (Heater) • The temperature of the Heating Roller Ther-
mistor/1 (TH1) is lower than a given level of
degree for 1 second or more uninterruptedly dur-
ing Ready mode, Low Power mode or printing.
A
• The temperature of the Heating Roller Ther-
mistor/2 (TH3) is lower than a given level of
C3852 Abnormal Low Temp. (Press) • The temperature of the Fusing Pressure Roller
Thermistor /1 (TH2) is lower than a given level of
A
312
bizhub C250P
C3A01 Paper Stuck to Fuser Heater • The temperature of the Heating Roller Thermistor
Roller /1 (TH1) goes down by a given level of degree
compared to the temperature of a given period of A
time before when the paper passes on the Timing
Roller and blocks the Exit Sensor (PC2).
C3A02 Paper Stuck to Fuser Pressure • The temperature of the Fusing Pressure Roller
Roller Thermistor /1 (TH2) goes down by a given level of
degree compared to the temperature of a given
A
period of time before when the paper passes on
the Timing Roller and blocks the Exit Sensor
(PC2).
C4151 Polygon Motor/C failure to turn • The Polygon motor fails to turn stably even after B
C4152 Polygon Motor/M failure to turn the lapse of a given period of time after activating B
the Polygon motor.
C4153 Polygon Motor/Y failure to turn • Motor Lock signal detects H for a given period B
C4154 Polygon Motor/K failure to turn time consecutively during the Polygon motor is
B
rotating.
C4551 Laser malfunction (Cyan) • SOS signal is not detected even after the lapse of B
C4552 Laser malfunction (Magenta) a given period of time after staring the laser out- B
put.
C4553 Laser malfunction (Yellow) • SOS signal is not detected for a given period of B
C4554 Laser malfunction (Black) time during printing or IDC sensor adjustment. B
C4705 Image Output Time Out • No image data is output from the MFP Control
C
Board (PWB-MFP).
C4761 Compression hardware timeout • The hardware involved with the compression
function offered by the MFP Control Board (PWB- C
MFP) does not respond.
C4765 Extraction hardware timeout • The hardware involved with the extraction func-
tion offered by the MFP Control Board (PWB- C
MFP) does not respond.
C4770 JBIG0 Error • The MFP Control Board (PWB-MFP) is faulty. C
C4771 JBIG1 Error C
C4772 JBIG2 Error C
C4773 JBIG3 Error C
C4780 Compressor 0 command buffer
C
Troubleshooting
stop failure
C
stop failure
C
stop failure
C
stop failure
C5102 Main Motor's failure to turn • The Motor Lock signal remains HIGH for a prede-
termined continuous period of time while the B
Motor is turning.
C5103 Main Motor turning at abnormal • The Motor Lock signal remains LOW for a prede-
timing termined continuous period of time while the B
313

bizhub C250P
C5351 Power Supply Cooling Fan • The Fan Lock signal remains HIGH for a predeter-
Motor/1's failure to turn mined continuous period of time while the Motor B
remains stationary.
C5353 Cooling Fan Motor 2’s failure to • The Fan Lock signal remains HIGH for a predeter-
remains stationary.
C5354 Ozone Ventilation Fan Motor's • The Fan Lock signal remains HIGH for a predeter-
remains stationary.
C5357 Cooling Fan Motor/1’s failure to • The Fan Lock signal remains HIGH for a predeter-
remains stationary.
C5358 Power Supply Cooling Fan • The Fan Lock signal remains HIGH for a predeter-
Motor/2's failure to turn mined continuous period of time while the Motor B
remains stationary.
CA051 Standard controller configuration • The controller of the MFP Control Board (PWB-
C
failure MFP) is faulty.
CA052 Controller hardware error • A controller hardware error is detected in the net-
C
work I/F.
CA053 Controller start failure • A controller start failure is detected in the control-
C
ler interface.
CC151 ROM contents error upon • A fault is detected in a sequence of ROM contents
C
startup (MSC) check of the MSC (PWB-MFP) during starting
startup (PRT) check of the Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M) C
during starting.
startup (PH) check of the PH Interface Board (PWB-D) during C
starting.
CC163 ROM contents error (PRT) • The wrong model of firmware is detected in the
engine during the initial connection to the engine C
is being checked.
CD002 JOB RAM save error • The error in save of JOB data to the Memory/
C
Hard Disk and its read error are detected.
CD004 Hard disk access error • Unable to communicate between the hard disk
Troubleshooting
C
and MFP Control Board (PWB-MFP).
CD005 Hard Disk Error 1 • Hard disk is faulty. C
CD006 Hard Disk Error 2 C
CD00A Hard Disk Error 6 C
CD00B Hard Disk Error 7 C
CD00C Hard Disk Error 8 C
CD00D Hard Disk Error 9 C
CD00E Hard Disk Error A C
CD00F Hard disk data transfer error • Data transfer from the hard disk is faulty. C
CD010 Hard disk unformat • Unformatted hard disk is connected. C
314
bizhub C250P
CD011 Hard disk specifications error • A hard disk that falls outside the specifications is
C
connected.
1 CD020 Hard disk verify error • The data abnormality is detected by the HDD ver-
C
ify check.
CD2## Trouble related to Security • Contact the responsible people of KONIKA
-
MINOTLTA before taking some countermeasures.
1 CD3## NVRAM Data error • Abnormality is detected by the abnormal check of
-
each NVRAM Data.
CDC## Trouble related to Security • Contact the responsible people of KONIKA
-
MINOTLTA before taking some countermeasures.
CE001 Abnormal message queue • MFP Control Board (PWB-MFP) is faulty. C
CE002 Message and Method parameter
C
failure
CE003 Task error C
CE004 Event error C
CE005 Memory access error C
CE006 Header access error C
CE007 DIMM initialize error C
CEEE1 MSC undefined malfunction • An undefined malfunction occurs in the MSC of
C
occurring the MFP Control Board (PWB-MFP).
CEEE3 Engine Section undefined • An undefined malfunction occurs in the Engine
C
malfunction Section (PWB-M, etc.).
• The machine displays an abort code (CF###) on the Control Panel as it becomes unable
to process tasks properly through its software control.
• When the system program is aborted, check the electrical component, unit, option, and
connection relating to the specific type of the abort condition.
Relevant Electrical
1 Code Item Components, Units, and Rank
Options
CF001 CT_SingleList Table Abnormal • MFP Control Board C
CF002 CT_DoubleList Table Abnormal • MFP Control Board C
Troubleshooting
CF003 CT_DoubleList Table Abnormal • MFP Control Board C
CF004 CT_Queue Full Abnormal • MFP Control Board C
CF011 ArrayLink Abnormal • MFP Control Board C
An exceptional
CF012 FAT Link Abnormal • MFP Control Board C
instance occurred
CF013 File Size Abnormal due to the unex- • MFP Control Board C
CF021 setDelayMessage Table pected Parameter in • MFP Control Board
the System F/W. C
OverFlow
CF022 procSetBootParamTcpipAd- • MFP Control Board
C
dress() injustice
CF023 MsgQue OverFlow • MFP Control Board C
CF031 getJobPageToIPE() page • MFP Control Board
C
number injustice
315
Relevant Electrical
bizhub C250P
Options
CF032 getJobHDDPageToIPE() page • MFP Control Board
C
number injustice
CF033 setDivTbl() limitation over • MFP Control Board C
CF034 HDDQUEUE Over Flow • MFP Control Board C
CF041 getAPPPtrFromAPPID() • MFP Control Board
An exceptional C
abnormal
instance occurred
CF042 getAPPIndexFromAPPID() due to the unex- • MFP Control Board
C
abnormal pected Parameter in
CF051 CC_InputPageEntry:operator[] the System F/W. • MFP Control Board
C
page injustice
CF061 IdeCommand_Set() status • MFP Control Board
C
Abnormal
CF062 IdeCommand_Set() parameter • MFP Control Board
C
Abnormal
CF091 PCI ASIC1 ERROR ASIC1 Error • MFP Control Board C
CF101 SCAN TIME OUT Image transfer • MFP Control Board
C
malfunctions
CF111 Compress TIME OUT • MFP Control Board C
CF112 Compress Table OverFlow • MFP Control Board C
CF113 Compress Table check Compression • MFP Control Board C
CF121 Expand TIME OUT malfunctions • MFP Control Board C
CF122 Expand Table OverFlow • MFP Control Board C
CF123 Expand ExpandLine Abnormal • MFP Control Board C
CF131 Print TIME OUT Image transfer • MFP Control Board
C
malfunctions
CF201 startIRReadAnd • MFP Control Board
C
Compress()Sequence
CF202 startWorkSave()Sequence • MFP Control Board
C
Troubleshooting
Abnormal
CF203 convAPItoIJCParameter()page • MFP Control Board
C
Abnormal
CF204 calcCompresserUse()CmpEx- An exceptional • MFP Control Board
C
pID Abnormal instance occurred
CF211 setParameterBandColorPlane() due to the unex- • MFP Control Board
C
Table OverFlow pected Parameter in
CF212 convAPItoIJCParameter()page the System F/W. • MFP Control Board
C
Abnormal
CF213 calcExpandUse() CmpExpID • MFP Control Board
C
Abnormal
CF221 startPrintOutput outputsize zero • MFP Control Board C
CF222 Next request comes during • MFP Control Board
C
processing of startPrintOutput ()
316
Relevant Electrical
Code Item Components, Units, and Rank
bizhub C250P
1
Options
CF223 Next request comes during An exceptional • MFP Control Board
processing of startWorkLoad- instance occurred
Output () due to the unex- C
pected Parameter in
the System F/W.
CF300 Image transfer Error • MFP Control Board
IR Bus Check Timeout C
on IR Input Bus
CF411 Parity error • MFP Control Board C
CF421 Overrun error • MFP Control Board C
CF431 Parity error + Overrun error • MFP Control Board C
CF441 Framing error • MFP Control Board C
CF451 Parity error + Framing error • MFP Control Board C
CF461 Overrun error + Framing error • MFP Control Board C
CF471 Parity error + Overrun error + • MFP Control Board
C
Framing error Communication Error
CF412 Parity error (between IR-Sys- • MFP Control Board C
CF422 Overrun error tems) • MFP Control Board C
CF472 Parity error + Overrun error + • MFP Control Board
C
Framing error
CF510 Parity error • MFP Control Board C
CF540 Overrun error • MFP Control Board C
CF570 Parity error + Overrun error + Communication Error • MFP Control Board
Troubleshooting
(IR detected) C
Framing error
CF580 Frame distortion of ADF • MFP Control Board C
CF600 Report receiving of print start • MFP Control Board/
C
that is out of sequence Engine
CF601 Report receiving of paper feed- • MFP Control Board/
C
ing that is out of sequence Engine
CF604 Outside IF/Command Queue • MFP Control Board C
CF614 “Output sequence” Queue An exceptional • MFP Control Board C
CF624 Panel LCD date Queue instance occurred • MFP Control Board C
CF704 Common data “Delete-waiting due to the unex- • MFP Control Board
HDD accumulated job ID” pected Parameter in C
Queue the System F/W.
CF714 IRC/Command Queue • MFP Control Board C
317
Relevant Electrical
bizhub C250P
Options
CF724 Engine/Command Queue • MFP Control Board/
C
Engine
CF734 Panel/Command Queue • MFP Control Board/
C
Control Panel
CF744 File Memory Transfer start-wait- • MFP Control Board
C
ing Command Queue
CF754 File Memory Compression • MFP Control Board
C
requesting Command Queue
CF764 Panel instruction delete job • MFP Control Board
C
Queue
CF774 Warning delete job Queue An exceptional • MFP Control Board C
instance occurred
CF784 Application instruction delete job • MFP Control Board
due to the unex- C
Queue
pected Parameter in
CF794 Output page information for the System F/W. • MFP Control Board
C
Duplex back side Queue
CF7A4 Paper feed completion output • MFP Control Board
C
pate information Queue
CF7B4 Exposure compaction output • MFP Control Board
C
page information Queue
CF7C4 Pre-discharge completion output • MFP Control Board
C
page information Queue
CF7D4 Touch panel coordinate data • MFP Control Board
C
Queue
CF7E4 Direct Key data Queue • MFP Control Board C
CF802 SIO Sending Port...ENG • MFP Control Board/
C
Engine
CF806 SIO Sending Port...IRC • MFP Control Board C
CF810 SIO Sending Port...Jig software • Jig software connection
C
cable / MFP Control Board
CF812 SIO Sending Port...Fiery • MFP Control Board C
CF815 SIO Sending Port...PIC/PIC Terminal • MFP Control Board C
Troubleshooting
CF8ED SIO Sending Port...EPNet • MFP Control Board C

CF902 SIO Receiving Port...ENG • MFP Control Board/
C
Engine
CF906 SIO Receiving Port...IRC • MFP Control Board C
CF910 SIO Receiving Port...Jig software • Jig software connection
C
cable / MFP Control Board
CF912 SIO Receiving Port...Fiery • MFP Control Board C
CF915 SIO Receiving Port...PIC/PIC Terminal • MFP Control Board C
CF9ED SIO Receiving Port...EPNet • MFP Control Board C
CFA01 getOneImgTransInfoFromTh() An exceptional • MFP Control Board
C
No applied thread instance occurred
CFA02 chkEnableAllocExec() default due to the unex- • MFP Control Board
error pected Parameter in C
the System F/W.
318
Relevant Electrical
bizhub C250P
1
Options
CFA03 setTransBandAndRepeatNum() • MFP Control Board
C
error
CFA04 Application ID error • MFP Control Board C
CFA05 Thread selection image process- • MFP Control Board
C
ing mode error
CFA06 getOneImgIndexNumFromTh() • MFP Control Board
C
No applied thread
CFA07 setBufBandFromOut() • MFP Control Board
C
No applied thread
CFA08 chkStartOutput() No applied • MFP Control Board
C
thread
CFA09 rptReleaseMemResultACS() • MFP Control Board
C
No applied thread
CFA10 rptEndBandTrans() No applied • MFP Control Board
C
thread
CFA11 cancelTransExec() No applied • MFP Control Board
C
thread
CFA12 CC_ImgTransInfo:allocTransIn- • MFP Control Board
C
dex
CFA13 CC_MultiThreadProfile:rptBuf2 • MFP Control Board
C
MemClrEnd
CFA21 Outside image input start An exceptional • MFP Control Board C
CFA22 Inside image outside output start instance occurred • MFP Control Board C
due to the unex-
CFA23 Engine Input start pected Parameter in • MFP Control Board C
CFA24 Buffer memory → File memory the System F/W. • MFP Control Board
C
transfer Start
CFA25 BTC compression/CMM start • MFP Control Board C
CFA26 Inside image PCIBridegDMA • MFP Control Board
C
input/output start
CFA27 File memory → Buffer memory • MFP Control Board
C
transfer Start
Troubleshooting
CFA28 BTC extension start • MFP Control Board C
CFA29 JPEG compression start • MFP Control Board C
CFA30 JPEG extension start • MFP Control Board C
CFA31 Software resolution conversion • MFP Control Board
C
start
CFA32 Hardware resolution conversion • MFP Control Board
C
start
CFA33 Software rotating processing • MFP Control Board
C
start
CFA34 Other Sequence malfunction • MFP Control Board C
CFA35 Buffer Array malfunction • MFP Control Board C
CFA36 Thread Service malfunction • MFP Control Board C
CFA37 Input image height 0 • MFP Control Board C
CFA38 Output image width 0 • MFP Control Board C
319
Relevant Electrical
bizhub C250P
Options
CFA41 pcbuf_exinput.cpp,h • MFP Control Board C
CFA42 pcbuf_inout.cpp,h • MFP Control Board C
CFA43 pcbuf_exoutput.cpp,h • MFP Control Board C
CFA61 DMA A • MFP Control Board C
CFA62 DMA B • MFP Control Board C
CFA63 DMA C • MFP Control Board C
CFA64 DMA D • MFP Control Board C
CFA65 DMA E • MFP Control Board C
An exceptional
CFA66 DMA F instance occurred • MFP Control Board C
CFA67 DMA G due to the unex- • MFP Control Board C
pected Parameter in
CFA68 DMA H • MFP Control Board C
the System F/W.
CFA69 DMA I • MFP Control Board C
CFA70 DMA J • MFP Control Board C
CFA71 Interruption • MFP Control Board C
CFA72 Common register setting • MFP Control Board C
CFA73 PCIBridgeDMA • MFP Control Board C
CFA74 BTC compression/Extension • MFP Control Board
C
device
CFA75 CMM • MFP Control Board C
CFB52 DMA_A error interruption Error concerning • MFP Control Board
Data transmission
C
Bus or hardware
(IR Input system)
CFB53 DMA_B error interruption Error concerning • MFP Control Board C
CFB54 DMA_C error interruption Data transmission • MFP Control Board
Bus or hardware C
(inside the Board)
CFB55 DMA_D 0 error interruption • MFP Control Board/
C
Engine
CFB56 DMA_D 1 error interruption Error concerning • MFP Control Board/
Troubleshooting
Data transmission C
Engine
Bus or hardware
CFB57 DMA_D 2 error interruption (Engine output sys- • MFP Control Board/
C
tem) Engine
CFB58 DMA_D 3 error interruption • MFP Control Board/
C
Engine
CFB59 DMA_E error interruption • MFP Control Board C
CFB5A DMA_F error interruption • MFP Control Board C
CFB5B DMA_G error interruption Error concerning • MFP Control Board C
Data transmission
CFB5C DMA_H error interruption Bus or hardware • MFP Control Board C
CFB5D DMA_I error interruption (inside the Board) • MFP Control Board C
CFB5E DMA_J error interruption • MFP Control Board/
C
Engine
320
Relevant Electrical
bizhub C250P
1
Options
CFB5F Watch Dog Timer Error An exceptional • MFP Control Board
interruption instance occurred
due to the unex- C
pected Parameter in
the System F/W.
CFB60 PCI slave error interruption • MFP Control Board/Local
C
I/F Board
CFB61 Local bus error interruption An exceptional • MFP Control Board
instance occurred
due to the unex- C
pected Parameter in
the System F/W.
CFB6E Underrun at DMA_D 0 image • MFP Control Board
C
output interface 1
CFB6F Underrun at DMA_D 1 image Error concerning • MFP Control Board
Data transmission C
output interface 1
Bus or hardware
CFB70 Underrun at DMA_D 2 image (Engine output sys- • MFP Control Board
C
output interface 1 tem)
CFB71 Underrun at DMA_D 3 image • MFP Control Board
C
output interface 1
CFB72 Underrun at DMA_G image out- • MFP Control Board
C
put interface 1
CFB73 Overflow at DMA_A/B image An exceptional • MFP Control Board
instance occurred C
output interface 1
due to the unex-
CFB74 Underrun at DMA_F ASIC 1 pected Parameter in • MFP Control Board
C
image output interface the System F/W.
CFB75 Overflow at DMA_C ASIC 1 • MFP Control Board
C
image input interface
CFB76 Target abort • MFP Control Board C
CFB77 Master abort • MFP Control Board C
CFB78 Forced stoppage • MFP Control Board C
CFB79 Retry error detection of PCI • MFP Control Board
C
Troubleshooting
master
CFB7A Master read data parity error PCI Bus connection • MFP Control Board C
Device error
CFB7B Master write data parity error • MFP Control Board C
CFB7C System error • MFP Control Board C
CFB7D Slave read data parity error • MFP Control Board C
CFB7E Slave write data parity error • MFP Control Board C
CFB7F Address parity error • MFP Control Board C
CFB96 DMA-M error interruption • MFP Control Board C
CFB97 DMA-N0 error interruption • MFP Control Board C
CFB9A DMA-N3 error interruption • MFP Control Board C
321
Relevant Electrical
bizhub C250P
Options
CFC01 Color Number faulty • MFP Control Board C
CFC02 Thread Sequence malfunction • MFP Control Board C
CFC03 Thread Service Sequence mal- An exceptional • MFP Control Board
C
function instance occurred
CFC04 Thread Message Q malfunction due to the unex- • MFP Control Board C
pected Parameter in
CFC12 Output of output buffer 2 sur- • MFP Control Board
the System F/W. C
passes clear.
CFC13 Image transfer control informa- • MFP Control Board
C
tion acquisition malfunction
CFD00 ASIC10 Timeout Number of DMA under operation and • MFP Control Board
C
transfer completion line=0: DMA_A0
C
C
C
transfer completion line=0: DMA_B0
C
C
C
transfer completion line=0: DMA_C
C
transfer completion line=0: DMA_D
C
transfer completion line=0: DMA_E
C
transfer completion line=0: DMA_F
CFD0A ASIC10 Timeout Number of DMA under operation and • MFP Control Board
C
transfer completion line=0: DMA_G
Troubleshooting
CFD0B ASIC10 Timeout Number of DMA under operation and • MFP Control Board
C
transfer completion line=0: DMA_H0
CFD0C ASIC10 Timeout Number of DMA under operation and • MFP Control Board
C
CFD0D ASIC10 Timeout Number of DMA under operation and • MFP Control Board
C
CFD0E ASIC10 Timeout Number of DMA under operation and • MFP Control Board
C
transfer completion line=0: DMA-I
CFD0F ASIC10 Timeout Number of DMA under operation and • MFP Control Board/
C
transfer completion line=0: DMA-J Engine
C
transfer completion line=0: DMA PCI Bridge
C
transfer completion line=0: DMA 19 ASIC1
322
Relevant Electrical
bizhub C250P
1
Options
C
transfer completion line=0: DMA JPEG
C
transfer completion line=0: DMA NO
C
transfer completion line=0: DMA-N
CFE00 ASIC10 Timeout Number of DMA under operation and • MFP Control Board
C
C
transfer completion line≠0: DMA_A1
C
transfer completion line≠0: DMA_A2
C
transfer completion line≠0: DMA_B0
C
C
C
transfer completion line≠0: DMA_C
C
transfer completion line≠0: DMA_D
C
transfer completion line≠0: DMA_E
C
transfer completion line≠0: DMA_F
CFE0A ASIC10 Timeout Number of DMA under operation and • MFP Control Board
C
transfer completion line≠0: DMA_G
CFE0B ASIC10 Timeout Number of DMA under operation and • MFP Control Board
C
transfer completion line≠0: DMA_H0
CFE0C ASIC10 Timeout Number of DMA under operation and • MFP Control Board
C
Troubleshooting
CFE0D ASIC10 Timeout Number of DMA under operation and • MFP Control Board
C
CFE0E ASIC10 Timeout Number of DMA under operation and • MFP Control Board
C
transfer completion line≠0: DMA-I
CFE0F ASIC10 Timeout Number of DMA under operation and • MFP Control Board/
C
transfer completion line≠0: DMA-J Engine
C
transfer completion line≠0: DMAPCI Bridge
C
transfer completion line≠0: DMA19 ASIC1
C
transfer completion line≠0: DMA JPEG
C
transfer completion line≠0: DMA NO
323
Relevant Electrical
bizhub C250P
Options
C
transfer completion line=0: DMA-N
CFF00 ASIC10 Timeout Waiting state of DMA band prepara- • MFP Control Board
C
tion register setting:DMA_A0
C
C
C
tion register setting:DMA_B0
C
C
C
tion register setting:DMA_C
C
tion register setting:DMA_D
C
tion register setting:DMA_E
C
tion register setting:DMA_F
CFF0A ASIC10 Timeout Waiting state of DMA band prepara- • MFP Control Board
C
tion register setting:DMA_G
CFF0B ASIC10 Timeout Waiting state of DMA band prepara- • MFP Control Board
C
tion register setting:DMA_H0
CFF0C ASIC10 Timeout Waiting state of DMA band prepara- • MFP Control Board
C
CFF0D ASIC10 Timeout Waiting state of DMA band prepara- • MFP Control Board
C
CFF0E ASIC10 Timeout Waiting state of DMA band prepara- • MFP Control Board
C
tion register setting:DMA-I
Troubleshooting
CFF0F ASIC10 Timeout Waiting state of DMA band prepara- • MFP Control Board
C
tion register setting:DMA-J
C
tion register setting:DMA PCI Bridge
C
tion register setting:DMA 19 ASIC1
C
tion register setting:DMA JPEG
C
tion register setting:DMA NO
C
tion register setting: DMA-N
324
23.4 How to reset
bizhub C250P
• Different malfunction resetting procedures apply depending on the rank of the Call Ser-
vice.
* List of Malfunction Resetting Procedures
Call Service Rank Resetting Procedures

• Trouble Reset
Rank A
See P.284
Rank B • Opening/Closing the front door
Rank C • Turning main power switch OFF/ON
23.5 Solution
23.5.1 C0204: Tray 2 Elevator failure

Tray 2 Lift-Up Sensor (PC7-PC) Tray 2 Control Board (PWB-Z-PC)
Tray 2 Lift-Up Motor (M3-PC)
Step Action
1 Check the M3-PC connector for proper connection and correct as necessary.
2 Check the connector of M3-PC for proper drive coupling and correct as necessary.
5 Change PWB-Z-PC
23.5.2 C0211: Manual Tray Rise Descent Error

Bypass Lift-Up Sensor (PC14) Tray 2 Control Board (PWB-Z-PC)
Tray 2 Vertical Transport Motor (M2-PC)
Step Action
1 Check the M2-PC connector for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Troubleshooting
2 Check the connector of M2-PC for proper drive coupling and correct as necessary.
5 Change PWB-Z-PC
325
bizhub C250P
23.5.3 C0301: Suction Fan Motor’s failure to turn

Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M) Right Door Assy
Step Action
1 Check the connector of motor for proper connection and correct as necessary.
2 Change the Right Door Assy
3 Change PWB-M
23.5.4 C2151: 2nd Image Transfer Roller Separation

Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M) Right Door Assy
Step Action
2 Change the Right Door Assy
Change PWB-M
23.5.5 C2152: Transfer Belt Separation

1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction Position Main Motor (M1)
Sensor (PC6) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
(CL3)
Step Action
1 Check the M1 connector for proper connection and correct as necessary.
4 M1 operation check
5 Change PWB-M
Troubleshooting
23.5.6 C2253: Color PC Drum Motor’s failure to turn

Color PC Drum Motor (M2) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
2 Check the connector of motor for proper drive coupling and correct as necessary.
3 Check the PWB-M connector for proper connection and correct as necessary.
4 M2 operation check (C0018)
5 Change PWB-M
326
23.5.7 C2254: Color PC Drum Motor’s turning at abnormal timing
bizhub C250P
Color PC Drum Motor (M2) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
2 Change PWB-M
23.5.8 C2255: Color Developing Motor’s failure to turn

Color Developing Motor (M3) DC Power Supply (PU1)
Step Action
2 Check the connector of motor for proper drive coupling and correct as necessary.
3 Check the PU1 connector for proper connection and correct as necessary.
6 Change PU1
7 Change PWB-M
23.5.9 C2256: Color Developing Motor’s turning at abnormal timing

Color Developing Motor (M3) DC Power Supply (PU1)
Step Action
2 Change PU1
3 Change PWB-M
Troubleshooting
23.5.10 C2451: Transfer Cleaner Unit New Article Release

Step Action
1 Reinstall Unit
2 Change PWB-M
327
bizhub C250P
23.5.11 C2551: Abnormally low toner density detected Cyan TCR Sensor
23.5.12 C2553: Abnormally low toner density detected Magenta TCR Sensor
23.5.13 C2555: Abnormally low toner density detected Yellow TCR Sensor

Imaging Unit /C Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Imaging Unit /M MFP Control Board (PWB-MFP)
Imaging Unit /Y
Toner Supply Motor C/K (M6)
Toner Supply Motor Y/M (M7)
Step Action
1 Perform image troubleshooting procedure if image density is low.
2 Clean the TCR Sensor window on the underside of the Imaging Unit if dirty
3 M6, M7 operation check
4 Reinstall Imaging Unit
5 Change Imaging Unit
6 Change PWB-M
7 Change PWB-MFP.
23.5.14 C2552: Abnormally high toner density detected Cyan TCR Sensor
23.5.15 C2554: Abnormally high toner density detected Magenta TCR Sensor
23.5.16 C2556: Abnormally high toner density detected Yellow TCR Sensor

Imaging Unit /Y
Step Action
Troubleshooting
4 Change PWB-M
5 Change PWB-MFP
328
23.5.17 C2557: Abnormally low toner density detected Black TCR Sensor
bizhub C250P
Imaging Unit /K Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7) MFP Control Board (PWB-MFP)
Step Action
1 Perform image troubleshooting procedure if image density is low.
5 Change Imaging Unit /K
6 Change PWB-M
7 Change PWB-MFP.
23.5.18 C2558: Abnormally high toner density detected Black TCR Sensor

MFP Control Board (PWB-MFP)
Step Action
1 Correct the TCR connection on the underside of the Imaging Unit if faulty.
4 Change PWB-M
5 Change PWB-MFP
23.5.19 C2559: Cyan TCR Sensor adjustment failure

23.5.20 C255A: Magenta TCR Sensor adjustment failure
23.5.21 C255B: Yellow TCR Sensor adjustment failure
Troubleshooting
Imaging Unit /Y
Toner Supply Motor Y/M (M6)
Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7)
Step Action
2 M6, M7 operation check
5 Change PWB-M
6 Change PWB-MFP
329
bizhub C250P
23.5.22 C255C: Black TCR Sensor adjustment failure

Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7) MFP Control Board (PWB-MFP)
Step Action
1 Clean or correct each contact of the Imaging Unit if faulty.
3 Reinstall Imaging Unit /K
5 Change PWB-M
6 Change PWB-MFP
23.5.23 C2651: Cyan Imaging Unit EEPROM access error

23.5.24 C2652: Magenta Imaging Unit EEPROM access error
23.5.25 C2653: Yellow Imaging Unit EEPROM access error
23.5.26 C2654: Black Imaging Unit EEPROM access error

Imaging Unit /M
Imaging Unit /Y
Imaging Unit /K
Step Action
1 Clean the connection between the Imaging Unit and the machine if dirty
4 Change PWB-M
23.5.27 C2A01: Cyan Toner Cartridge EEPROM access error

23.5.28 C2A02: Yellow Toner Cartridge EEPROM access error
Troubleshooting
23.5.29 C2A03: Magenta Toner Cartridge EEPROM access error

23.5.30 C2A04: Black Toner Cartridge EEPROM access error

Toner Cartridge /C Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Toner Cartridge /M
Toner Cartridge /Y
Toner Cartridge /K
Step Action
1 Clean the connection between the Toner Cartridge and the machine if dirty
2 Reinstall Toner Cartridge
3 Change Toner Cartridge
4 Change PWB-M
330
23.5.31 C3301: Fusing Cooling Fan Motor /1’s failure to turn
bizhub C250P
Fusing Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M11) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
2 Check the fan for possible overload and correct as necessary.
4 Change PWB-M
23.5.32 C3302: Fusing Cooling Fan Motor /2’s failure to turn

Fusing Cooling Fan Motor/2 (M13) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
4 Change PWB-M
23.5.33 C3451: Heat. Heater Trouble

23.5.34 C3452: Press. Heater Trouble
23.5.35 C3751: Abnormal High Temp. (Heater)
23.5.36 C3752: Abnormal High Temp. (Press)
23.5.37 C3851: Abnormal Low Temp. (Heater)
23.5.38 C3852: Abnormal Low Temp. (Press)

Fusing Unit DC Power Supply (PU1)
Troubleshooting
Step Action
1 Check the Fusing Unit for correct installation (whether it is secured in position).
Check the Fusing Unit, PWB-M and PU1 for proper connection and correct or change as neces-
2
sary.
3 Change Fusing Unit
4 Change PWB-M
5 Change PU1
331
bizhub C250P
23.5.39 C3461: Fusing Unit New Article Release

Fusing Unit Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
2 Check the Fusing Unit, PWB-M for proper connection and correct or change as necessary.
3 Reinstall Fusing Unit
5 Change PWB-M
23.5.40 C3A01: Paper Stuck to Fuser Heater Roller

23.5.41 C3A02: Paper Stuck to Fuser Pressure Roller

Fusing Unit DC Power Supply (PU1)
Exit Sensor (PC2) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
2 Check the Fusing Unit, PWB-M for proper connection and correct or change as necessary.
5 Change PWB-M
6 Change PU1
23.5.42 C4151: Polygon Motor/C failure to turn

23.5.43 C4152: Polygon Motor/M failure to turn
23.5.44 C4153: Polygon Motor/Y failure to turn
23.5.45 C4154: Polygon Motor/K failure to turn
Troubleshooting

PH Unit PH Interface Board (PWB-D)
Step Action
1 Check the connector for proper connection and correct as necessary.
2 Change PH Unit
3 Change PWB-D
4 Change PWB-M
332
23.5.46 C4551: Laser malfunction (Cyan)
bizhub C250P
23.5.47 C4552: Laser malfunction (Magenta)
23.5.48 C4553: Laser malfunction (Yellow)
23.5.49 C4554: Laser malfunction (Black)

PH Unit PH Interface Board (PWB-D)
Step Action
1 Check the connector for proper connection and correct as necessary.
2 Change PH Unit
3 Change PWB-D
4 Change PWB-M
23.5.50 C4705: Image Output Time Out

Step Action
Select [Service Mode] → [State Confirmation] → [Memory/HDD Adj.] → [Memory Bus Check]
1
→ [Memory→PRT] of the Jig software.
2 Check the connectors on PWB-MFP for proper connection and correct as necessary.
3 Change PWB-MFP
Troubleshooting
333
bizhub C250P
23.5.51 C4761: Compression hardware timeout
23.5.52 C4765: Extraction hardware timeout
23.5.53 C4770: JBIG0 Error
23.5.54 C4771: JBIG1 Error
23.5.55 C4772: JBIG2 Error
23.5.56 C4773: JBIG3 Error
23.5.57 C4780: Compressor 0 command buffer stop failure

MFP Control Board (PWB-MFP) DIMM0 (Work0)
DIMM1 (Work1)
Step Action
When the error is displayed after the memory check, remove and insert the DIMM0 and DIMM1
1
again to recheck (C4765).
2 Change PWB-MFP
23.5.61 C5102: Main Motor’s failure to turn

Main Motor (M1) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
DC Power Supply (PU1)
Step Action
1 Check the M1 connector for proper connection and correct as necessary.
2 Check M1 for proper drive coupling and correct as necessary.
Troubleshooting
5 Change PWB-M
6 Change PU1
23.5.62 C5103: Main Motor Turning at abnormal timing

Main Motor (M1) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
DC Power Supply (PU1)
Step Action
2 Change PWB-M
3 Change PU1
334
23.5.63 C5351: Power Supply Cooling Fan Motor/1’s failure to turn
bizhub C250P
Power Supply Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M8) DC Power Supply (PU1)
Step Action
4 Change PU1
23.5.64 C5353: Cooling Fan Motor 2’s failure to turn

Cooling Fan Motor/2 (M22) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
4 Change PWB-M
23.5.65 C5354: Ozone Ventilation Fan Motor’s failure to turn

Ozone Ventilation Fan Motor (M14) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
4 Change PWB-M
Troubleshooting
23.5.66 C5357: Cooling Fan Motor/1’s failure to turn

Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M12) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
4 Change PWB-M
335
bizhub C250P
23.5.67 C5358: Power Supply Cooling Fan Motor/2’s failure to turn

Power Supply Cooling Fan Motor/2 (M9) Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)
Step Action
4 Change PWB-M
23.5.68 CA051: Standard Controller configuration failure

23.5.69 CA052:Controller hardware error
23.5.70 CA053: Controller start failure

Step Action
Check to see if the following setting has been correctly made: [Service Mode] → [System 2] →
[Image Controller Setting] of the Jig software.
1
If changing the setting, turn OFF the Main Power SW and turn it ON again after 10 seconds or
more.
Check the connectors of the MFP Control Board (PWB-MFP) for proper connection and correct
2
as necessary.
3 Change PWB-MFP
23.5.71 CC151: ROM contents error upon startup (MSC)

23.5.72 CC153: ROM contents error upon startup (PRT)
23.5.73 CC154: ROM contents error upon startup (PH)
Step Action
1 Check the ROM version.
Troubleshooting
2 Rewrite firmware using the Compact Flash card.

3 Replace the appropriate board.
23.5.74 CC163: ROM contents error (PRT)

Step Action
1 Check the ROM version.
2 Rewrite firmware using the Compact Flash card.
3 Change PWB-M
336
23.5.75 CD002: JOB RAM save error
bizhub C250P
MFP Control Board (PWB-MFP) Hard Disk
Step Action
1 Check the Hard Disk connector for proper connection and correct as necessary.
2 Format Hard Disk.
3 Change Hard Disk.
4 Change PWB-MFP.
23.5.76 CD004: Hard disk access error

23.5.77 CD005: Hard Disk Error 1
23.5.82 CD00A: Hard Disk Error 6
23.5.83 CD00B: Hard Disk Error 7
23.5.84 CD00C: Hard Disk Error 8
23.5.85 CD00D: Hard Disk Error 9
23.5.86 CD00E: Hard Disk Error A
23.5.87 CD00F: Hard disk data transfer error
1 23.5.88 CD020: Hard disk verify error

Step Action
1 Check the Hard Disk connector for proper connection and correct as necessary.
Troubleshooting
2 Reinstall the Hard Disk.
3 Change Hard Disk.
4 Change PWB-MFP.
23.5.89 CD010: Hard disk unformat

Step Action
Select [Service Mode] → [State Confirmation] → [Memory/HDD Adj.] → [HDD Format] of the Jig
1
software.
2 Change Hard Disk
3 Change PWB-MFP
337
bizhub C250P
23.5.90 CD011: Hard disk specifications error

Hard Disk
Step Action
1 Check the hard disk specifications.
2 Change the hard disk.
23.5.91 CD3##: NVRAM Data error

• When the data stored due to the NVRAM trouble is lost, backup data can be used for res-
toration.
• Data backup will be automatically performed every hour. Backup can also be performed
manually with the following setting.
[Tech. Rep. Mode] → [Data Backup]
See P.194
A. Recovery procedure from NVRAM data error

1. With the malfunction code displayed on the screen, press the following keys:
→ → → → → Menu/Select key
2. The message “Data restoration OK to Start?” appears on the control panel.
4. The message “Data restoration Now processing.” appears on the control panel and
data restoration sequence is carried out.
NOTE
• When the restoration is performed in a short time, data restoration screen may not
be displayed.
5. When the message “Complete.” appears on the control panel, turn OFF the Main
Power Switch. Then, wait for 10 sec. or more before turning ON the Main Power Switch
again.
NOTE
• In case it failed to restore data, return to the malfunction code screen.
Troubleshooting
338
23.5.92 CE001: Abnormal message queue
bizhub C250P
23.5.93 CE003: Task error
23.5.94 CE004: Event error
23.5.95 CE005: Memory access error
23.5.96 CE006: Header access error
23.5.97 CE007: DIMM initialize error

Step Action
2 Change PWB-MFP.
1 23.5.98 CE002: Message and Method parameter failure

Step Action
If it occurred after upgrading the Firmware, conduct the following setting.
1 [Tech. Rep. Mode] → [Version Upgrad] → [HDD Ver. Upgrad]
See P.189
Turn OFF the main power switch and turn it ON again, and conduct the following setting.
2 [Tech. Rep. Mode] → [Initialization] → [Data Clear].
See P.188
3 Format Hard Disk.
4 Change Hard Disk.
5 Change PWB-MFPC.
23.5.99 CEEE1: MSC undefined malfunction occurring
Troubleshooting
Step Action
2 Change PWB-MFP
23.5.100 CEEE3: Engine Section undefined malfunction

Step Action
2 Change PWB-M
339
24. Power supply trouble Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
24. Power supply trouble

bizhub C250P
24.1 Machine is not Energized at All (PU1 Operation Check)

Main Power Switch (S1) DC Power Supply (PU1)
Step Check Item Result Action

Is a power voltage supplied across PJ1PU1-1 and 3 on Check the WIRING from
1 PU1? NO the wall outlet to S1
PJ1PU1.
2 Are the fuses on PU1 conducting? NO Change PU1.
3 Is DC24 V being output from PJ5PU1-2 on PU1? NO Change PU1.
4 Is DC5 V being input to PJ7PU1-3 on PU1? NO Change PU1.
Is DC5 V being input to CNPOW-4 on the Control Board? NO Change PU1.
5 (LED on PWB-M does not blink.) YES Change PWB-M
24.2 Control panel indicators do not light.

Control Panel (UN1) DC Power Supply (PU1)

Is a power voltage being applied across PJ1PU1-1 and 3 Check the WIRING from
1 on PU1? NO the wall outlet to S1
PJ1PU1.
2 Is the fuse on PU1 conducting? NO Change PU1.
Is DC5 V being output from PJ13PU1-1 on PU1 and DC24
3 NO Change PU1.
V from PJ12PU1-2?
Is CN1 on UN1 securely connected? NO Reconnect.
4
YES Change UN1.
Troubleshooting
340
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 24. Power supply trouble
24.3 Fusing Heaters do not Operate
bizhub C250P
Primary Interlock Switch (S2) DC Power Supply (PU1)
Fusing Unit

Is the power source voltage applied across PJ2PU1-1 to 3 Check wiring from power
1 on PU1? NO outlet to S2 to PJ2PU1.
During this time, the Right Door should be closed.
Is the power source voltage applied across CN30-1 and 3, YES Fusing Unit
2 or across 2 and 3? NO Change PU1.
24.4 Power is not Supplied to Option

24.4.1 Optional Paper Feed Cabinet

Is DC24 V being applied to hookup connector CN12-2? Malfunction in Paper Feed
1 NO
Cabinet
Is DC24 V being output from CNCST-2 on PWB-M? Check wiring from PWB-M
2 NO to CN12 to Paper Feed
Cabinet.
Is the fuse on PU1 conducting? YES Change PU1.
3 Malfunction in Paper Feed
NO
Cabinet
24.4.2 Power is not Supplied to Automatic Duplex Unit

1 Is DC24 V being output from CN19-2 on Duplex? NO Malfunction in Duplex.
Is DC24 V being output from CNDUP-2 on PWB-M? Check wiring from PWB-M
2 NO
to CN19 to Duplex.
3
NO Malfunction in Duplex.
Troubleshooting
24.4.3 Finisher

Are DC24 V and DC5 V being applied to CN60-11 and Malfunction in Finisher.
1 NO
CN60-1, respectively, of the Finisher?
Are DC24 V and DC5 V being applied to PJ6PU1-1 on PU1 Check wiring from PU1 to
2 NO
and CNFIN-1 on PWB-M, respectively? PWB-M to Finisher.
3
NO Malfunction in Finisher.
341
25. Image quality problem Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
25. Image quality problem

bizhub C250P
25.1 How to read Element date

• As part of troubleshooting procedures, the numeric values set for “State Confirmation”
available from “Service Mode” can be used to isolate the cause of the image problem.
4037F4E120DA
25.1.1 Table Number
4038F4E517DA
Vdc-C • Shows the developing bias value of each color of toner when an image is produced.
Vdc-M • Standard values: Around 400 V
Troubleshooting
Vdc-Y • A correction is made to make the image lighter when the numeric value is greater.
Vdc-K • A correction is made to make the image darker when the numeric value is smaller.
• Relevant Components: Imaging Unit, High Voltage Unit (Developing Bias)
Vg-C • Shows the grid voltage value of each color of toner when an image is produced.
Vg-M • Standard values: Around 500 V
Vg-Y • A correction is made to make the image lighter when the numeric value is greater.
Vg-K • A correction is made to make the image darker when the numeric value is smaller.
• Relevant Components: Imaging Unit, High Voltage Unit (Developing Bias)
342
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 25. Image quality problem
25.1.2 Level History 1
bizhub C250P
4038F4E515DA
TCR-C • Shows the T/C ratio (in 0.01 % increments).

TCR-M • Standard value: 8 ± 2 %
TCR-Y • Relevant Components: PH Unit, TCR Sensor K
TCR-K
IDC1 • Shows the IDC bare surface output reading taken last (in 0.01 V increments).
IDC2 • It should normally be around 4.3 V.
• The output range is 0 V to 5 V.
• “Reading taken last” means:
Latest toner density
When the Start key is pressed, the output value is displayed while a test print is being
produced.
• Relevant Components: IDC Sensor, Transfer Belt Unit
Temp-Belt. • Shows the temperature of the Heating Roller (Temp-Heat) and the Fusing Pressure
Temp-Press. Roller (Temp-Press.) (in 1 °C increments).
• Relevant Components: Fusing Unit
Troubleshooting
343
bizhub C250P
25.1.3 Level History 2
4038F4E516DA
IDC Sensor Adjust 1 • Shows the IDC intensity adjustment value.

IDC Sensor Adjust 2 • It should normally be around 40 and can range from 0 to 255.
• The value becomes greater as the Transfer Belt Unit has been used more.
• Relevant Components: IDC Sensor, Transfer Belt Unit
ATVC -C • Shows the latest ATVC level (which varies according to the paper type).
ATVC -M • 300 V to 3000 V (ATVC-C/-M/-Y/-K)
ATVC -Y • 300 V to 5000 V (ATVC-2nd)
ATVC -K • Relevant Components: Transfer Belt Unit,
ATVC -2nd High Voltage Unit (Image Transfer, Neutralizing)
Troubleshooting
344
25.2 How to identify problematic part
bizhub C250P
• This chapter is divided into two parts: “Initial Check Items” and “Troubleshooting Proce-
dure by a Particular Image Quality Problem.”
• When an image quality problem occurs, first go through the “Initial Check Items” and, if
the cause is yet to be identified, go to “Troubleshooting Procedure by a Particular Image
Quality Problem.”
25.2.1 Initial Check Items
A. Initial Check Items 1
• The trouble will be distinguished whether it is on the Engine, or on the Controller.
* How to distinguish
Action Result Next Step

When transmitting the Print job to C250P, the “RIP” is displayed NO See P.373
on the control panel on the Machine. (Trouble on the controller)
When selecting “Demo page” from “Report output” which is NO • Check the connector con-
available from “User setting”, image trouble occurs. nected to MFP.
• Replace the MFP Board.
YES Initial Check Items 2
B. Initial Check Items 2

• If the printer is responsible for the image problem, let the machine produce a test print
and determine whether the image problem occurs in a specific 1 color or 4 colors.
4 Color
1 Color
4038F4C521DA Troubleshooting
* How to distinguish
Image Problem Action Result Cause

Lines, bands When selecting “Demo page” from “Report output” YES Printer, 4 colors
which is available from “User setting”, all four colors NO Printer, 1 color
have image troubles.
345
bizhub C250P
25.3 Solution
25.3.1 Printer Monocolor: white lines in Sub Scan Direction, white bands in Sub
Scan Direction, colored lines colored bands in Sub Scan Direction
A. Typical Faulty Images
White lines in Sub White bands in Sub Colored lines in Sub Colored bands in
Scan Direction Scan Direction Scan Direction Sub Scan Direction
4036fs4022c0 4036fs4023c0 4036fs4024c0

4036fs4021c0
B. Troubleshooting Procedure
Step Section Check Item Result Action

Image check A white line or black line in sub NO Clean the Comb Elec-
1 scan direction is sharp. trode by moving the Comb
Electrode Cleaning Lever.
Imaging Unit The surface of the PC Drum is YES Change Imaging Unit.
2
scratched.
3 Dirty on the outside. YES Clean.
Contact terminals make good con- NO Clean contact terminals.
4 nection between each IU and
machine.
Developing bias contact terminal NO Clean contact terminal
5 makes good connection. and check terminal posi-
tion.
PH Unit The surface of the PH Window is YES Clean with cleaning jig.
6
dirty.
The problem has been eliminated NO Change Imaging Unit.
through the checks of steps up to 6. → Change Image Transfer
Troubleshooting
7
Belt Unit.
→ Change PH Unit.
346
25.3.2 Printer Monocolor: white lines in Main Scan Direction, white bands in Main
Scan Direction, colored lines in Main Scan Direction, colored bands in
bizhub C250P
Main Scan Direction
White lines in Main White bands in Main Colored lines in Main Colored bands in
Scan Direction Scan Direction Scan Direction Main Scan Direction
4036fs4025c0 4036fs4026c0 4036fs4027c0 4036fs4028c0

Image check A white line or black line in sub NO Clean the Comb Elec-
1 scan direction is sharp. trode by moving the Comb
2
scratched.
Contact terminals make good con- NO Clean contact terminals.
4 nection between each IU and
machine.
Developing bias contact terminal NO Clean contact terminal
tion.
6
dirty.
through the checks of steps up to 6. → Change Image Transfer
7
Troubleshooting
Belt Unit.
→ Change PH Unit.
347
bizhub C250P
25.3.3 Printer Monocolor: uneven density in sub scan direction
4036fs4043c0 4036fs4044c0 4036fs4045c0

High image density Uneven density in Sub Scan Direc- YES Feed 10 to 20 blank
original tion occurs at a pitch of 40 mm to sheets of paper with no
1 50 mm when a multi-print cycle is originals placed, as the IU
run using an original with high fails to keep up with a high
image density (50% or more). demand for toner.
2
scratched.
4
dirty.
Image Transfer Belt Cam gear operates properly. NO Change Image Transfer
5
Unit Belt Unit.
The problem has been eliminated NO Change IU.
through the checks of steps up to 5. → Change PH Unit.
6 → Change High Voltage
Unit (Image Transfer,
Neutralizing).
Troubleshooting
348
25.3.4 Printer Monocolor: uneven density in main scan direction
bizhub C250P
4036fs4046c0 4036fs4047c0

1
scratched.
3
dirty.
Image Transfer Belt Image Transfer Belt Unit makes NO Check and correct con-
4
Unit positive contact with plates on rails. tacts.
Cam gear operates properly. NO Change Image Transfer
5
Belt Unit.
→ Change High Voltage
6
Unit
(Image Transfer, Neutral-
izing).
Troubleshooting
349
bizhub C250P
25.3.5 Printer Monocolor: low image density
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
4036fs4036c0

State Confirm → Table Check data for Vg and Vdc. NO Go to next step.
Number Color Vdc: Around 400 V
1 (Service Mode) Vg : Around 500 V
Black Vdc: Around 400 V
Vg : Around 500 V
2 State Confirmation → Check TCR data. NO Go to next step.
Level History 1 IDC output value is around 4.3 V. NO Clean IDC Sensor.
3 (Service Mode) Check Image Transfer
Belt for damage.
4 Level History data Low TCR and low Vg and Vdc YES Go to step 8.
5 check results Low TCR and high Vg and Vdc YES Go to step 13.
TCR falling within specified range YES Go to step 8.
6
and low Vg and Vdc
7
and high Vg and Vdc
8 Imaging Unit Dirty on the outside. YES Clean.
9
dirty.
Troubleshooting
TCR Sensor window The color TCR Sensor window on YES Clean.
10
the LED Assy is dirty.
Image Transfer Belt Image Transfer Belt Unit makes NO Check and correct con-
11
Unit positive contact with plates on rails. tacts.
Cam gear operates properly. NO Change Image Transfer
12
Belt Unit.
13 Hopper Unit Connectors are loose. YES Reconnect.
14 Gear is cracked. YES Change gear.
Image Process Toner is properly supplied when NO Go to next step.
Adjustment → TCR TCR Toner Supply is run.
15
Toner Supply
(Service Mode)
350
bizhub C250P
Image Process “Conv. Value” falls within the speci- YES Go to step 19.
Adjustment → X-Rite fied range as checked through Gra-
16 Calibration (Grada- dation Adjust.
tion Adjust) Max: 0 ± 100
(Service Mode) Highlight = 0 ± 60
Image Process The problem has been eliminated NO Go to next step.
Adjustment → D Max through the adjust of D Max.
17
Density
(Service Mode)
Image Process After the Reset + Stabilizer NO Go to next step.
Adjustment → Stabi- sequence has been completed, run
18
lizer → Reset + Stabi- Gradation Adjust.
lizer (Service Mode)
through the checks of steps up to → Change MFP Control
18. Board
19 → Change PH Unit.
Neutralizing).
Troubleshooting
351
bizhub C250P
25.3.6 Printer Monocolor: gradation reproduction failure
4036fs4048c0 4036fs4049c0

Photo/Density Original type and screen pattern NO Change screen pattern.
1
are selected properly.
3
dirty.
4 TCR Sensor window TCR Sensor window is dirty. YES Clean.
State Confirmation → IDC output value is around 4.3 V. NO Clean IDC Sensor.
5 Level History 1 Check Image Transfer
(Service Mode) Belt for damage.
7
Density
(Service Mode)
Troubleshooting

8
lizer → Reset + Stabi- Gradation Adjust;
through the checks of steps up to 8. → Change MFP Control
Board
Neutralizing).
352
25.3.7 Printer Monocolor: foggy background
bizhub C250P
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
ABCD
4036fs4030c0

State Confirmation → Check data for Vg and Vb. NO Go to next step.
Table Number Color Vdc: Around 400 V
1 (Service Mode) Vg : Around 500 V
Black Vdc: Around 400 V
Vg : Around 500 V
2 State Confirmation → Check TCR data. NO Go to next step.
Level History 1 IDC output value is around 4.3 V. NO Clean IDC Sensor.
3 (Service Mode) Check Transfer Belt for
damage.
4 Level History data Low TCR and low Vg and Vdc YES Go to step 8.
5 check results Low TCR and high Vg and Vdc YES Go to step 11.
6
and low Vg and Vdc
7
and high Vg and Vdc
9
dirty.
Troubleshooting
TCR Sensor window The color TCR Sensor window is YES Clean.
10
dirty.
Image Process The problem is eliminated after NO Go to next step.
Adjustment → Back- Background Voltage Margin has
11
ground Voltage Margin been adjusted.
(Service Mode)
13
Density
(Service Mode)
353

bizhub C250P

Adjustment → sequence has been completed, run
14 Stabilizer → Reset + Gradation Adjust.
Stabilizer (Service
Mode)
through the checks of steps up to → Change MFP Control
14. Board
Neutralizing).
Troubleshooting
354
25.3.8 Printer Monocolor: void areas, white spots
bizhub C250P
Void areas White spots
4036fs4051c0
4036fs4050c0

Image Check There are void areas at the front YES See P.350
1
side or high density section.
There is void area at the rear side YES Perform [Transfer Adjust]
section. of [Image Process Adjust-
2
ment] under Service
Mode.
3
scratched.
Toner Cartridge Foreign matter or caked toner in YES Remove foreign matter.
5
the Toner Cartridge.
Installation Is the atmospheric pressure at the YES Make the following adjust-
environment installation site low? ment: [Service Mode] →
6 [Image Process Adjust-
ment] → [Dev. Bias
Choice].
Troubleshooting
355
bizhub C250P
25.3.9 Printer Monocolor: colored spots
Colored spots
AA
4036fs4052c0

Imaging Unit Developing bias contact terminal NO Clean contact terminal
tion.
The surface of the PC Drum is YES Change Imaging Unit.
2
scratched.
Troubleshooting
356
25.3.10 Printer Monocolor: blurred image
bizhub C250P
Blurred image
4036fs4031c0

1
dirty.
3
Troubleshooting
357
bizhub C250P
25.3.11 Printer Monocolor: blank print, black print
Blank print Black print
4036fs4038c0 4036fs4039c0

Image Check A blank print occurs. YES Check PH Unit connector
1
for proper connection.
Imaging Unit Coupling of IU drive mechanism is NO Check and correct drive
2 installed properly. transmitting coupling.
Change IU.
The PC Drum Charge Corona volt- NO Check, clean, or correct
age contact or PC Drum ground the contact.
3
contact of the Imaging Unit is con-
nected properly.
High Voltage Unit Connector is connected properly. NO Reconnect.
4 (Image Transfer, Neu-
tralizing)
The problem has been eliminated NO Change High Voltage Unit
through the check of step 4. (Image Transfer, Neutral-
izing).
5
→ Change MFP Control
Board
→ Change PH Unit.
Troubleshooting
358
25.3.12 Printer Monocolor: uneven image
bizhub C250P
4138fs4507c0

Toner Cartridge The Toner Cartridge of every color NO Re-install it.
1
is surely installed.
2 PH Unit The PH Unit is surely installed. NO Re-install it.
Uneven pitch occurs in 3.0 mm YES Replace the PH Unit
3 pitch. Holder.
See P.101
Toner Cartridge There is any stain or breakage on YES Clean/replace the Toner
4 the Drive section of the Toner Car- Cartridge.
tridge.
Imaging Unit There is any stain, damage or abra- YES Replace the Imaging Unit.
5
sion on the PC drum.
Transfer Roller There is any stain, damage, defor- YES Replace the Transfer
6 mation or abrasion on the Transfer Roller.
roller.
Fusing Unit There is any stain, damage, defor- YES Replace the Fusing unit.
mation or abrasion on the Roller
7
and Drive section of the Fusing
Unit.
Troubleshooting
The problem has been eliminated NO Replace the Image Trans-
8
through the check of step 7. fer Belt unit.
359
25.3.13 Printer 4-Color: white lines in sub scan direction, white bands in sub scan
direction, colored lines in sub scan direction, and colored bands in sub
bizhub C250P
scan direction
White lines in Sub White bands in Sub Colored lines in Sub Colored bands in
Scan Direction Scan Direction Scan Direction Sub Scan Direction
4036fs4022c0 4036fs4023c0 4036fs4024c0

4036fs4021c0

Image Check A white line or colored line in sub YES Clean the Comb Elec-
1 scan direction. trode by moving the Comb
Image Transfer Belt Fingerprints, oil, or other foreign YES Clean with specified sol-
2 Unit matter is evident on the Image vent. (See Maintenance.)
Transfer Belt.
Image Transfer Belt is dirty or YES Clean dirty belt with a soft
scratched. cloth.
3 Change Image Transfer
Belt Unit if belt is dam-
aged.
Cleaning Blade is not effective in YES Clean Cleaning blade.
4 removing toner completely. Change Image Transfer
Belt Unit.
2nd Image Transfer Image Transfer Roller is dirty or YES Change 2nd Image Trans-
5
Roller Unit scratched. fer Roller Unit.
Paper path There is foreign matter on paper YES Remove foreign matter.
Troubleshooting
6
path.
Image Transfer Paper Separator YES Clean or change.
7
Fingers are damaged or dirty.
Fusing Unit Fusing Entrance Guide Plate is YES Clean.
8
dirty or damaged. Change Fusing Unit.
Fusing Paper Separator Fingers YES Clean.
9
are dirty.
The problem has been eliminated NO Change MFP Control
10
through the checks of steps up to 9. Board.
360
25.3.14 Printer 4-Color: white lines in main scan direction, white bands in main
scan direction, colored lines in main scan direction, and colored bands in
bizhub C250P
main scan direction
White lines in Main White bands in Main Colored lines in Main Colored bands in
Scan Direction Scan Direction Scan Direction Main Scan Direction
4036fs4025c0 4036fs4026c0 4036fs4027c0 4036fs4028c0

Transfer Belt.
scratched. cloth.
aged.
Cleaning Blade is not effective in YES Clean Cleaning Blade.
3 removing toner completely. change Image Transfer
Belt Unit.
4
5
path.
Image Transfer Paper Separator YES Clean or change.
6
Fingers are damaged or dirty.
Troubleshooting
7
dirty or damaged. Change Fusing Unit.
Fusing Paper Separator Fingers YES Clean.
8
are dirty.
Neutralizing Brush The resistance values between the NO Check the contact. Modify.
9 Neutralizing brush and the ground Change Neutralizing
terminal is not ∞. brush.
The problem has been eliminated NO Change MFP Control
10
through the checks of steps up to 9. Board.
361
bizhub C250P
25.3.15 Printer 4-Color: uneven density in sub scan direction
4036fs4043c0 4036fs4044c0

1 Unit matter is evident on the Image vent.
Transfer Belt. (See Maintenance.)
scratched. cloth.
aged.
3 Terminal is dirty. YES Clean.
2nd Image Transfer Image Transfer Roller is installed NO Reinstall.
4
Roller Unit properly.
Image Transfer Roller is dirty or YES Change 2nd Image Trans-
5
scratched. fer Roller Unit.
The problem has been eliminated NO Change Image Transfer
6
through the checks of steps up to 5. Belt Unit.
Troubleshooting
362
25.3.16 Printer 4-Color: uneven density in main scan direction
bizhub C250P
4036fs4046c0 4036fs4047c0

1 Unit matter is evident on the Image vent.
Transfer Belt. (See Maintenance.)
scratched. cloth.
aged.
3 Terminal is dirty. YES Clean.
4
5
Neutralizing).
Troubleshooting
363
bizhub C250P
25.3.17 Printer 4-Color: low image density
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
ABCDE
4036fs4036c0

Paper Paper is damp. YES Change paper to one just
unwrapped from its pack-
1
age. Install Paper Dehu-
midifying Heater.
Image Transfer Belt Terminal is dirty. YES Clean.
2
Unit
3
Image Transfer Roller is dirty or NO Change 2nd Image Trans-
4
5 IDC Sensor Sensor is dirty. YES Clean with blower brush.
(Service Mode) Highlight: 0 ± 60
Adjustment → D Max through the adjust of D Max Den-
7
Density sity.
Troubleshooting
(Service Mode)
8
9 Board.
Neutralizing).
364
25.3.18 Printer 4-Color: poor color reproduction
bizhub C250P
4036fs4058c0

1
midifying Heater.
Image Transfer Belt Terminal is dirty. YES Clean.
2
Unit
3
Image Transfer Roller is dirty or NO Change Image Transfer
4
scratched. Roller Unit.
5 IDC Sensor Sensor is dirty. YES Clean with blower brush.
(Service Mode) Highlight: 0 ± 60
Adjustment → D Max through the adjust of D Max Den-
7
Density sity.
Troubleshooting
(Service Mode)
8
9 Board.
Neutralizing).
365
bizhub C250P
25.3.19 Printer 4-Color: incorrect color image registration
AA
4036fs4032c0

Warning display The maintenance call mark is dis- YES Take action according to
played on the panel. the warning code shown
1
on the State Confirm
screen.
Machine condition Vibration is given to the machine YES Turn off the Main Power
after main power switch has been Switch and turn it on
2
turned ON. again more than 10 sec-
onds after.
Transfer Belt.
scratched. cloth. Change Image
4
Transfer Belt Unit if belt is
damaged.
Drive coupling to the machine is YES Clean.
5
dirty.
6
scratched.
7
Troubleshooting

8
Machine → Fusing Brush effect or blurred image YES Readjust Fusing Trans-
9 Transport Speed occurs. port Speed.
(Service Mode)
Machine → Color reg- Check the specific color in which YES Perform “Color registra-
istration Adjustment color shift occurs. tion Adjustment.” If color
10 (Service Mode) shift is not corrected even
with a correction of ± 1
dot, go to next step.
through the checks of steps up to Belt Unit.
11
10. → Change MFP Control
Board.
366
25.3.20 Printer 4-Color: void areas, white spots
bizhub C250P
Void areas White spots
4036fs4051c0
4036fs4050c0

Image Check There are void areas at the front YES See P.365
1
side or high density section.
There are void areas in the trailing YES Perform [Transfer Adjust]
edge. of [Image Process Adjust-
2
ment] under Service
Mode.
3 Unit matter is evident on the Transfer vent. (See Maintenance.)
Belt.
Transfer Belt is dirty or scratched. YES Clean dirty belt with a soft
cloth. Change Transfer
4
aged.
2nd Image Transfer Transfer Roller is dirty or scratched. YES Change 2nd Image Trans-
5
Roller Unit fer Roller Unit.
Charge Neutralizing Cloth is not NO Correct or change.
6 separated and ground terminal is
connected properly.
Troubleshooting
7
path.
Pre-Image Transfer Guide Plate is YES Clean or change.
8
damaged or dirty.
9
367
bizhub C250P
25.3.21 Printer 4-Color: colored spots
AA
4036fs4052c0

1
scratched.
Transfer Belt.
scratched. cloth.
aged.
4
5
path.
6 Fusing Unit Fusing Belt is dirty or scratched. YES Change Fusing Unit.
7
Troubleshooting
368
25.3.22 Printer 4-Color: poor fusing performance, offset
bizhub C250P
Poor fusing performance Offset
CF
CF
CF
4036fs4059c0 4036fs4060c0

1 Paper Paper type does not match. YES Change the setting.
Machine Setting → Changing fusing temperature elimi- YES Readjust Fusing Temper-
2 Fusing Temperature nates the problem of poor fusing ature.
(Service Mode) performance and offset.
The problem has been eliminated NO Change Fusing Unit.
3
through the checks of steps up to 2.
Troubleshooting
369
bizhub C250P
25.3.23 Printer 4-Color: brush effect, blurred image
Brush effect Blurred image
4036fs4061c0 4036fs4031c0

1
midifying Heater.
2 Paper type does not match. YES Change the setting.
3
dirty.
4 Fusing Belt is dirty or scratched. YES Change Fusing Unit.
Machine → Fusing Changing fusing speed eliminates YES Readjust Fusing Trans-
5 Transport Speed the problem of brush effect and port Speed.
(Service Mode) blurred image.
Troubleshooting
370
25.3.24 Printer 4-Color: back marking
bizhub C250P
AA
4036fs4062c0 4036fs4063c0

2nd Image Transfer Image Transfer Roller is scratched YES Change 2nd Image Trans-
1
Roller Unit or dirty. fer Roller Unit.
2
path.
Fusing Unit Fusing Entrance Guide Plate is YES Clean or change.
3
scratched or dirty.
Lower Fusing Roller is scratched or YES Change Fusing Unit.
4
dirty.
Transfer Belt Unit Fingerprints, oil, or other foreign YES Clean with specified sol-
5 matter is evident on the Transfer vent. (See Maintenance.)
Belt.
Neutralizing).
Troubleshooting
371
bizhub C250P
25.3.25 Printer 4-Color: uneven image
4138fs4507c0

Toner Cartridge The Toner Cartridge of every color NO Re-install it.
1
is surely installed.
2 PH Unit The PH Unit is surely installed. NO Re-install it.
Uneven pitch occurs in 3.0 mm YES Replace the PH Unit
3 pitch. Holder.
See P.101
Toner Cartridge There is any stain or breakage on YES Clean/replace the Toner
4 the Drive section of the Toner Car- Cartridge.
tridge.
Imaging Unit There is any stain, damage or abra- YES Replace the Imaging Unit.
5
sion on the PC drum.
Transfer Roller There is any stain, damage, defor- YES Replace the Transfer
6 mation or abrasion on the Transfer Roller.
roller.
Fusing Unit There is any stain, damage, defor- YES Replace the Fusing unit.
mation or abrasion on the Roller
7
and Drive section of the Fusing
Unit.
Troubleshooting
The problem has been eliminated NO Replace the Image Trans-

8
through the check of step 7. fer Belt unit.
372
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 26. Controller trouble
26. Controller trouble
bizhub C250P
26.1 Unable to print over the network
26.1.1 The “RIP” is displayed on the machine control panel.
Step Check Result Action

1 An error on machine side Yes Correct the error.
(Paper running out, toner running out, etc.)
2 Waiting its turn Yes Check the machine control panel for
jobs in print queue.
Priority may be changed as necessary
3 The job is locked. Yes Enter the password to unlock the job.
4 The correct division ID has not been Yes Enter the correct division ID in the
entered. printer driver and try re-transmitting the
job again.(account code)
26.1.2 The “RIP” is not displayed on the machine control panel.
Step Check Result Action

1 The response of Ping sent from the PC to No Go to item 5.
the machine.
2 The print destination port setting is wrong. Yes Set the correct port.
3 PC operates erratically temporarily. Yes Restart the PC
4 Printer driver incorrectry installed. No Uninstall the printer driver through the
proper steps and then reinstall it prop-
erly.
5 The main power on the Machine turns OFF/ Yes No process is necessary. Only a tempo-
ON and operates normally. rally malfunction.
6 Network cable is disconnected or a relay No Reconnect the cable and restart or
device is faulty. change the faulty relay device.
7 IP address and/or subnet mask incorrectly No Set the correct IP address and subnet
set. mask.
Troubleshooting
373
26. Controller trouble Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
bizhub C250P
Blank Page
Troubleshooting
374
Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006 27. Parts layout drawing
Appendix
bizhub C250P
27. Parts layout drawing
27.1 Main unit
27.1.1 Engine section
[12]
[11]
[10] [1]
[9]
[8]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[7]
[5]
[6]
4038F5C201AA
[1] IDC/Registration Sensor/2 (SE2) [7] Mechanical Control Board (PWB-M)

[2] IDC/Registration Sensor/1 (SE1) [8] Slide Interface Board (PWB-SIF)
[3] Control Panel (UN201) [9] DIMM/0 (WORK0)
[4] High Voltage Unit (HV1) [10] DIMM/1 (WORK1)
[5] PH Interface Board (PWB-D) [11] NVRAM Board (PWB-NVR)
[6] DC Power Supply (PU1) [12] MFP Control Board (PWB-MFP)
Appendix
375
27. Parts layout drawing Field Service Ver. 2.0 Mar. 2006
bizhub C250P
[13]
[12] [1]
[11] [2]
[10]
[3]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[4]
[5]
4038F5C202AA
[1] Fusing Drive Motor (M4) [8] Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M12)
[2] Main Motor (M1) [9] Toner Supply Motor Y/M (M6)
[3] Fusing Cooling Fan Motor/2 (M11) [10] Cooling Fan Motor/2 (M22)
[4] Power Supply Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M8) [11] Toner Supply Motor C/K (M7)
[5] Color Developing Motor (M3) [12] Color PC Drum Motor (M2)
[6] Ozone Ventilation Fan Motor (M14) [13] Fusing Cooling Fan Motor/1 (M13)
[7] Power Supply Cooling Fan Motor/2 (M9)
Appendix
376
bizhub C250P
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[1]
[8] [2]
[7]
[6]
[5]
[3]
[4]
4038F5C203AA
[1] Right Door Switch (S5) [7] Front Door Switch/2 (S4)
[2] Primary Interlock Switch (S2) [8] Hard Disk Drive (HDD) *1
[3] PH Unit [9] Main Erase Lamp/Y (LA4)
[4] Main Power Switch (S1) [10] Main Erase Lamp/M (LA3)
[5] Total Counter (CNT1) [11] Main Erase Lamp/C (LA2)
[6] Front Door Switch/1 (S3) [12] Main Erase Lamp/K (LA1)
*1: Option
Appendix
377
[1]
bizhub C250P
[13]
[2]
[12]
[3]
[11]
[4]
[10]
[5]
[9]
[8]
[6]
[7]
4038F5C204AA
[1] Developing Clutch/K (CL4) [8] Waste Toner Full Sensor (PC8)
[2] Exit Sensor (PC2) [9] Color PC Drive Main Sensor (PC17)
[3] Temperature/Humidity Sensor (SE3) [10] Color PC Drive Sub Sensor (PC18)
[4] Registration Roller Sensor (PC1) [11] Black PC Drive Main Sensor (PC15)
[5] OHP Sensor (PC4) [12] Black PC Drive Sub Sensor (PC16)
1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction 1st Image Transfer Pressure/Retraction
[6] [13]
Position Sensor (PC6) Clutch (CL3)
[7] Registration Roller Clutch (CL1)
Appendix
378
27.1.2 Tray 1
bizhub C250P
[1]
[6] [2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
4038F5C508DA
[1] Tray 1 Paper Feed Clutch (CL2) [4] Tray 1 Paper Size Board (PWB-I)
[2] Tray 1 Paper Empty Sensor (PC10) [5] Tray 1 Paper Near-Empty Sensor (PC11)
[3] Tray 1 CD Paper Size Sensor (PC9) [6] Tray 1 Device Detection Sensor (PC12)
Appendix
379
bizhub C250P
27.1.3 Tray 2/Multiple bypass tray
[19] [1]
[18]
[17] [2]
[16]
[3] [4]
[15]
[5]
[14]
[6]
[13]
[7]
[8]
[9]
[12]
[11] [10]
4038F5C504DA
[1] Tray 2 Vertical Transport Motor (M2-PC) [11] Tray 2 Lift-Up Sensor (PC7-PC)
[2] Tray 2 Door Set Sensor (PC5-PC) [12] Tray 2 Paper Size Board (PWB-I-PC)
[3] Bypass Lift-Up Sensor (PC14) [13] Tray 2 Control Board (PWB-Z-PC)
[4] Bypass Paper Feed Clutch (CL5) [14] Tray 2 CD Paper Size Sensor/1 (PC4-PC)
[5] Bypass Pick-Up Solenoid (SL2) [15] Tray 2 Set Sensor (PC2-PC)
[6] Tray 2 Vertical Transport Sensor (PC8-PC) [16] Tray 2 CD Paper Size Sensor/2 (PC3-PC)
[7] Bypass Paper Empty Sensor (PC13) [17] Tray 2 Lift-Up Motor (M3-PC)
[8] Bypass Paper Size VR (UN1) [18] Tray 2 Paper Near-Empty Sensor (PC1-PC)
[9] Tray 2 Paper Take-Up Sensor (PC9-PC) [19] Tray 2 Paper Feed Motor (M1-PC)
[10] Tray 2 Paper Empty Sensor (PC6-PC)
Appendix
380

Bizhub c250p

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bizhub c250p

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bizhub c250p

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SERVICE MANUAL FIELD SERVICE

Downloaded from www.Manualslib.com manuals search engine

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS ..............................................................S-1

bizhub C250P Main Unit

SAFETY AND IMPORTANT WARNING ITEMS

DESCRIPTION ITEMS FOR DANGER,

DANGER: Action having a high possibility of suffering death or serious injury

WARNING: Action having a possibility of suffering death or serious injury

CAUTION: Action having a possibility of suffering a slight wound, medium

:Precaution when servicing

:Prohibition when servicing

:Direction when servicing the

• Using any fuse or thermostat not specified by KMBT.

• Disabling fuse functions or bridging fuse terminals with

• Disabling relay functions (such as wedging paper between

• Disabling safety functions (interlocks, safety circuits, etc.)

• Making any modification to the product unless instructed

• Using parts not specified by KMBT

[2] POWER PLUG SELECTION

Power Cord Set or Power Plug

• Attach power plug which meets the following criteria:

• Conductors in the power cable must be connected to ter-

[3] CHECKPOINTS WHEN PERFORMING ON-SITE SERVICE

Connection to Power Supply

• Connect power plug directly into wall outlet having same

• If two or more power cords can be plugged into the wall

• Make sure the power cord is plugged in the wall outlet

• Check whether the product is grounded properly.

Power Plug and Cord

• Check whether the power cord is not stepped on or

• Check whether the power cord is damaged. Check

• Do not bundle or tie the power cord.

• Check whether dust is collected around the power plug

• When an extension cord is required, use a specified one.

Prohibited Installation Places

• Do not place the product in a place exposed to water such

When not Using the Product for a long time

Inspection before Servicing

• The area around the fixing unit is hot.

Work Performed with the Product Powered On

• Take every care when servicing with the external cover

• Do not allow any metal parts such as clips, staples, and

• Check wiring for squeezing and any other damage.

• Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electri-

• Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for any damage.

• Before disassembling or adjusting the write unit (P/H unit)

• When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lith-

• After replacing a part to which AC voltage is applied (e.g.,

• Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and

• Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.

Handling of Service Materials

• Do not replace the cover or turn the product ON before

Handling of Service Materials

• When using any solvent, ventilate the room well.

[4] Used Batteries Precautions

[6] Laser Safety

6.1 Internal Laser Radiation

6.2 Laser Safety Label

* Only for the U.S.A.

6.3 Laser Caution Label